merge with i18n stable

merge with i18n

--- a/i18n/ja.po	Sat Oct 30 12:13:52 2010 -0500
+++ b/i18n/ja.po	Mon Nov 01 12:45:45 2010 -0500
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "ここでは、 Mercurial に同梱されるエクステンションについて説明します。 それ以"
 "外のエクステンションに関しては、 各コマンドのオンラインヘルプを参照してくださ"
-"い。 "
+"い。"
 
 msgid "options:"
 msgstr "オプション:"
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "アクセス制御用フックを使用することで、 pretxnchangegroup や pretxncommit\n"
 "契機で更新反映を受理した際に、 指定されたブランチやパスに対して、 \n"
-"書き込みの可否を制御できます。 "
+"書き込みの可否を制御できます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "The authorization is matched based on the local user name on the\n"
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@
 "    ある場合は、 指定リビジョンの子リビジョンを表示します。 引数として\n"
 "    ファイルが指定された場合、 ファイルが(作業領域のリビジョンないし\n"
 "    --rev で指定されたリビジョンの後で)最後に変更されたリビジョンを表示\n"
-"   します。 \n"
+"   します。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "show children of the specified revision"
@@ -923,7 +923,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    上記形式のファイルは、 --aliases が指定された場合は指定された\n"
 "    ファイルが読み込まれますが、 特に指定が無い場合、 リポジトリのルート\n"
-"    直下にある .hgchurn というファイルを読み込もうとします。 \n"
+"    直下にある .hgchurn というファイルを読み込もうとします。\n"
 "    "
 
 #, python-format
@@ -1400,7 +1400,7 @@
 "    cvsps."
 msgstr ""
 "    本コマンドの位置付けは、 CVS から Mercurial への変換におけるデバッグ\n"
-"    ツールであり、 cvsps の代替ツールとして使用可能です。 "
+"    ツールであり、 cvsps の代替ツールとして使用可能です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Hg debugcvsps reads the CVS rlog for current directory (or any\n"
@@ -1410,7 +1410,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    本コマンドは、 現ディレクトリ(ないし指定ディレクトリ)中の CVS rlog を\n"
 "    読み込み、 コミットログの内容と日付を元に推測されるチェンジセットへと\n"
-"    変換します。 "
+"    変換します。"
 
 msgid "username mapping filename (DEPRECATED, use --authormap instead)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1846,7 +1846,7 @@
 "repository. Use --source-type if you know better.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "svn: subversion の遠隔リポジトリの確認に失敗しました。 --source-type の使用を"
-"検討してください。 \n"
+"検討してください。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s does not look like a Subversion repository"
@@ -2023,7 +2023,7 @@
 msgid ""
 "See :hg:`help patterns` for more information about the glob patterns\n"
 "used.\n"
-msgstr "パターン合致に関する詳細は :hg:`help patterns` を参照してください。 \n"
+msgstr "パターン合致に関する詳細は :hg:`help patterns` を参照してください。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s should not have CRLF line endings"
@@ -2158,10 +2158,10 @@
 "    revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared\n"
 "    to its parent."
 msgstr ""
-"    2つのリビジョンが指定された場合、 リビジョン間の差分が表示されます。 \n"
+"    2つのリビジョンが指定された場合、 リビジョン間の差分が表示されます。\n"
 "    1つのリビジョンが指定された場合、 指定リビジョンと作業領域間の差分が\n"
 "    表示されます。 何もリビジョンが指定されない場合、 作業領域とその\n"
-"    親リビジョン間の差分が表示されます。 "
+"    親リビジョン間の差分が表示されます。"
 
 msgid "CMD"
 msgstr "コマンド"
@@ -2221,13 +2221,13 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "    See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
-msgstr "    -d/--date での日時表記は :hg:`help dates` を参照してください。 "
+msgstr "    -d/--date での日時表記は :hg:`help dates` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid ""
@@ -2335,7 +2335,7 @@
 "    See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    -d/--date での日時表記は :he:`help dates` を参照してください。 \n"
+"    -d/--date での日時表記は :he:`help dates` を参照してください。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision"
@@ -2397,7 +2397,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "本エクステンションは、 incoming, outgoing および log コマンドに --graph\n"
 "オプションを付与します。 このオプションが指定された場合、 ASCII 文字による\n"
-"リビジョングラフが表示されます。 \n"
+"リビジョングラフが表示されます。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "--graph option is incompatible with --%s"
@@ -2410,14 +2410,14 @@
 "    Print a revision history alongside a revision graph drawn with\n"
 "    ASCII characters."
 msgstr ""
-"    ASCII 文字によるリビジョングラフ表示を伴った変更履歴を表示します。 "
+"    ASCII 文字によるリビジョングラフ表示を伴った変更履歴を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Nodes printed as an @ character are parents of the working\n"
 "    directory.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    @ 文字で表示されるリビジョンは、 作業領域の親リビジョンです。 \n"
+"    @ 文字で表示されるリビジョンは、 作業領域の親リビジョンです。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "show the revision DAG"
@@ -2649,7 +2649,7 @@
 "    Prints the list of directories being watched by the inotify server.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    inotify サーバの監視対象ディレクトリを一覧表示します。 \n"
+"    inotify サーバの監視対象ディレクトリを一覧表示します。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "directories being watched:\n"
@@ -2809,7 +2809,7 @@
 "expression, much like InterWiki does."
 msgstr ""
 "本エクステンションは、 リンクなり任意の式の形式へと自動的に変換される\n"
-"InterWiki のような特別な書式を用いたコミットログの記述を可能にします。 "
+"InterWiki のような特別な書式を用いたコミットログの記述を可能にします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "A few example patterns (link to bug tracking, etc.) that may be used\n"
@@ -2848,15 +2848,15 @@
 msgstr ""
 "本エクステンションは、 構成管理対象ファイル中の RCS/CVS 的\n"
 "(カスタマイズ可能)な $Keywords$ を、 設定ファイルでの記述に従い\n"
-"展開します。 "
+"展開します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Keywords are only expanded in local repositories and not stored in the\n"
 "change history. The mechanism can be regarded as a convenience for the\n"
 "current user or for archive distribution."
 msgstr ""
-"キーワード展開は作業領域でのみ行われ、 履歴には残りません。 \n"
-"この仕組みは現行ユーザやアーカイブ配布者に配慮しています。 "
+"キーワード展開は作業領域でのみ行われ、 履歴には残りません。\n"
+"この仕組みは現行ユーザやアーカイブ配布者に配慮しています。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Keywords expand to the changeset data pertaining to the latest change\n"
@@ -2870,7 +2870,7 @@
 "sections of hgrc files."
 msgstr ""
 "設定は、 設定ファイル中の [keyword] [keywordset] および [keywordmaps]\n"
-"セクションに記述します。 "
+"セクションに記述します。"
 
 msgid "Example::"
 msgstr "記述例::"
@@ -2902,7 +2902,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 ".. note::\n"
 "   ファイル名パターンが更に特殊になる場合、 \n"
-"   リポジトリサイズ次第では性能劣化が生じ得ます。 "
+"   リポジトリサイズ次第では性能劣化が生じ得ます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
@@ -2911,7 +2911,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "[keywordmaps] でのテンプレート設定の展開を実演するには、 :hg:`kwdemo`\n"
 "を実行します。 使用可能なテンプレートやフィルタに関しては\n"
-":hg:`help templates` を参照してください。 "
+":hg:`help templates` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid "Three additional date template filters are provided::"
 msgstr "テンプレートでの日時用フィルタが 3 つ追加されます::"
@@ -2931,8 +2931,8 @@
 ":hg:`kwdemo` to control the results of your config changes."
 msgstr ""
 "無指定時のテンプレート設定(:hg:`kwdemo -d` で閲覧可能)は、 キーワード\n"
-"及びテンプレートのカスタマイズで置き換えることが可能です。 \n"
-"繰り返しますが設定変更の確認は :hg:`kwdemo` で行うことができます。 "
+"及びテンプレートのカスタマイズで置き換えることが可能です。\n"
+"繰り返しますが設定変更の確認は :hg:`kwdemo` で行うことができます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Before changing/disabling active keywords, run :hg:`kwshrink` to avoid\n"
@@ -2940,14 +2940,14 @@
 "history."
 msgstr ""
 "展開済みキーワードが意図せず履歴に記録されてしまうことを防ぐために、 \n"
-"キーワードの設定変更/無効化の前には :hg:`kwshrink` を実行してください。 "
+"キーワードの設定変更/無効化の前には :hg:`kwshrink` を実行してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n"
 ":hg:`kwexpand`."
 msgstr ""
 "キーワードの設定変更/有効化後に、 強制的に展開する場合は :hg:`kwexpand`\n"
-"を実行してください。 "
+"を実行してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Expansions spanning more than one line and incremental expansions,\n"
@@ -2956,7 +2956,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "複数行に渡る展開や、 CVS の $Log$ のような増加する内容の展開はサポート\n"
 "していません。 キーワードテンプレート設定 \"Log = {desc}\" は、 \n"
-"コミットメッセージの最初の一行を埋め込みます。 \n"
+"コミットメッセージの最初の一行を埋め込みます。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "overwriting %s expanding keywords\n"
@@ -2980,26 +2980,26 @@
 "    expansions."
 msgstr ""
 "    現時点、 固有ないしデフォルトのキーワードテンプレートマップ、 \n"
-"    およびその展開例を表示します。 "
+"    およびその展開例を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Extend the current configuration by specifying maps as arguments\n"
 "    and using -f/--rcfile to source an external hgrc file."
 msgstr ""
 "    引数でのマップ指定や、 -f/--rcfile 指定による外部設定ファイルからの\n"
-"    読み込みにより、 現時点での設定を拡張することができます。 "
+"    読み込みにより、 現時点での設定を拡張することができます。"
 
 msgid "    Use -d/--default to disable current configuration."
 msgstr ""
 "    -d/--default 指定により、 現時点のキーワードテンプレート設定を\n"
-"    一時的に無効化することもできます。 "
+"    一時的に無効化することもできます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    See :hg:`help templates` for information on templates and filters.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 "    テンプレートやフィルタ機能に関しては :hg:`help templates`\n"
-"    を参照してください。 \n"
+"    を参照してください。\n"
 "    "
 
 #, python-format
@@ -3058,13 +3058,13 @@
 msgstr "作業領域におけるキーワードの展開"
 
 msgid "    Run after (re)enabling keyword expansion."
-msgstr "    キーワード埋め込みが(再)有効化されてから実行してください。 "
+msgstr "    キーワード埋め込みが(再)有効化されてから実行してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    kwexpand refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    指定されたファイルに未コミット変更がある場合、 実行は中断されます。 \n"
+"    指定されたファイルに未コミット変更がある場合、 実行は中断されます。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "show files configured for keyword expansion"
@@ -3075,7 +3075,7 @@
 "    [keyword] configuration patterns."
 msgstr ""
 "    作業領域中のファイルで、 [keyword]  設定でのパターンに合致する\n"
-"    ファイルの一覧を表示します。 "
+"    ファイルの一覧を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Useful to prevent inadvertent keyword expansion and to speed up\n"
@@ -3083,13 +3083,13 @@
 "    expansion."
 msgstr ""
 "    予期せぬキーワード展開の防止と、 実行性能向上のために、 実際の\n"
-"    埋め込み対象となるファイルのみを設定することをお勧めします。 "
+"    埋め込み対象となるファイルのみを設定することをお勧めします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    See :hg:`help keyword` on how to construct patterns both for\n"
 "    inclusion and exclusion of files."
 msgstr ""
-"    パターン合致に関する詳細は、 :hg:`help keyword` を参照してください。 "
+"    パターン合致に関する詳細は、 :hg:`help keyword` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With -A/--all and -v/--verbose the codes used to show the status\n"
@@ -3119,13 +3119,13 @@
 "    problems with :hg:`import` or :hg:`merge`."
 msgstr ""
 "    キーワード設定の変更前や、 :hg:`import` ないし :hg:`merge` で問題が\n"
-"    発生した経験がある場合に実行してください。 "
+"    発生した経験がある場合に実行してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    kwshrink refuses to run if given files contain local changes.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    指定されたファイルに未コミット変更がある場合、 実行は中断されます。 \n"
+"    指定されたファイルに未コミット変更がある場合、 実行は中断されます。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "show default keyword template maps"
@@ -3166,7 +3166,7 @@
 "本エクステンションは、 Mercurial リポジトリの作業領域において、 パッチを\n"
 "併用した作業を可能にします。 本エクステンションでは、 「既知のパッチ」と\n"
 "「適用中のパッチ」(「既知のパッチ」の部分集合)の2つの集合を、 スタック\n"
-"を用いて管理します。 "
+"を用いて管理します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Known patches are represented as patch files in the .hg/patches\n"
@@ -3174,7 +3174,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "「既知のパッチ」は、 .hg/patches ディレクトリ配下に置かれたパッチファイル\n"
 "に相当します。 「適用中のパッチ」は、 「既知のパッチ」のうち、 対応する\n"
-"リビジョンがリポジトリの履歴に(一時的に)記録されているものを指します。 "
+"リビジョンがリポジトリの履歴に(一時的に)記録されているものを指します。"
 
 msgid "Common tasks (use :hg:`help command` for more details)::"
 msgstr "良く使用される機能 (詳細は :hg:`help コマンド名` を参照)::"
@@ -3225,10 +3225,10 @@
 "regular patches, possibly losing data in the second case."
 msgstr ""
 "'keep' が指定された場合、 既存の qrefresh 対象となるパッチが git 形式\n"
-"パッチである間は、 MQ は [diff] セクションの設定に従います。 \n"
+"パッチである間は、 MQ は [diff] セクションの設定に従います。\n"
 "'yes' ないし 'no' が指定された場合、 MQ は [diff] セクションの設定を無視\n"
 "して、 git パッチないし通常パッチを生成します。 通常パッチを生成する場合、 \n"
-"情報が失われる可能性があります。 "
+"情報が失われる可能性があります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "You will by default be managing a patch queue named \"patches\". You can\n"
@@ -3236,7 +3236,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "特に指定が無い場合、 パッチは \"patches\" という名前のキューで管理\n"
 "されます。  :hg:`qqueue` を使うことで、 相互に独立した別の管理キューを\n"
-"作成することができます。 \n"
+"作成することができます。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "mq.git option can be auto/keep/yes/no got %s"
@@ -3591,20 +3591,20 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    対象パッチは未適用でなければならず、 最低1つのパッチ名の指定が\n"
 "    必要です。 -k/--keep を指定した場合、 パッチファイルそのものは\n"
-"    管理領域に残されたままとなります。 "
+"    管理領域に残されたままとなります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n"
 "    use the :hg:`qfinish` command."
 msgstr ""
 "    管理対象外となったパッチを通常リビジョン化する場合は :hg:`qfinish`\n"
-"    を使用してください。 "
+"    を使用してください。"
 
 msgid "print the patches already applied"
 msgstr "適用中のパッチ一覧の表示"
 
 msgid "    Returns 0 on success."
-msgstr "    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。 "
+msgstr "    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。"
 
 msgid "only one patch applied\n"
 msgstr "単一のパッチだけが適用中です\n"
@@ -3625,26 +3625,26 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    取り込まれたパッチの適用順序は、 現在適用中の最上位パッチの次に\n"
 "    なります。 適用中のパッチが無い場合、 取り込まれたパッチの適用順序は\n"
-"    一番最初になります。 "
+"    一番最初になります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The patch will have the same name as its source file unless you\n"
 "    give it a new one with -n/--name."
 msgstr ""
 "    -n/--name による名前の指定が無い場合、 取り込み対象のファイル名が\n"
-"    そのままパッチ名となります。 "
+"    そのままパッチ名となります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    You can register an existing patch inside the patch directory with\n"
 "    the -e/--existing flag."
 msgstr ""
 "    -e/--existing を指定することで、 パッチ管理領域中の既存ファイルを\n"
-"    取り込み対象とすることができます。 "
+"    取り込み対象とすることができます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With -f/--force, an existing patch of the same name will be\n"
 "    overwritten."
-msgstr "    -f/--force が指定された場合、 同名の既存パッチを上書きします。 "
+msgstr "    -f/--force が指定された場合、 同名の既存パッチを上書きします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    An existing changeset may be placed under mq control with -r/--rev\n"
@@ -3658,15 +3658,15 @@
 "    ことができます(例: 'qimport --rev tip -n patch' は、 tip を MQ 管理\n"
 "    下に置きます)。 -g/--git 指定は、 --rev 指定による取り込みの際に git\n"
 "    差分形式を使用します。 改名／複製情報や、 権限設定の情報保持にとっての\n"
-"    git 差分形式の有用性に関しては、 'help diffs' を参照してください。 "
+"    git 差分形式の有用性に関しては、 'help diffs' を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n"
 "    When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n"
 "    using the --name flag."
 msgstr ""
-"    標準入力からパッチを取り込む場合、 ファイル名に '-' を指定します。 \n"
-"    標準入力からの取り込みの際には、 --name でのパッチ名指定が必須です。 "
+"    標準入力からパッチを取り込む場合、 ファイル名に '-' を指定します。\n"
+"    標準入力からの取り込みの際には、 --name でのパッチ名指定が必須です。"
 
 msgid "    To import an existing patch while renaming it::"
 msgstr "    既存のパッチを改名しつつ取り込む場合は::"
@@ -3678,7 +3678,7 @@
 "    Returns 0 if import succeeded.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "init a new queue repository (DEPRECATED)"
@@ -3691,11 +3691,11 @@
 "    an unversioned patch repository into a versioned one). You can use\n"
 "    qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository."
 msgstr ""
-"    特に指定が無い場合、 パッチ管理領域は構成管理されません。 \n"
+"    特に指定が無い場合、 パッチ管理領域は構成管理されません。\n"
 "    -c/--create-repo が指定された場合、 本コマンドはパッチ管理領域自体を\n"
 "    Mercurial のリポジトリとして作成します(既存のパッチ管理領域を後から\n"
 "    Mercurial リポジトリ化するのにも使用できます)。 管理領域の変更内容は\n"
-"    qcommit によってコミットすることができます。 "
+"    qcommit によってコミットすることができます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command is deprecated. Without -c, it's implied by other relevant\n"
@@ -3703,7 +3703,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    本コマンドは推奨されません。 -c 指定無しでの作成なら、 他の関連コマンド\n"
 "    によって作成されます。 -c 指定有りでの作成ならば、 :hg:`init --mq`\n"
-"    を使用してください。 "
+"    を使用してください。"
 
 msgid "clone main and patch repository at same time"
 msgstr "リポジトリとパッチ管理領域の同時複製"
@@ -3717,29 +3717,29 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    複製元が同一ホスト上にある場合、 複製先リポジトリでは、 全てのパッチが\n"
 "    未適用な状態となります。 複製元が遠隔ホストにある場合、 複製元での\n"
-"    パッチ適用状況が不明なので、 複製先でのパッチ適用状況は未保証です。 \n"
+"    パッチ適用状況が不明なので、 複製先でのパッチ適用状況は未保証です。\n"
 "    遠隔ホスト上のリポジトリを複製する場合、 パッチが未適用であることを\n"
-"    確認してください。 "
+"    確認してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Source patch repository is looked for in <src>/.hg/patches by\n"
 "    default. Use -p <url> to change."
 msgstr ""
 "    特に指定が無い場合、 パッチ管理領域は <src>/.hg/patches から複製され\n"
-"    ます。 変更する場合は -p <url> を使用します。 "
+"    ます。 変更する場合は -p <url> を使用します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n"
 "    would be created by :hg:`init --mq`."
 msgstr ""
 "    パッチ管理領域は、 :hg:`init --mq` によって生成された\n"
-"    入れ子状の Mercurial リポジトリでなければなりません。 "
+"    入れ子状の Mercurial リポジトリでなければなりません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Return 0 on success.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "versioned patch repository not found (see init --mq)"
@@ -3761,7 +3761,7 @@
 msgstr "パッチ管理領域の変更をコミット(非推奨)"
 
 msgid "    This command is deprecated; use :hg:`commit --mq` instead."
-msgstr "    本コマンドは非推奨です。 :hg:`commit --mq` を使用してください。 "
+msgstr "    本コマンドは非推奨です。 :hg:`commit --mq` を使用してください。"
 
 msgid "print the entire series file"
 msgstr "既知のパッチ一覧の表示"
@@ -3791,7 +3791,7 @@
 "    保持します。 -I/--include、 -X/--exclude と、 パッチ名に続けて指定\n"
 "    するファイル名の組み合わせによって、 新規パッチに変更が取り込まれる\n"
 "    ファイルを限定することができます。 取り込み対象外のファイルにおける\n"
-"    変更は未コミットなまま残ります。 "
+"    変更は未コミットなまま残ります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    -u/--user and -d/--date can be used to set the (given) user and\n"
@@ -3800,7 +3800,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    -u/--user および -d/--date は、 それぞれ指定のユーザ名／日時の記録に\n"
 "    使用できます。  -U/--currentuser および -D/--currendate は、 それぞれ\n"
-"    現ユーザ名／現在日時を記録します。 "
+"    現ユーザ名／現在日時を記録します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    -e/--edit, -m/--message or -l/--logfile set the patch header as\n"
@@ -3809,7 +3809,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    -e/--edit, -m/--message ないし -l/--logfile は、 コミットメッセージと\n"
 "    同様に、 パッチのヘッダに記録する情報を指定します。 指定が無い場合は、 \n"
-"    ヘッダは空のまま、 コミットメッセージが '[mq]: パッチ名' となります。 "
+"    ヘッダは空のまま、 コミットメッセージが '[mq]: パッチ名' となります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n"
@@ -3819,13 +3819,13 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    git 拡張差分形式を使用する場合は、 -g/--git を指定します。 改名／複製\n"
 "    情報や、 権限設定の情報保持にとっての git 差分形式の有用性に関しては、 \n"
-"    'help diffs' を参照してください。 "
+"    'help diffs' を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on successful creation of a new patch.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "update the current patch"
@@ -3838,14 +3838,14 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    何らかのパターンが指定された場合、 更新後のパッチは当該パターンに\n"
 "    合致するファイルの変更内容だけを含み、 他のファイルの変更内容は作業\n"
-"    領域に残ったままとなります。 "
+"    領域に残ったままとなります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If -s/--short is specified, files currently included in the patch\n"
 "    will be refreshed just like matched files and remain in the patch."
 msgstr ""
 "    -s/--short が指定された場合、 現行パッチが変更を保持するファイルのみが\n"
-"    パッチ内容更新の対象となって、 パッチにとどまり続けます。 "
+"    パッチ内容更新の対象となって、 パッチにとどまり続けます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If -e/--edit is specified, Mercurial will start your configured editor "
@@ -3856,7 +3856,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    -e/--edit が指定された場合、 メッセージ入力用のプログラムが\n"
 "    設定に従って起動されます。 処理が失敗した場合、 \n"
-"    入力したメッセージは ``.hg/last-message.txt`` に保存されます。 "
+"    入力したメッセージは ``.hg/last-message.txt`` に保存されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n"
@@ -3868,7 +3868,7 @@
 "    設定ファイルでの [diff] git=1 記述)するのであれば、 \n"
 "    add/remove/copy/rename といった hg のコマンドによる履歴記録も、 \n"
 "    通常と変わりなく機能します。 git 差分形式の詳細に関しては、 \n"
-"    'help diffs' を参照してください。 "
+"    'help diffs' を参照してください。"
 
 msgid "option \"-e\" incompatible with \"-m\" or \"-l\""
 msgstr "\"-e\" は、 \"-m\" ないし \"-l\" と併用できません"
@@ -3884,7 +3884,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    現行パッチの変更内容と、 前回の qrefresh 実施以後の作業領域における\n"
 "    変更内容を合わせた差分(＝ 現時点での qrefresh 実施によるパッチ内容の\n"
-"    更新結果)を表示します。 "
+"    更新結果)を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use :hg:`diff` if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
@@ -3894,7 +3894,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    前回の :hg:`qrefresh` 実施以後の作業領域における変更内容を見たい\n"
 "    場合は :hg:`diff` を、 作業領域の変更内容を含まない現行パッチの内容\n"
-"    のみを見たい場合は :hg:`export qtip` を使用してください。 "
+"    のみを見たい場合は :hg:`export qtip` を使用してください。"
 
 msgid "fold the named patches into the current patch"
 msgstr "指定パッチの現行パッチへの統合"
@@ -3912,14 +3912,14 @@
 "    現行パッチが全てのパッチの累積として更新され、 統合されたパッチは削除\n"
 "    されます。 -k/--keep が指定された場合は、 統合実施後も統合されｔパッチ"
 "の\n"
-"    ファイルは残されます。 "
+"    ファイルは残されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n"
 "    current patch header, separated by a line of ``* * *``."
 msgstr ""
 "    統合対象パッチのヘッダ情報は、 ``* * *`` 行を区切り記号として、 \n"
-"    現行のパッチに追加されます。 "
+"    現行のパッチに追加されます。"
 
 msgid "qfold requires at least one patch name"
 msgstr "統合実施には最低1つのパッチ名指定が必要です"
@@ -3954,21 +3954,21 @@
 "    パッチは常に適用されます。 「正」のガード(例: \"+foo\")が設定された\n"
 "    パッチは、 :hg:`qselect` によって当該ガードが設定されている場合に限り\n"
 "    適用されます。 「負」のガード(例: \"-foo\")が設定されているパッチは、 \n"
-"    :hg:`qselect` によって当該ガードが設定されている場合は適用されません。 "
+"    :hg:`qselect` によって当該ガードが設定されている場合は適用されません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n"
 "    With arguments, set guards for the named patch."
 msgstr ""
-"    引数指定が無い場合、 現在のガード選択状況を表示します。 \n"
-"    引数が指定された場合、 指定パッチに対するガード選択を設定します。 "
+"    引数指定が無い場合、 現在のガード選択状況を表示します。\n"
+"    引数が指定された場合、 指定パッチに対するガード選択を設定します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    .. note::\n"
 "       Specifying negative guards now requires '--'."
 msgstr ""
 "    .. note::\n"
-"       「負」のガード設定には、 ガード指定の前に '--' 指定が必要です。 "
+"       「負」のガード設定には、 ガード指定の前に '--' 指定が必要です。"
 
 msgid "    To set guards on another patch::"
 msgstr "    現行パッチ以外にガードを設定するには::"
@@ -3997,13 +3997,13 @@
 "    will be lost."
 msgstr ""
 "    -f/--force が指定された場合、 パッチ適用対象ファイルの、 \n"
-"    作業領域における変更内容は破棄されます。 "
+"    作業領域における変更内容は破棄されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Return 0 on succces.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "no saved queues found, please use -n\n"
@@ -4023,7 +4023,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    特に指定が無い場合、 適用中の最上位パッチを解除します。 パッチ名が指定\n"
 "    された場合、 当該パッチが適用中の最上位パッチになるまで、 他のパッチの\n"
-"    適用解除を行います。 "
+"    適用解除を行います。"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "using patch queue: %s\n"
@@ -4036,8 +4036,8 @@
 "    With one argument, renames the current patch to PATCH1.\n"
 "    With two arguments, renames PATCH1 to PATCH2."
 msgstr ""
-"    引数が1つの場合、 現行パッチを指定された名前に改名します。 \n"
-"    引数が2つの場合、 1つ目のパッチの名前を2つ目に改名します。 "
+"    引数が1つの場合、 現行パッチを指定された名前に改名します。\n"
+"    引数が2つの場合、 1つ目のパッチの名前を2つ目に改名します。"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s already exists"
@@ -4051,7 +4051,7 @@
 msgstr "指定リビジョンによって保存されたパッチ管理状態の復旧(非推奨)"
 
 msgid "    This command is deprecated, use :hg:`rebase` instead."
-msgstr "    本コマンドは非推奨です。 :hg:`rebase` を使用してください。 "
+msgstr "    本コマンドは非推奨です。 :hg:`rebase` を使用してください。"
 
 msgid "save current queue state (DEPRECATED)"
 msgstr "パッチ管理状態の保存(非推奨)"
@@ -4078,7 +4078,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    :hg:`strip` は指定のリビジョンおよび、 指定リビジョンの子孫を\n"
 "    取り除きます。 作業領域に未コミットの変更がある場合、 \n"
-"    --force が指定されない限りは処理を中断します。 "
+"    --force が指定されない限りは処理を中断します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If a parent of the working directory is stripped, then the working\n"
@@ -4088,7 +4088,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    作業領域の親リビジョンが除外対象になった場合、 除外操作の完了後に、 \n"
 "    除外された親リビジョンの先祖の中で最も近い有効なリビジョンを使用して\n"
-"    作業領域を更新します。 "
+"    作業領域を更新します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Any stripped changesets are stored in ``.hg/strip-backup`` as a\n"
@@ -4103,14 +4103,14 @@
 "    :hg:`help unbundle` 参照)。 除外の際に作成された BUNDLE ファイルで\n"
 "    :hg:`unbundle .hg/strip-backup/BUNDLE` を実施することで\n"
 "    除外されたリビジョンを復旧させることができます。 通常、 復旧の際には\n"
-"    リビジョン番号が変更されますので注意してください。 "
+"    リビジョン番号が変更されますので注意してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use the --no-backup option to discard the backup bundle once the\n"
 "    operation completes."
 msgstr ""
 "    除外処理完了時点で bundle ファイルを破棄する場合は\n"
-"    --no-backup を指定してください。 "
+"    --no-backup を指定してください。"
 
 msgid "empty revision set"
 msgstr "指定に該当するリビジョンはありません"
@@ -4147,14 +4147,14 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    上記の qselect 実行により、 \"stable\" ガードが選択されます。 MQ は\n"
 "    foo.patch の適用を(「負」のガードに合致するため)見送りますが、 \n"
-"    bar.patch の適用は(「正」のガードに合致するため)実施します。 "
+"    bar.patch の適用は(「正」のガードに合致するため)実施します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With no arguments, prints the currently active guards.\n"
 "    With one argument, sets the active guard."
 msgstr ""
 "    本コマンドが引数無しで実行された場合、 現在のガード選択状況を表示\n"
-"    します。 引数が指定された場合、 ガード選択を設定します。 "
+"    します。 引数が指定された場合、 ガード選択を設定します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use -n/--none to deactivate guards (no other arguments needed).\n"
@@ -4164,7 +4164,7 @@
 "    -n/--none を指定することで、 ガード選択を無効化します(他の引数は必要\n"
 "    ありません)。 いずれのガードも選択されていない場合、 「正」のガードが\n"
 "    設定されたパッチの適用は見送られますが、 「負」のガードが設定された\n"
-"    パッチは適用されます。 "
+"    パッチは適用されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    qselect can change the guards on applied patches. It does not pop\n"
@@ -4174,18 +4174,18 @@
 "    guarded patches."
 msgstr ""
 "    本コマンドの実行により、 適用中のパッチの適用可否も変化し得ます。 特に\n"
-"    指定が無い場合、 ガードが有効なパッチの適用解除は行われません。  \n"
+"    指定が無い場合、 ガードが有効なパッチの適用解除は行われません。 \n"
 "    --pop が指定された場合、 適用可否が変わる最初のパッチまでのパッチが\n"
 "    適用解除されます。 --reapply が指定された場合、 --pop 相当の処理後に、 \n"
 "    ガードが有効なパッチの適用を見送りつつ、 現行パッチに至るまでパッチを\n"
-"    再適用します。 "
+"    再適用します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use -s/--series to print a list of all guards in the series file\n"
 "    (no other arguments needed). Use -v for more information."
 msgstr ""
 "    -s/--series が指定された場合、 パッチに設定されたガードを一覧化して\n"
-"    表示します(他の引数は不要)。 詳細表示には -v を指定してください。 "
+"    表示します(他の引数は不要)。 詳細表示には -v を指定してください。"
 
 msgid "guards deactivated\n"
 msgstr "ガード設定を無効化します\n"
@@ -4225,7 +4225,7 @@
 "    history."
 msgstr ""
 "    指定されたリビジョン(適用中パッチに相当)を、 MQ 管理下から除外し、 \n"
-"    通常のリビジョンとしてリポジトリに記録します。 "
+"    通常のリビジョンとしてリポジトリに記録します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Accepts a revision range or the -a/--applied option. If --applied\n"
@@ -4236,7 +4236,7 @@
 "    リビジョン範囲指定や、 -a/--applied が指定可能です。 --applied が指定\n"
 "    された場合、 全ての適用中パッチが MQ 管理下から除外されます。 それ\n"
 "    以外の場合、 指定されたリビジョンは、 適用中スタックの最下位からの\n"
-"    一連のリビジョンでなければなりません。 "
+"    一連のリビジョンでなければなりません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n"
@@ -4244,7 +4244,7 @@
 "    to upstream."
 msgstr ""
 "    この機能は、 上流のリポジトリでパッチが受理された場合や、 \n"
-"    パッチ内容を上流リポジトリに反映する場合などに有用です。 "
+"    パッチ内容を上流リポジトリに反映する場合などに有用です。"
 
 msgid "no revisions specified"
 msgstr "リビジョン指定がありません"
@@ -4257,7 +4257,7 @@
 "    new patch queues and deleting existing ones."
 msgstr ""
 "    複数の異なるパッチキューの間での切り替え、 新規パッチキューの作成\n"
-"    および既存パッチキューの削除を行います。 "
+"    および既存パッチキューの削除を行います。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Omitting a queue name or specifying -l/--list will show you the "
@@ -4269,7 +4269,7 @@
 "    キュー名称を指定しないか、 -l/--list が指定された場合、 登録済みの\n"
 "    キューの一覧が表示されます - 通常は \"normal\" パッチキューが登録\n"
 "    済みです。 当該時点でアクティブなキューには \"(アクティブ)\" が表示\n"
-"    されます。 "
+"    されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    To create a new queue, use -c/--create. The queue is automatically made\n"
@@ -4280,15 +4280,15 @@
 "    -c/--create が指定された場合、 新規キューを作成します。 当該時点で\n"
 "    アクティブなキューからパッチが適用中の場合を除き、 新規作成された\n"
 "    キューが自動的にアクティブなキューとなります。 この場合、 \n"
-"    新規キューは生成されますがキューの切り替えは実施されません。 "
+"    新規キューは生成されますがキューの切り替えは実施されません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    To delete an existing queue, use --delete. You cannot delete the "
 "currently\n"
 "    active queue."
 msgstr ""
-"    --delete が指定された場合、 既存のキューを削除します。 \n"
-"    当該時点でアクティブなキューは削除できません。 "
+"    --delete が指定された場合、 既存のキューを削除します。\n"
+"    当該時点でアクティブなキューは削除できません。"
 
 msgid "patches applied - cannot set new queue active"
 msgstr "パッチ適用中 - 新規キューはアクティブにできません"
@@ -4865,7 +4865,7 @@
 "describes the series as a whole."
 msgstr ""
 "一連のメールは、 \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" を Subject ヘッダに持つ、 説明メール\n"
-"から始まります。 "
+"から始まります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using the\n"
@@ -4892,7 +4892,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "個々のメールは、 In-Reply-To および References ヘッダを使用して、 1通目の\n"
 "メールを参照しますので、 メールリーダーやニュースリーダーでの参照時や、 \n"
-"メールアーカイブにおいては、 一連のスレッドとして扱われます。 "
+"メールアーカイブにおいては、 一連のスレッドとして扱われます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
@@ -4921,14 +4921,14 @@
 "override global ``[email]`` address settings."
 msgstr ""
 "``[email]`` セクションにおけるグローバルなアドレス設定よりも優先させたい\n"
-"設定がある場合には、 ``[patchbomb]`` セクションを使って記述してください。 "
+"設定がある場合には、 ``[patchbomb]`` セクションを使って記述してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Then you can use the :hg:`email` command to mail a series of\n"
 "changesets as a patchbomb."
 msgstr ""
 "ここまで設定できたなら、 :hg:`email` コマンドを使用して、 一連の\n"
-"リビジョンをパッチ爆弾(patchbomb)としてメール送信することができます。 "
+"リビジョンをパッチ爆弾(patchbomb)としてメール送信することができます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "You can also either configure the method option in the email section\n"
@@ -4941,14 +4941,14 @@
 "互換のメール送信プログラムを指定することもできれば、 [smtp] セクションに\n"
 "必要な情報を記述することで、 外部プログラムの助けを借りずに Mercurial から\n"
 "直接パッチ爆弾を送信することも可能です。 これらのセクションに関する詳細は\n"
-"設定ファイルに関するドキュメント(hgrc(5))を参照してください。 \n"
+"設定ファイルに関するドキュメント(hgrc(5))を参照してください。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s Please enter a valid value"
 msgstr "%s 適切な値を入力してください"
 
 msgid "Please enter a valid value.\n"
-msgstr "適切な値を入力してください。 \n"
+msgstr "適切な値を入力してください。\n"
 
 msgid "send changesets by email"
 msgstr "電子メールによる変更内容のパッチ送付"
@@ -4960,7 +4960,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    特に指定の無い場合、 :hg:`export` の生成する差分形式でリビジョン毎に\n"
 "    メールが送信されます。 一連のメールは、 \"[PATCH 0 of N]\" を Subject\n"
-"    ヘッダに持つ、 説明メールから始まります。 "
+"    ヘッダに持つ、 説明メールから始まります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n"
@@ -4969,19 +4969,19 @@
 "    description."
 msgstr ""
 "    個々のメールの Subject ヘッダは、 \"[PATCH M of N]\" で始まり、 \n"
-"    対応するリビジョンのコミットメッセージの1行目が記載されます。 \n"
-"    メール本文は、 2ないし3の部位から構成されます。 \n"
-"    最初の部位にはコミットメッセージの続きが配置されます。 "
+"    対応するリビジョンのコミットメッセージの1行目が記載されます。\n"
+"    メール本文は、 2ないし3の部位から構成されます。\n"
+"    最初の部位にはコミットメッセージの続きが配置されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With the -d/--diffstat option, if the diffstat program is\n"
 "    installed, the result of running diffstat on the patch is inserted."
 msgstr ""
 "    -d/--diffstat が指定され、 diffstat コマンドが利用可能な場合、 \n"
-"    パッチに対する diffstat の実行結果が配置されます。 "
+"    パッチに対する diffstat の実行結果が配置されます。"
 
 msgid "    Finally, the patch itself, as generated by :hg:`export`."
-msgstr "    最後の部位には :hg:`export` が生成する差分が配置されます。 "
+msgstr "    最後の部位には :hg:`export` が生成する差分が配置されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With the -d/--diffstat or -c/--confirm options, you will be presented\n"
@@ -4990,7 +4990,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    -d/--diffstat ないし -c/--confirm が指定された場合、 \n"
 "    メッセージの送信に先立って、 全メッセージのまとめを伴って、 \n"
-"    確認の問い合わせがあります。 "
+"    確認の問い合わせがあります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default the patch is included as text in the email body for\n"
@@ -4999,8 +4999,8 @@
 "    will be created."
 msgstr ""
 "    特に指定の無い場合、 パッチはメール本文中に通常テキストとして埋め込ま\n"
-"    れます。 -a/--attach 指定により、 パッチが添付ファイル化されます。 \n"
-"    -i/--inline 指定により、 インライン添付ファイルとなります。 "
+"    れます。 -a/--attach 指定により、 パッチが添付ファイル化されます。\n"
+"    -i/--inline 指定により、 インライン添付ファイルとなります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With -o/--outgoing, emails will be generated for patches not found\n"
@@ -5009,7 +5009,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    -o/--outgoing 指定がある場合、 連携対象リポジトリに存在しない\n"
 "    (あるいは、 指定リビジョンの子孫となる)リビジョンのためのパッチのみが\n"
-"    メールで送信されます。 "
+"    メールで送信されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With -b/--bundle, changesets are selected as for --outgoing, but a\n"
@@ -5018,7 +5018,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    -b/--bundle 指定がある場合、 対象リビジョンの選択は --outgoing 指定\n"
 "    時と同様に行われますが、 Mercurial のバンドル形式ファイルを添付\n"
-"    ファイルとする単一のメールとして送信されます。 "
+"    ファイルとする単一のメールとして送信されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With -m/--mbox, instead of previewing each patchbomb message in a\n"
@@ -5028,8 +5028,8 @@
 "    files."
 msgstr ""
 "    -m/--mbox が指定された場合、 PAGER での表示やメール送信の代わりに、 \n"
-"    パッチのメールを格納した UNIX mbox 形式ファイルを作成します。 \n"
-"    このファイルは UNIX mbox 形式に対応しているツールで閲覧可能です。 "
+"    パッチのメールを格納した UNIX mbox 形式ファイルを作成します。\n"
+"    このファイルは UNIX mbox 形式に対応しているツールで閲覧可能です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With -n/--test, all steps will run, but mail will not be sent.\n"
@@ -5042,10 +5042,10 @@
 "    -n/--test 指定のある場合、 一連の処理手順は実行されますが、 \n"
 "    メールの送信は行われません。 その代わりに、 送信先アドレスや、 \n"
 "    パッチ説明文の入力が促されます。 必要な入力が完了すると、 \n"
-"    送信されるメールの内容が表示されます。 \n"
+"    送信されるメールの内容が表示されます。\n"
 "    PAGER 環境変数が設定されている場合、 パッチ爆弾を構成する\n"
 "    メールごとに、 環境変数に設定されたプログラムが起動されますので、 \n"
-"    内容を確認することが出来ます。 "
+"    内容を確認することが出来ます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "      hg email -r 3000          # send patch 3000 only\n"
@@ -5102,7 +5102,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    本コマンドを使用する前に、 設定ファイルに電子メール関連設定を記述する\n"
 "    必要があります。 設定ファイルに関するドキュメント(hgrc(5))を参照して\n"
-"    ください。 \n"
+"    ください。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "no changes found\n"
@@ -5125,11 +5125,11 @@
 "Write the introductory message for the patch series."
 msgstr ""
 "\n"
-"一連のパッチのための説明文を記述してください。 "
+"一連のパッチのための説明文を記述してください。"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "This patch series consists of %d patches."
-msgstr "一連のパッチは %d 個のパッチから構成されています。 "
+msgstr "一連のパッチは %d 個のパッチから構成されています。"
 
 msgid ""
 "\n"
@@ -5354,7 +5354,7 @@
 "repository."
 msgstr ""
 "本エクステンションは、 既存の Mercurial リポジトリにおけるリビジョンの\n"
-"リベースを可能にします。 "
+"リベースを可能にします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "For more information:\n"
@@ -5375,7 +5375,7 @@
 "    ある履歴位置(移動元)から別な位置(移動先)へとリビジョンを移動するため\n"
 "    本コマンドは反復的なマージを行ないます。 この機能は、 手元のリポジトリ\n"
 "    における成果を、 開発用のマスターリポジトリに反映する際に、 枝分かれの\n"
-"    無い状態にしたい場合などで有用です。 "
+"    無い状態にしたい場合などで有用です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    You should not rebase changesets that have already been shared\n"
@@ -5383,10 +5383,10 @@
 "    same rebase or they will end up with duplicated changesets after\n"
 "    pulling in your rebased changesets."
 msgstr ""
-"    他の利用者に公開済みのリビジョンは、 移動すべきではありません。 \n"
+"    他の利用者に公開済みのリビジョンは、 移動すべきではありません。\n"
 "    公開済みリビジョンの移動は、 他の利用者に同様の移動操作を強制する\n"
 "    ことになったり、 あなたが移動した後のリビジョンを取り込むことで、 \n"
-"    同一リビジョンが重複した状態になってしまったりします。 "
+"    同一リビジョンが重複した状態になってしまったりします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you don't specify a destination changeset (``-d/--dest``),\n"
@@ -5416,12 +5416,12 @@
 "    抽出するための簡略表現です。  \"source\" (``-s/--source``) を指定した\n"
 "    場合、 指定リビジョンおよびその子孫全てを移動します。  \"base\" \n"
 "    (``-b/--base``) を指定した場合、 移動先リビジョンと共通となる先祖を\n"
-"    含まない範囲で指定リビジョンの先祖へと遡り、 移動対象を選択します。 \n"
+"    含まない範囲で指定リビジョンの先祖へと遡り、 移動対象を選択します。\n"
 "    そのため、 ``-s`` での指定と比較して、  ``-b`` での指定は精密さでは\n"
 "    劣りますが、 その分便利です。 移動元のブランチで任意のリビジョンを\n"
-"    選択することで、 ブランチ全体から対象が自動的に選択されます。 \n"
+"    選択することで、 ブランチ全体から対象が自動的に選択されます。\n"
 "    ``-s`` も ``-b`` も指定しない場合、 作業領域の親リビジョンを \n"
-"    \"base\" とみなします。 "
+"    \"base\" とみなします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default, rebase recreates the changesets in the source branch\n"
@@ -5431,10 +5431,10 @@
 "    branch) may be dropped if they no longer contribute any change."
 msgstr ""
 "    特に指定が無い場合、 本コマンドは移動元ブランチのリビジョンを、 \n"
-"    移動先の子孫として再生成し、 その後に元リビジョンを破棄します。 \n"
-"    移動元リビジョンを残す場合、 ``--keep`` を指定してください。 \n"
+"    移動先の子孫として再生成し、 その後に元リビジョンを破棄します。\n"
+"    移動元リビジョンを残す場合、 ``--keep`` を指定してください。\n"
 "    移動元ブランチのリビジョンのうち、 何も貢献の無いリビジョン\n"
-"    (例: 移動先ブランチとのマージ実施リビジョン等) は無視されます。 "
+"    (例: 移動先ブランチとのマージ実施リビジョン等) は無視されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    One result of the rules for selecting the destination changeset\n"
@@ -5450,13 +5450,13 @@
 "    continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a."
 msgstr ""
 "    手動マージによる衝突解消の必要から中断された場合、 --continue/-c で\n"
-"    処理を継続したり、 --abort/-a で処理を終了させたりできます。 "
+"    処理を継続したり、 --abort/-a で処理を終了させたりできます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing to rebase.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 移植が実施されない場合は 1 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 移植が実施されない場合は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "cannot use both abort and continue"
@@ -5642,7 +5642,7 @@
 "    will be candidates for recording."
 msgstr ""
 "    ファイル一覧が指定されなかった場合は :hg:`status` で表示される\n"
-"    全てのファイルが記録の対象となります。 "
+"    全てのファイルが記録の対象となります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
@@ -5650,7 +5650,7 @@
 "    change to use. For each query, the following responses are\n"
 "    possible::"
 msgstr ""
-"    変更されたファイルの変更箇所ごとに記録するかどうか質問されます。 \n"
+"    変更されたファイルの変更箇所ごとに記録するかどうか質問されます。\n"
 "    それに対して以下の操作が可能です::"
 
 msgid ""
@@ -5680,7 +5680,7 @@
 msgstr "      ? - ヘルプを表示します"
 
 msgid "    This command is not available when committing a merge."
-msgstr "    本コマンドをマージのコミットに使用することはできません。 "
+msgstr "    本コマンドをマージのコミットに使用することはできません。"
 
 msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
 msgstr "'mq' エクステンションが読み込まれていません"
@@ -5875,7 +5875,7 @@
 msgstr "別ブランチからパッチを移植するコマンド"
 
 msgid "This extension allows you to transplant patches from another branch."
-msgstr "本エクステンションは、 別ブランチからのパッチの移植を可能にします。 "
+msgstr "本エクステンションは、 別ブランチからのパッチの移植を可能にします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Transplanted patches are recorded in .hg/transplant/transplants, as a\n"
@@ -5883,7 +5883,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "移植されたパッチの情報は、 移植先リビジョンのハッシュ値から、 移植元\n"
 "リポジトリにおけるハッシュ値への変換として、 .hg/transplant/transplants\n"
-"に記録されます。 \n"
+"に記録されます。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "skipping already applied revision %s\n"
@@ -5977,7 +5977,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    --filter によりコミットログを改変することができます。 指定された値は\n"
 "    コマンド起動に使用され、 第1引数にはコミットメッセージ、 第2引数には\n"
-"    パッチが指定されます。 "
+"    パッチが指定されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If --source/-s is specified, selects changesets from the named\n"
@@ -5987,11 +5987,11 @@
 "    transplanted, otherwise you will be prompted to select the\n"
 "    changesets you want."
 msgstr ""
-"    --source/-s が指定された場合、 指定のリポジトリから移植されます。 \n"
+"    --source/-s が指定された場合、 指定のリポジトリから移植されます。\n"
 "    --branch/-b が指定された場合、 指定の名前を持つブランチから移植\n"
 "    されます。 --all/-a が指定された場合、 指定されたブランチ中の全ての\n"
 "    チェンジセットが移植対処となり、 それ以外の場合は移植対象とする\n"
-"    チェンジセットの問い合わせがあります。 "
+"    チェンジセットの問い合わせがあります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    :hg:`transplant --branch REVISION --all` will rebase the selected\n"
@@ -5999,7 +5999,7 @@
 "    directory."
 msgstr ""
 "    :hg:`transplant --branch REVISION --all` 形式での起動の場合、 \n"
-"    指定 REVISION までのブランチ全体が、 現在の作業領域上に移植されます。 "
+"    指定 REVISION までのブランチ全体が、 現在の作業領域上に移植されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    You can optionally mark selected transplanted changesets as merge\n"
@@ -6009,14 +6009,14 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    選択した対象チェンジセットの移植を、 マージ実施とみなすことも可能\n"
 "    です。 移植の際にマージ対象リビジョンに関する問い合わせは無く、 移植\n"
-"    後の移植元の子孫に対しては、 移植ではなく通常のマージが可能です。 "
+"    後の移植元の子孫に対しては、 移植ではなく通常のマージが可能です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no merges or revisions are provided, :hg:`transplant` will\n"
 "    start an interactive changeset browser."
 msgstr ""
 "    マージ対象もリビジョン指定もない場合、 :hg:`transplant` は対話的に\n"
-"    移植を行ないます。 "
+"    移植を行ないます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n"
@@ -6025,7 +6025,7 @@
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 "    移植に失敗した場合、 手動での衝突解消後に :hg:`transplant\n"
-"    --continue/-c` を実行することで、 中断された移植を再開可能です。 \n"
+"    --continue/-c` を実行することで、 中断された移植を再開可能です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "--continue is incompatible with branch, all or merge"
@@ -6097,9 +6097,9 @@
 msgstr ""
 "パス名の取り扱い(例: パス要素の分割、 文字大小変換等)上、 不適切な文字を\n"
 "含む多バイト符号化文字セット(MBCS)が存在します。 ここではそのような文字\n"
-"セット(例: shift_jis および big5)を「問題文字コード」と呼びます。 \n"
+"セット(例: shift_jis および big5)を「問題文字コード」と呼びます。\n"
 "本エクステンションは、 パス操作の実施前に unicode 文字列化する処理を\n"
-"割り込ませることで、 問題文字コードによって発生する障害を防ぎます。 "
+"割り込ませることで、 問題文字コードによって発生する障害を防ぎます。"
 
 msgid "This extension is useful for:"
 msgstr "このエクステンションは以下の場合に有用です:"
@@ -6138,7 +6138,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "\n"
 "指定の無い場合、 win32mbcs は Mercurial により決定される\n"
-"(Python プログラム上の) encoding.encoding 変数値を使用します。 \n"
+"(Python プログラム上の) encoding.encoding 変数値を使用します。\n"
 "以下の設定記述により、 文字コードを指定することができます::"
 
 msgid ""
@@ -6149,14 +6149,14 @@
 " encoding = sjis"
 
 msgid "It is useful for the users who want to commit with UTF-8 log message.\n"
-msgstr "ログメッセージの文字コードに UTF-8 を使用したいユーザ等に有用です。 \n"
+msgstr "ログメッセージの文字コードに UTF-8 を使用したいユーザ等に有用です。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "[win32mbcs] filename conversion failed with %s encoding\n"
 msgstr "[win32mbcs] 文字コード '%s' によるファイル名変換に失敗\n"
 
 msgid "[win32mbcs] cannot activate on this platform.\n"
-msgstr "[win32mbcs] このプラットフォームでは実行できません。 \n"
+msgstr "[win32mbcs] このプラットフォームでは実行できません。\n"
 
 msgid "perform automatic newline conversion"
 msgstr "改行形式の自動変換"
@@ -6168,16 +6168,16 @@
 msgstr ""
 "  非推奨: リポジトリの複製の際に設定は複製されないため、  win32text\n"
 "  エクステンションは個々の複製／個々のユーザごとに都度設定する必要が\n"
-"  あります。 "
+"  あります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "  We have therefore made the ``eol`` as an alternative. The ``eol``\n"
 "  uses a version controlled file for its configuration and each clone\n"
 "  will therefore use the right settings from the start."
 msgstr ""
-"  そのため、 代替手段として ``eol`` エクステンションが提供されています。 \n"
+"  そのため、 代替手段として ``eol`` エクステンションが提供されています。\n"
 "  ``eol`` エクステンションでは、 構成管理可能なファイルによる設定が\n"
-"  可能ですので、 複製したリポジトリは最初から適切な状態で使用できます。 "
+"  可能ですので、 複製したリポジトリは最初から適切な状態で使用できます。"
 
 msgid "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::"
 msgstr "改行形式の自動変換を行う場合、 以下のように設定します::"
@@ -6240,9 +6240,9 @@
 "Mercurial.ini or %s.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "警告: %s は既に行末が %s 形式です\n"
-"そのため win32text による行末形式変換は不要です。 \n"
+"そのため win32text による行末形式変換は不要です。\n"
 "次回の commit までに、 Mercurial.ini なり %s における encode/decode 設定を\n"
-"見直すことをお勧めします。 \n"
+"見直すことをお勧めします。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "Attempt to commit or push text file(s) using %s line endings\n"
@@ -6547,10 +6547,10 @@
 
 msgid "HG: Enter commit message.  Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed."
 msgstr ""
-"HG: コミットメッセージを入力してください。  HG: で始まる行は無視されます。 "
+"HG: コミットメッセージを入力してください。  HG: で始まる行は無視されます。"
 
 msgid "HG: Leave message empty to abort commit."
-msgstr "HG: メッセージが空だとコミットできません。 "
+msgstr "HG: メッセージが空だとコミットできません。"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "HG: user: %s"
@@ -6591,19 +6591,19 @@
 msgid ""
 "    Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n"
 "    repository."
-msgstr "    構成管理へのファイルの追加登録を予約します。 "
+msgstr "    構成管理へのファイルの追加登録を予約します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n"
 "    undo an add before that, see :hg:`forget`."
 msgstr ""
-"    指定されたファイルは次回のコミットから構成管理対象となります。 \n"
+"    指定されたファイルは次回のコミットから構成管理対象となります。\n"
 "    追加登録のコミット前取り消しは、 :hg:`help revert` を参照して\n"
-"    ください。 "
+"    ください。"
 
 msgid "    If no names are given, add all files to the repository."
 msgstr ""
-"    ファイル名指定が無い場合、 作業領域中の全ファイルが対象となります。 "
+"    ファイル名指定が無い場合、 作業領域中の全ファイルが対象となります。"
 
 msgid "    .. container:: verbose"
 msgstr "    .. container:: verbose"
@@ -6638,7 +6638,7 @@
 "    Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    全てのファイルの登録が成功した場合のコマンド終了値は 0 です。 \n"
+"    全てのファイルの登録が成功した場合のコマンド終了値は 0 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "add all new files, delete all missing files"
@@ -6649,15 +6649,15 @@
 "    repository."
 msgstr ""
 "    作業領域中の新規ファイルの追加登録、 および全不在ファイルの登録除外を\n"
-"    行ないます。 "
+"    行ないます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n"
 "    .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n"
 "    commit."
 msgstr ""
-"    .hgignore に記述されたパターンに合致する新規ファイルは無視されます。 \n"
-"    :hg:`add` と同様に、 実行効果が発揮されるのは次回コミット時点です。 "
+"    .hgignore に記述されたパターンに合致する新規ファイルは無視されます。\n"
+"    :hg:`add` と同様に、 実行効果が発揮されるのは次回コミット時点です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
@@ -6671,10 +6671,10 @@
 "    ファイルの改名を検知するには -s/--similarity を使用します。 0 より\n"
 "    大きな値が指定された場合、 追加・除外ファイルの全てが比較され、 改名と\n"
 "    みなせるか否かが判定されます。 このオプションには、 0(改名比較無し)\n"
-"    から 100 (完全一致で判定)までの範囲でパーセンテージを指定します。 \n"
+"    から 100 (完全一致で判定)までの範囲でパーセンテージを指定します。\n"
 "    改名判定には実行時間を要する可能性があります。 このオプションの使用\n"
 "    後に、 :hg:`status -C` を実施することで、 移動／改名が検知された\n"
-"    ファイルを確認することができます。 "
+"    ファイルを確認することができます。"
 
 msgid "similarity must be a number"
 msgstr "類似度は数値でなければなりません"
@@ -6688,12 +6688,12 @@
 msgid ""
 "    List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
 "    each line"
-msgstr "    ファイルの各行毎に、 その内容が由来するリビジョンIDを表示します。 "
+msgstr "    ファイルの各行毎に、 その内容が由来するリビジョンIDを表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
 "    by whom."
-msgstr "    本コマンドは、 変更の実施者ないし実施時期を特定するのに有用です。 "
+msgstr "    本コマンドは、 変更の実施者ないし実施時期を特定するのに有用です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
@@ -6703,7 +6703,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    -a/--text 指定が無い場合、 バイナリと思しきファイルは処理対象から\n"
 "    除外されます。 -a 指定が有る場合、 結果の有用性の有無に関わらず\n"
-"    全てのファイルが処理対象となります。 \n"
+"    全てのファイルが処理対象となります。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "at least one filename or pattern is required"
@@ -6723,15 +6723,15 @@
 "    By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
 "    directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision."
 msgstr ""
-"    特に指定が無い場合、 作業領域の親リビジョンが使用されます。 \n"
-"    他のリビジョンを指定する場合は -r/--rev を使用します。 "
+"    特に指定が無い場合、 作業領域の親リビジョンが使用されます。\n"
+"    他のリビジョンを指定する場合は -r/--rev を使用します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The archive type is automatically detected based on file\n"
 "    extension (or override using -t/--type)."
 msgstr ""
 "    アーカイブ種別は、 出力先ファイルの拡張子から自動的に判定されますが\n"
-"    -t/--type で強制することも可能です。 "
+"    -t/--type で強制することも可能です。"
 
 msgid "    Valid types are:"
 msgstr "    有効種別一覧:"
@@ -6757,7 +6757,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    アーカイブ生成先となるファイル名ないしディレクトリ名の指定には\n"
 "    置換指定を使用することができます。 置換指定に関する詳細は \n"
-"    :hg:`help export` を参照してください。 "
+"    :hg:`help export` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
@@ -6765,9 +6765,9 @@
 "    prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
 "    removed."
 msgstr ""
-"    アーカイブ生成の際には、 展開時の格納先ディレクトリ名が記録されます。 \n"
+"    アーカイブ生成の際には、 展開時の格納先ディレクトリ名が記録されます。\n"
 "    -p/--prefix によりディレクトリ名を指定できます(置換指定可能)。 特に\n"
-"    指定が無い場合は、 アーカイブ名から拡張子を除いたものが記録されます。 \n"
+"    指定が無い場合は、 アーカイブ名から拡張子を除いたものが記録されます。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "no working directory: please specify a revision"
@@ -6787,7 +6787,7 @@
 "    changeset into the working directory."
 msgstr ""
 "    本コマンドは、 対象リビジョンでの変更を打ち消す効果を持つ変更を\n"
-"    作業領域へと反映します。 "
+"    作業領域へと反映します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With the --merge option, it first commits the reverted changes\n"
@@ -6799,11 +6799,11 @@
 "    This will result in an explicit merge in the history."
 msgstr ""
 "    --merge が指定された場合、 まずは打ち消し効果を持つ変更が、 \n"
-"    打ち消し対象リビジョンの子リビジョンとして、 新規作成されます。 \n"
+"    打ち消し対象リビジョンの子リビジョンとして、 新規作成されます。\n"
 "    その後、 打ち消し効果を持つ新規リビジョンによるヘッドと、 \n"
 "    処理の実施に先立って記録された作業領域の親リビジョンに対して、 \n"
-"    :hg:`merge` 相当の処理が実施されます。 \n"
-"    マージ結果を履歴に記録するには :hg:`commit` 実施が必要です。 \n"
+"    :hg:`merge` 相当の処理が実施されます。\n"
+"    マージ結果を履歴に記録するには :hg:`commit` 実施が必要です。\n"
 "    (訳注: --merge が指定されない場合、 打ち消しのための変更の適用は、 \n"
 "    作業領域に対して実施され、 新たなヘッドは作成されません)"
 
@@ -6815,10 +6815,10 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    作業領域の親リビジョン「以外」の変更を打ち消す場合に、 \n"
 "    (--merge 指定に関わらず) 実行結果が自動的にコミットされないのは、 \n"
-"    通常の :hg:`merge` 実行相当の処理が実施されているためです。 \n"
+"    通常の :hg:`merge` 実行相当の処理が実施されているためです。\n"
 "    作業領域の親リビジョンの変更を打ち消す場合、 \n"
 "    :hg:`merge` 相当の処理は実施されないため、 \n"
-"    打ち消し結果は自動的にコミットされます。 "
+"    打ち消し結果は自動的にコミットされます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Note that the default behavior (without --merge) has changed in\n"
@@ -6826,11 +6826,11 @@
 "    :hg:`backout --merge` and then :hg:`update --clean .` to get rid of\n"
 "    the ongoing merge."
 msgstr ""
-"    注意: --merge 指定が無い場合の挙動は、 1.7 版において変更されました。 \n"
+"    注意: --merge 指定が無い場合の挙動は、 1.7 版において変更されました。\n"
 "    (訳注: 旧版では --merge の有無に関わらず、 常に新規ヘッドが作成)\n"
 "    以前の版における --merge 指定無し時の挙動と同等の結果を得るには、 \n"
 "    :hg:`backout --merge` 後に :hg:`update --clean .` を実行することで、 \n"
-"    仕掛かり中のマージ処理を取り消してください。 "
+"    仕掛かり中のマージ処理を取り消してください。"
 
 msgid "please specify just one revision"
 msgstr "リビジョン指定は1つだけです"
@@ -6881,14 +6881,14 @@
 "    します。 本コマンドは、 検証対象リビジョンで作業領域を更新します(-U/\n"
 "    --noupdate 指定時除く)。 当該リビジョンを検証したなら、 bad あるいは\n"
 "    good でマークしてください。 本コマンドは、 次の検証候補リビジョンで\n"
-"    作業領域を更新するか、 問題契機リビジョンを特定できた旨を出力します。 "
+"    作業領域を更新するか、 問題契機リビジョンを特定できた旨を出力します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
 "    revision as good or bad without checking it out first."
 msgstr ""
 "    てみじかな手順としては、 作業領域を更新せずに、 リビジョン指定を使用\n"
-"    してリビジョンを good ないし bad にマークすることもできます。 "
+"    してリビジョンを good ないし bad にマークすることもできます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
@@ -6897,11 +6897,11 @@
 "    (command not found) will abort the bisection, and any other\n"
 "    non-zero exit status means the revision is bad."
 msgstr ""
-"    コマンドが指定された場合、 自動的なリビジョン検証に使用されます。 \n"
+"    コマンドが指定された場合、 自動的なリビジョン検証に使用されます。\n"
 "    コマンドの終了コードはリビジョンに対する bad ないし good のマーク\n"
 "    付けに使用されます。 終了コード 0 は good、 125 はリビジョンのスキップ\n"
 "    127(コマンドが見つからない場合)は分割探索中断、 それ以外の 0 より\n"
-"    大きい終了コードは bad のマーク付けとみなされます。 "
+"    大きい終了コードは bad のマーク付けとみなされます。"
 
 msgid "The first good revision is:\n"
 msgstr "最初の good なリビジョンは:\n"
@@ -6914,8 +6914,8 @@
 "Not all ancestors of this changeset have been checked.\n"
 "To check the other ancestors, start from the common ancestor, %s.\n"
 msgstr ""
-"このリビジョンの祖先に対する確認は完全ではありません。 \n"
-"全てを確認するには、 共通の祖先 %s から検索を開始してください。 \n"
+"このリビジョンの祖先に対する確認は完全ではありません。\n"
+"全てを確認するには、 共通の祖先 %s から検索を開始してください。\n"
 
 msgid "Due to skipped revisions, the first good revision could be any of:\n"
 msgstr "検証省略により、 最初の good なリビジョンは以下から選択可能です:\n"
@@ -6964,14 +6964,14 @@
 "    引数無しの場合、 現ブランチ名を表示します。 引数が１つ指定された場合、 \n"
 "    作業領域のブランチ名を設定します(次回コミット時まで、 ブランチは生成\n"
 "    されません)。 作業時に基本とするブランチには、 'default' ブランチを\n"
-"    使用することをお勧めします。 "
+"    使用することをお勧めします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
 "    branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive."
 msgstr ""
 "    -f/--force 指定が無い場合、 例えそれが非アクティブなものであっても、 \n"
-"    既存ブランチと同じ名前は設定できません。 "
+"    既存ブランチと同じ名前は設定できません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
@@ -6979,7 +6979,7 @@
 "    change."
 msgstr ""
 "    -C/--clean を指定することで、 以前のブランチ名設定を無効にして、 作業\n"
-"    領域の親リビジョンのブランチ名に戻します。 "
+"    領域の親リビジョンのブランチ名に戻します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
@@ -6987,7 +6987,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    作業領域の内容を既存ブランチのもので更新する場合は :hg:`update` を\n"
 "    使用してください。 現ブランチを閉鎖する場合は\n"
-"    :hg:`commit --close-branch` を使用してください。 "
+"    :hg:`commit --close-branch` を使用してください。"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "reset working directory to branch %s\n"
@@ -7011,25 +7011,25 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    リポジトリ中の名前付きブランチを、 非活性(inactive)か否かと共に\n"
 "    一覧表示します。 -c/--closed 指定時には、 閉鎖済みのブランチ\n"
-"    (:hg:`commit --close-branch` 参照)も表示されます。 "
+"    (:hg:`commit --close-branch` 参照)も表示されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n"
 "    is considered active if it contains repository heads."
 msgstr ""
-"    -a/--active 指定時には、 活性(active)ブランチのみが表示されます。 \n"
-"    リポジトリ中にヘッドを持つものが活性ブランチとみなされます。 "
+"    -a/--active 指定時には、 活性(active)ブランチのみが表示されます。\n"
+"    リポジトリ中にヘッドを持つものが活性ブランチとみなされます。"
 
 msgid "    Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch."
 msgstr ""
 "    作業領域の内容を既存ブランチのもので更新する場合は :hg:`update` を\n"
-"    使用してください。 "
+"    使用してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    コマンドの終了値は 0 です。 \n"
+"    コマンドの終了値は 0 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid " (closed)"
@@ -7046,7 +7046,7 @@
 "    known to be in another repository."
 msgstr ""
 "    連携対象リポジトリに存在しないリビジョンの情報をまとめて、 圧縮\n"
-"    付きバンドルファイルを生成します。 "
+"    付きバンドルファイルを生成します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you omit the destination repository, then hg assumes the\n"
@@ -7057,7 +7057,7 @@
 "    連携対象リポジトリが指定されない場合、 1つ以上の --base で指定\n"
 "    されたリビジョンを持つリポジトリが想定されます。 全てのリビジョンを\n"
 "    含むバンドルファイルを生成するには、 -a/--all (ないし --base null)を\n"
-"    指定します。 "
+"    指定します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n"
@@ -7065,7 +7065,7 @@
 "    gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2)."
 msgstr ""
 "    圧縮方式を変更する場合は -t/--type を使用します。 利用可能な圧縮\n"
-"    形式は none(無圧縮), bzip2, gzip です(無指定時は bzip2 圧縮)。 "
+"    形式は none(無圧縮), bzip2, gzip です(無指定時は bzip2 圧縮)。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
@@ -7076,20 +7076,20 @@
 "    任意の方法で転送したバンドルファイルは、 他のリポジトリ上で\n"
 "    'hg unbundle' ないし 'hg pull' により適用可能です。 バンドルによる\n"
 "    伝播は、  'hg push/pull' による直接転送ができない場合や、 リポジトリ\n"
-"    全体の公開が望ましく無い場合に有用です。 "
+"    全体の公開が望ましく無い場合に有用です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
 "    permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history."
 msgstr ""
 "    バンドルの適用では、 権限設定、 複製／改名、 変更履歴といった情報を\n"
-"    含む全ての更新内容が取り込まれます。 "
+"    含む全ての更新内容が取り込まれます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success, 1 if no changes found.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンドの終了値は 0、 変更が検出できない場合は 1 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンドの終了値は 0、 変更が検出できない場合は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "--base is incompatible with specifying a destination"
@@ -7108,14 +7108,14 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    指定されたリビジョン時点でのファイル内容を出力します。 リビジョンが\n"
 "    指定されない場合は作業領域の親リビジョンが、 作業領域の更新前なら tip\n"
-"    が使用されます。 "
+"    が使用されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
 "    given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
 "    for the export command, with the following additions:"
 msgstr ""
-"    出力先指定(置換指定可能)がある場合、 出力はファイルに保存されます。 \n"
+"    出力先指定(置換指定可能)がある場合、 出力はファイルに保存されます。\n"
 "    置換指定には 'hg export' で指定可能なものに加えて以下のものを指定\n"
 "    できます:"
 
@@ -7133,24 +7133,24 @@
 msgstr "既存リポジトリの複製"
 
 msgid "    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory."
-msgstr "    既存リポジトリを、 新規ディレクトリに複製します。 "
+msgstr "    既存リポジトリを、 新規ディレクトリに複製します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
 "    basename of the source."
 msgstr ""
 "    複製先ディレクトリが指定されない場合、 複製元のベース名(パス名の\n"
-"    末尾要素)を使用します。 "
+"    末尾要素)を使用します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
 "    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls."
 msgstr ""
 "    将来的な 'hg pull' 実施に備えて、 複製先リポジトリの .hg/hgrc \n"
-"    ファイルには、 複製元リポジトリ位置が default 名義で記録されます。 "
+"    ファイルには、 複製元リポジトリ位置が default 名義で記録されます。"
 
 msgid "    See :hg:`help urls` for valid source format details."
-msgstr "    リポジトリ位置指定の詳細は、 :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。 "
+msgstr "    リポジトリ位置指定の詳細は、 :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination, but no\n"
@@ -7158,8 +7158,8 @@
 "    Please see :hg:`help urls` for important details about ``ssh://`` URLs."
 msgstr ""
 "    複製先として ``ssh://`` URL 形式を指定することも可能ですが、 \n"
-"    遠隔ホスト上では、 .hg/hgrc の作成も、 作業領域の更新も行われません。 \n"
-"    ``ssh://`` URL 形式の詳細は、 :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。 "
+"    遠隔ホスト上では、 .hg/hgrc の作成も、 作業領域の更新も行われません。\n"
+"    ``ssh://`` URL 形式の詳細は、 :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    A set of changesets (tags, or branch names) to pull may be specified\n"
@@ -7172,13 +7172,13 @@
 "    in the destination."
 msgstr ""
 "    複製先に取り込む一連のリビジョンは、 -r/--rev を使用してリビジョン\n"
-"    (タグ名やブランチ名も可)を列挙することで指定します。 \n"
+"    (タグ名やブランチ名も可)を列挙することで指定します。\n"
 "    -r/--rev によるリビジョン指定複製を行なう場合、 複製先リポジトリは\n"
-"    複製元リポジトリの持つリビジョンの一部のみが取り込まれます。 \n"
+"    複製元リポジトリの持つリビジョンの一部のみが取り込まれます。\n"
 "    -r/--rev によって指定されたリビジョン(およびその祖先となるリビジョン)\n"
-"    が取り込み対象となります。 \n"
+"    が取り込み対象となります。\n"
 "    複製先リポジトリには、 指定リビジョン以後のリビジョンは取り込まれません\n"
-"    (後続のタグ付けリビジョンも除外されます)。 "
+"    (後続のタグ付けリビジョンも除外されます)。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Using -r/--rev (or 'clone src#rev dest') implies --pull, even for\n"
@@ -7186,7 +7186,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    -r/--rev 指定付き(ないしは 'hg clone 複製元#リビジョン' 形式)\n"
 "    複製の場合、 同一ファイルシステム上での複製であっても、 \n"
-"    暗黙的に --pull 指定を伴います。 "
+"    暗黙的に --pull 指定を伴います。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
@@ -7200,7 +7200,7 @@
 "    理由から(リポジトリの内部管理データに対してのみ)ハードリンクが使用\n"
 "    されます。 AFS を含む幾つかのファイルシステムは、 ハードリンク実装が\n"
 "    不適切であるにも関わらず、 エラー通知がありません。 このような場合には\n"
-"    --pull を指定することで、 ハードリンクを抑止します。 "
+"    --pull を指定することで、 ハードリンクを抑止します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    In some cases, you can clone repositories and the working directory\n"
@@ -7220,12 +7220,12 @@
 "    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
 "    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq."
 msgstr ""
-"    この方法は最速の複製方法かもしれませんが、 常に安全とは限りません。 \n"
+"    この方法は最速の複製方法かもしれませんが、 常に安全とは限りません。\n"
 "    操作の単一性は保障されません(リポジトリの複製中改変の防止は利用者\n"
 "    責務)し、 利用するエディタのファイル改変時の振る舞いが、 ハードリンク\n"
 "    を破棄するものである必要があります(Emacs および多くの Linux 系\n"
 "    ツールはそのように振舞います)。 この制約は .hg ディレクトリ配下に\n"
-"    メタデータを配置する、 MQ などのエクステンションとは相容れません。 "
+"    メタデータを配置する、 MQ などのエクステンションとは相容れません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Mercurial will update the working directory to the first applicable\n"
@@ -7268,24 +7268,24 @@
 "    centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See\n"
 "    :hg:`push` for a way to actively distribute your changes."
 msgstr ""
-"    指定されたファイルの変更内容を管理領域に記録(コミット)します。 \n"
+"    指定されたファイルの変更内容を管理領域に記録(コミット)します。\n"
 "    RCS のような中央集権的なツールと異なり、 この操作は手元の管理領域に\n"
 "    対する記録しか行いません。 変更を能動的に公開する方法に関しては\n"
-"    :hg:`help push` を参照してください。 "
+"    :hg:`help push` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by :hg:`status`\n"
 "    will be committed."
 msgstr ""
 "    ファイル指定が省略された場合、 :hg:`status` により検出される全ての\n"
-"    変更内容がコミットされます。 "
+"    変更内容がコミットされます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
 "    filenames or -I/-X filters."
 msgstr ""
 "    'hg merge' 結果をコミットする場合、 ファイル名ないし -I/-X のいずれも\n"
-"    指定しないでください。 "
+"    指定しないでください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no commit message is specified, Mercurial starts your\n"
@@ -7295,13 +7295,13 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    コミットメッセージが指定されない場合、 メッセージ入力用のプログラムが\n"
 "    設定に従って起動されます。 コミット処理が失敗した場合でも、 \n"
-"    入力したメッセージは ``.hg/last-message.txt`` に保存されます。 "
+"    入力したメッセージは ``.hg/last-message.txt`` に保存されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンドの終了値は 0、 変更が検出できない場合は 1 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンドの終了値は 0、 変更が検出できない場合は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "can only close branch heads"
@@ -7331,7 +7331,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    対象ファイルが複製元からの複製であることを記録します。 複製先指定が\n"
 "    ディレクトリの場合、 ディレクトリ内に複製が作成されます。 複製先指定が\n"
-"    ファイルの場合、 複製元は1つしか指定できません。 "
+"    ファイルの場合、 複製元は1つしか指定できません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
@@ -7340,21 +7340,21 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    特に指定が無い場合、 複製元ファイルの内容を持つ複製先ファイルを作業\n"
 "    領域に作成します。 -A/--after 指定がある場合、 「複製」操作は記録され\n"
-"    ますが、 ファイルの複製は行われません。 "
+"    ますが、 ファイルの複製は行われません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
 "    before that, see :hg:`revert`."
 msgstr ""
-"    本コマンドの実行結果は次回のコミットの際に効果を発揮します。 \n"
+"    本コマンドの実行結果は次回のコミットの際に効果を発揮します。\n"
 "    複製操作のコミット前取り消しは、 :hg:`help revert` を参照して\n"
-"    ください。 "
+"    ください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンドの終了値は 0、 エラー発生時は 1 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンドの終了値は 0、 エラー発生時は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index"
@@ -7387,7 +7387,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "    Whitespace between the above elements is ignored."
-msgstr "    記号間の空白は無視されます。 "
+msgstr "    記号間の空白は無視されます。"
 
 msgid "    A backref is either"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7460,28 +7460,28 @@
 
 msgid "    With no arguments, print names and values of all config items."
 msgstr ""
-"    引数指定が無い場合、 全ての設定項目に対して、 名前と値を表示します。 "
+"    引数指定が無い場合、 全ての設定項目に対して、 名前と値を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
 "    of that config item."
 msgstr ""
 "    'section.name' 形式に合致する引数を1つだけ指定した場合、 その設定項目\n"
-"    値のみを表示します。 "
+"    値のみを表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
 "    items with matching section names."
 msgstr ""
 "    複数の引数が指定された場合、 それらをセクション名とみなし、 該当する\n"
-"    セクションの設定項目を全て表示します。 "
+"    セクションの設定項目を全て表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
 "    for each config item."
 msgstr ""
 "    --debug 指定がある場合、 設定項目毎に記述位置(ファイル名と行番号)が\n"
-"    表示されます。 \n"
+"    表示されます。\n"
 "    "
 
 #, python-format
@@ -7514,7 +7514,7 @@
 "    be used with care."
 msgstr ""
 "    本コマンドはリポジトリ変換ツールの作成に有用ですが、 利用には注意が\n"
-"    必要です。 "
+"    必要です。"
 
 msgid "show the contents of the current dirstate"
 msgstr "現時点の dirstate 内容の表示"
@@ -7649,10 +7649,10 @@
 msgstr "作業領域全体(ないし指定ファイル)の差分抽出"
 
 msgid "    Show differences between revisions for the specified files."
-msgstr "    指定されたファイルに対して、 リビジョン間の差分を表示します。 "
+msgstr "    指定されたファイルに対して、 リビジョン間の差分を表示します。"
 
 msgid "    Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format."
-msgstr "    差分は unified diff 形式で表示されます。 "
+msgstr "    差分は unified diff 形式で表示されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    .. note::\n"
@@ -7663,14 +7663,14 @@
 "    .. note::\n"
 "       マージ実施リビジョンに対する本コマンドの差分出力が、 \n"
 "       期待と異なる場合があるのは、 対象リビジョンが無指定の場合に\n"
-"       比較対象となるのが、 作業領域の第1親に固定されているためです。 "
+"       比較対象となるのが、 作業領域の第1親に固定されているためです。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see\n"
 "    the changes in that changeset relative to its first parent."
 msgstr ""
 "    指定リビジョンと、 その第1親との間の差分を見るには、 -c/--change で\n"
-"    対象リビジョンを指定する方法も使用できます。 "
+"    対象リビジョンを指定する方法も使用できます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
@@ -7679,21 +7679,21 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    -a/--text 指定が無い場合、 バイナリと思しきファイルは処理対象から\n"
 "    除外されます。 -a 指定が有る場合、 結果に関わらず全てのファイルが\n"
-"    処理対象となります。 "
+"    処理対象となります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
 "    format. For more information, read :hg:`help diffs`."
 msgstr ""
 "    git 拡張差分形式で表示するには -g/--git を指定します。 詳細は\n"
-"    :hg:`help diffs` を参照してください。 "
+"    :hg:`help diffs` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets"
 msgstr "1つ以上のリビジョンに対するヘッダおよび変更内容の出力"
 
 msgid "    Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions."
 msgstr ""
-"    1つ以上のリビジョンに対して、 ヘッダ情報および変更内容を表示します。 "
+"    1つ以上のリビジョンに対して、 ヘッダ情報および変更内容を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date,\n"
@@ -7712,13 +7712,13 @@
 "    .. note::\n"
 "       マージ実施リビジョンに対する本コマンドの差分出力が、 \n"
 "       期待と異なる場合があるのは、 比較対象が対象リビジョンの第1親に\n"
-"       固定されているためです。 "
+"       固定されているためです。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
 "    given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:"
 msgstr ""
-"    出力先指定(置換指定可能)がある場合、 出力はファイルに保存されます。 \n"
+"    出力先指定(置換指定可能)がある場合、 出力はファイルに保存されます。\n"
 "    置換指定として以下のものが使用可能です:"
 
 msgid ""
@@ -7747,21 +7747,21 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    -a/--text 指定が無い場合、 バイナリと思しきファイルは処理対象から\n"
 "    除外されます。 -a 指定が有る場合、 結果に関わらず、 全てのファイルが\n"
-"    処理対象となります。 "
+"    処理対象となります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
 "    format. See :hg:`help diffs` for more information."
 msgstr ""
 "    git 拡張差分形式で出力するには -g/--git を指定します。 詳細は\n"
-"    :hg:`help diffs` を参照してください。 "
+"    :hg:`help diffs` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
 "    second parent. It can be useful to review a merge."
 msgstr ""
-"    --switch-parent を指定することで、 比較対象が第2親になります。 \n"
-"    これはマージのレビューの際などに有効です。 "
+"    --switch-parent を指定することで、 比較対象が第2親になります。\n"
+"    これはマージのレビューの際などに有効です。"
 
 msgid "export requires at least one changeset"
 msgstr "最低1つのリビジョン指定が必要です"
@@ -7778,7 +7778,7 @@
 msgid ""
 "    Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n"
 "    after the next commit."
-msgstr "    指定ファイルの次回コミットにおける登録除外を予約します。 "
+msgstr "    指定ファイルの次回コミットにおける登録除外を予約します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
@@ -7786,12 +7786,12 @@
 "    working directory."
 msgstr ""
 "    本コマンドでの登録除外は、 現ブランチにおける登録除外のみを意味し、 \n"
-"    履歴そのものは保持され続けますし、 作業領域からも削除されません。 "
+"    履歴そのものは保持され続けますし、 作業領域からも削除されません。"
 
 msgid "    To undo a forget before the next commit, see :hg:`add`."
 msgstr ""
 "    登録除外操作のコミット前取り消しは、 :hg:`help add` を参照して\n"
-"    ください。 "
+"    ください。"
 
 msgid "no files specified"
 msgstr "ファイル名指定がありません"
@@ -7804,7 +7804,7 @@
 msgstr "特定のパターンに合致するファイルとリビジョンの検索"
 
 msgid "    Search revisions of files for a regular expression."
-msgstr "    正規表現に合致するファイルを含むリビジョンを検索します。 "
+msgstr "    正規表現に合致するファイルを含むリビジョンを検索します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
@@ -7816,7 +7816,7 @@
 "    Python/Perl 形式のものだけです。 検索対象はリポジトリ内のデータのみ"
 "で、 \n"
 "    作業領域は検索対象には含まれません。 パターンに合致する内容が現れた\n"
-"    リビジョンを表示します。 "
+"    リビジョンを表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
@@ -7828,13 +7828,13 @@
 "    特に指定が無い場合、 本コマンドはパターンに合致する内容が最初に現れた\n"
 "    リビジョンを各ファイル毎に表示します。 パターンに合致する変更のあった\n"
 "    全てのリビジョンを表示する場合、 --all を指定します(パターン合致部が\n"
-"    削除操作なら \"-\"、 追加操作なら \"+\" が検索結果に表示)。 "
+"    削除操作なら \"-\"、 追加操作なら \"+\" が検索結果に表示)。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    パターン合致がある場合のコマンドの終了値は 0、 それ以外は 1 です。 \n"
+"    パターン合致がある場合のコマンドの終了値は 0、 それ以外は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 #, python-format
@@ -7846,7 +7846,7 @@
 
 msgid "    With no arguments, show all repository branch heads."
 msgstr ""
-"    引数指定が無い場合、 リポジトリ中の全てのブランチヘッドを表示します。 "
+"    引数指定が無い場合、 リポジトリ中の全てのブランチヘッドを表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n"
@@ -7858,28 +7858,28 @@
 "    ことを指します。 改変作業の実施や、 update/merge コマンド実施の際に"
 "は、 \n"
 "    このリビジョンを対象とするのが一般的です。 「ブランチヘッド」とは、 \n"
-"    同じ名前付きブランチ内に子リビジョンを持たないリビジョンのことです。 "
+"    同じ名前付きブランチ内に子リビジョンを持たないリビジョンのことです。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If one or more REVs are given, only branch heads on the branches\n"
 "    associated with the specified changesets are shown."
 msgstr ""
 "    1つ以上のリビジョンが指定された場合、 本コマンドは指定リビジョンの\n"
-"    属する名前付きブランチのブランチヘッドを表示します。 "
+"    属する名前付きブランチのブランチヘッドを表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n"
 "    (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`)."
 msgstr ""
 "    -c/--closed 指定時には、 閉鎖済みのブランチ\n"
-"    (:hg:`commit --close-branch` 参照)も表示されます。 "
+"    (:hg:`commit --close-branch` 参照)も表示されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n"
 "    STARTREV will be displayed."
 msgstr ""
 "    「開始リビジョン」が指定された場合、 指定された開始リビジョンの\n"
-"    子孫となるヘッドのみが表示されます。 "
+"    子孫となるヘッドのみが表示されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If -t/--topo is specified, named branch mechanics will be ignored and "
@@ -7887,13 +7887,13 @@
 "    changesets without children will be shown."
 msgstr ""
 "    -t/--topo 指定時には、 名前付きブランチに関する判定は無視され、 \n"
-"    単に子リビジョンを持たないリビジョンが表示されます。 "
+"    単に子リビジョンを持たないリビジョンが表示されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 if matching heads are found, 1 if not.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    合致するヘッドがある場合のコマンドの終了値は 0、 それ以外は 1 です。 \n"
+"    合致するヘッドがある場合のコマンドの終了値は 0、 それ以外は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 #, python-format
@@ -7909,19 +7909,19 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages."
-msgstr "    引数指定が無い場合、 コマンドの一覧と概要を表示します。 "
+msgstr "    引数指定が無い場合、 コマンドの一覧と概要を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
 "    topic."
 msgstr ""
-"    トピックやコマンド名が指定された場合、 指定対象のヘルプを表示します。 "
+"    トピックやコマンド名が指定された場合、 指定対象のヘルプを表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 if successful.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "global options:"
@@ -8035,14 +8035,14 @@
 msgid ""
 "    With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
 "    repository."
-msgstr "    リビジョン指定無しの起動の際には、 作業領域の状態を表示します。 "
+msgstr "    リビジョン指定無しの起動の際には、 作業領域の状態を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
 "    cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle."
 msgstr ""
 "    パス指定有りでの起動の際には、 他のリポジトリないしバンドルファイルの\n"
-"    状態を表示します。 "
+"    状態を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
@@ -8054,7 +8054,7 @@
 "    値を使用して、 作業領域の状態を識別します。 作業領域に未コミットの\n"
 "    変更がある場合は \"+\"、 当該リビジョンにタグが付いている場合はタグの\n"
 "    一覧、 default 以外のブランチの場合にはブランチ名が、 ハッシュ値の後に\n"
-"    続きます。 "
+"    続きます。"
 
 msgid "import an ordered set of patches"
 msgstr "パッチの順次取り込み"
@@ -8064,14 +8064,14 @@
 "    --no-commit is specified)."
 msgstr ""
 "    列挙されたパッチの取り込みおよびコミットを\n"
-"    (--no-commit 指定が無い限り)個別に行います。 "
+"    (--no-commit 指定が無い限り)個別に行います。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
 "    will abort unless given the -f/--force flag."
 msgstr ""
 "    作業領域に未コミットの変更がある場合、 -f/--force が指定されない限り\n"
-"    取り込みは実施されません。 "
+"    取り込みは実施されません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
@@ -8084,9 +8084,9 @@
 "    電子メールから直接パッチを取り込むことも可能です。 添付ファイル\n"
 "    形式のパッチであっても取り込み可能です(但し、 text/plain ないし \n"
 "    text/x-patch 型でなければなりません)。 作成者およびコミットログが無い\n"
-"    場合、 電子メールの From および Subject ヘッダ値が使用されます。 \n"
+"    場合、 電子メールの From および Subject ヘッダ値が使用されます。\n"
 "    最初のパッチデータに先立つ text/plain ボディは、 コミットログに追記\n"
-"    されます。 "
+"    されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If the imported patch was generated by :hg:`export`, user and\n"
@@ -8095,9 +8095,9 @@
 "    override these."
 msgstr ""
 "    :hg:`export` により生成されたパッチを取り込む場合、 電子メールの\n"
-"    ヘッダやボディの情報よりも、 パッチに含まれる情報の方が優先します。 \n"
+"    ヘッダやボディの情報よりも、 パッチに含まれる情報の方が優先します。\n"
 "    コマンドラインでの -m/--message ないし -u/--user 指定はこれらよりも\n"
-"    更に優先します。 "
+"    更に優先します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
@@ -8110,23 +8110,23 @@
 "    からパッチを適用しますが、 作成されたリビジョンのハッシュ値が、 パッチ\n"
 "    に記録された値と異なる場合、 取り込みは実施されません。 この現象は、 \n"
 "    利用する文字符号化の問題や、 パッチのテキスト部分の不足などが原因で\n"
-"    発生する可能性があります。 "
+"    発生する可能性があります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
 "    copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'."
 msgstr ""
 "    -s/--similarity が指定された場合、 'hg addremove' と同様な方針で、 \n"
-"    パッチによる変更結果から、 改名や複製を検出します。 "
+"    パッチによる変更結果から、 改名や複製を検出します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n"
 "    a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n"
 "    See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
 msgstr ""
-"    標準入力からパッチを取り込むには、 パッチ名に \"-\" を指定します。 \n"
-"    URL が指定された場合、 パッチを当該 URL からダウンロードします。 \n"
-"    -d/--date での日時表記は :hg:`help dates` を参照してください。 "
+"    標準入力からパッチを取り込むには、 パッチ名に \"-\" を指定します。\n"
+"    URL が指定された場合、 パッチを当該 URL からダウンロードします。\n"
+"    -d/--date での日時表記は :hg:`help dates` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid "to working directory"
 msgstr "作業領域"
@@ -8156,24 +8156,24 @@
 "    if a pull at the time you issued this command."
 msgstr ""
 "    ファイルパスや URL、 'hg pull' の default 取り込み対象により指定\n"
-"    されるリポジトリ中の、 未取り込みリビジョンを検索します。 \n"
-"    これらは、 'hg pull' を実行した際の取り込み対象リビジョンです。 "
+"    されるリポジトリ中の、 未取り込みリビジョンを検索します。\n"
+"    これらは、 'hg pull' を実行した際の取り込み対象リビジョンです。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
 "    changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull."
 msgstr ""
 "    遠隔ホストのリポジトリの場合、 --bundle を使用することで、 本コマンド\n"
-"    実行後の 'hg pull' 実施の際に、 再度のリビジョン検索を抑止できます。 "
+"    実行後の 'hg pull' 実施の際に、 再度のリビジョン検索を抑止できます。"
 
 msgid "    See pull for valid source format details."
-msgstr "    対象リポジトリの指定形式は :hg:`help pull` を参照してください。 "
+msgstr "    対象リポジトリの指定形式は :hg:`help pull` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 if there are incoming changes, 1 otherwise.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    取り込み対象がある場合のコマンド終了値は 0、 それ以外は 1 です。 \n"
+"    取り込み対象がある場合のコマンド終了値は 0、 それ以外は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "cannot combine --bundle and --subrepos"
@@ -8187,17 +8187,17 @@
 "    directory does not exist, it will be created."
 msgstr ""
 "    指定されたディレクトリに新規リポジトリを作成します。 指定された\n"
-"    ディレクトリが存在しない場合には、 ディレクトリを作成します。 "
+"    ディレクトリが存在しない場合には、 ディレクトリを作成します。"
 
 msgid "    If no directory is given, the current directory is used."
-msgstr "    ディレクトリが指定されない場合、 現ディレクトリが初期化されます。 "
+msgstr "    ディレクトリが指定されない場合、 現ディレクトリが初期化されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination.\n"
 "    See :hg:`help urls` for more information."
 msgstr ""
-"    複製先として ``ssh://`` URL 形式を指定することも可能です。 \n"
-"    詳細に関しては、 :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。 "
+"    複製先として ``ssh://`` URL 形式を指定することも可能です。\n"
+"    詳細に関しては、 :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid "locate files matching specific patterns"
 msgstr "指定されたパターンに合致する名前を持つファイルの特定"
@@ -8207,7 +8207,7 @@
 "    names match the given patterns."
 msgstr ""
 "    構成管理対象となるファイルの中から、 指定されたパターンに合致する\n"
-"    名前のファイルを特定します。 "
+"    名前のファイルを特定します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
@@ -8216,14 +8216,14 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    特に指定が無い場合、 本コマンドは構成管理対象となる作業領域中の\n"
 "    全ディレクトリを検索対象とします。 現ディレクトリとその配下のみを検索\n"
-"    対象とする場合は \"--include .\" を指定します。 "
+"    対象とする場合は \"--include .\" を指定します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
 "    of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory."
 msgstr ""
 "    パターン指定が無い場合、 本コマンドは構成管理対象下にある作業領域中の\n"
-"    全てのファイル名を表示します。 "
+"    全てのファイル名を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
@@ -8234,7 +8234,7 @@
 "    本コマンドの出力を \"xargs\" コマンドへと渡す場合、 本コマンドと\n"
 "    \"xargs\" コマンドの両方に \"-0\" を指定してください。 空白文字を\n"
 "    含む単一のファイル名を、 \"xargs\" が複数のファイル名に解釈して\n"
-"    しまう問題は、 このオプションにより解消されます。 "
+"    しまう問題は、 このオプションにより解消されます。"
 
 msgid "show revision history of entire repository or files"
 msgstr "リポジトリ全体ないしファイルの変更履歴の表示"
@@ -8242,7 +8242,7 @@
 msgid ""
 "    Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
 "    project."
-msgstr "    特定のファイルないしリポジトリ全体の変更履歴を表示します。 "
+msgstr "    特定のファイルないしリポジトリ全体の変更履歴を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
@@ -8256,7 +8256,7 @@
 "    と一緒に -f/--follow を使用します。 --follow 指定の際にファイル名が\n"
 "    指定されない場合は、 開始リビジョンに連なるリビジョンのみを表示\n"
 "    します。 --follow-first 指定は、 マージリビジョンにおいて第1親の履歴\n"
-"    のみをさかのぼります。 "
+"    のみをさかのぼります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no revision range is specified, the default is ``tip:0`` unless\n"
@@ -8267,7 +8267,7 @@
 "    特に指定されない場合、 対象となるリビジョンの範囲は ``tip:0``\n"
 "    とみなされますが、 --follow が指定された場合は、 作業領域の\n"
 "    親リビジョンが開始リビジョンとみなされます。 複数のリビジョンの\n"
-"    ログを一括して表示させる方法は :hg:`help revsets` を参照してください。 "
+"    ログを一括して表示させる方法は :hg:`help revsets` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
@@ -8277,9 +8277,9 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    特に指定が無い場合、 本コマンドが出力する情報は -\n"
 "    リビジョン番号、 識別用ハッシュ値、 タグ、 (リビジョン番号の離れた)\n"
-"    親リビジョン、 作成者、 作成日時およびコミットログの1行目 - です。 \n"
+"    親リビジョン、 作成者、 作成日時およびコミットログの1行目 - です。\n"
 "    -v/--verbose が指定された場合、 変更対象ファイル一覧と、 コミット\n"
-"    ログの全文も表示されます。 "
+"    ログの全文も表示されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    .. note::\n"
@@ -8292,7 +8292,7 @@
 "       マージ実施リビジョンに対する -p/--patch 指定による差分出力が、 \n"
 "       期待と異なる場合があるのは、 比較対象が対象リビジョンの第1親に\n"
 "       固定されているためです。 ファイル一覧が予期せぬ内容となるのは、 \n"
-"       親同士で内容が異なるファイルのみが列挙されるためです。 "
+"       親同士で内容が異なるファイルのみが列挙されるためです。"
 
 msgid "output the current or given revision of the project manifest"
 msgstr "現時点ないし指定時点でのリポジトリマニフェストの出力"
@@ -8302,18 +8302,18 @@
 "    If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
 "    is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out."
 msgstr ""
-"    指定リビジョンにおける構成管理対象ファイルの一覧を表示します。 \n"
+"    指定リビジョンにおける構成管理対象ファイルの一覧を表示します。\n"
 "    リビジョン指定が無い場合、 作業領域の(第1)親リビジョンか、 \n"
-"    作業領域の更新前なら null が使用されます。 "
+"    作業領域の更新前なら null が使用されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
 "    With --debug, print file revision hashes."
 msgstr ""
 "    -v が指定された場合、 ファイルアクセス権やシンボリックリンク、 \n"
-"    実行可能ビットといったものも表示されます。 \n"
+"    実行可能ビットといったものも表示されます。\n"
 "    --debug が指定された場合、 各ファイルのリビジョンのハッシュ値が\n"
-"    表示されます。 "
+"    表示されます。"
 
 msgid "merge working directory with another revision"
 msgstr "作業領域の内容と他のリビジョンのマージ"
@@ -8323,7 +8323,7 @@
 "    the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision."
 msgstr ""
 "    現時点での作業領域の内容を、 指定されたリビジョンへと至るまでの\n"
-"    共通の親リビジョンからの変更内容とマージします。 "
+"    共通の親リビジョンからの変更内容とマージします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
@@ -8334,7 +8334,7 @@
 "    両方の親リビジョンに対して差分のあるファイルは、 次回コミットの際には\n"
 "    変更されたものとして記録されますので、 必要以上の変更が実施される前に\n"
 "    コミットを実施してください。 このコミット時に生成されるリビジョンは、 \n"
-"    親リビジョンを2つ持つリビジョンとなります。 "
+"    親リビジョンを2つ持つリビジョンとなります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    ``--tool`` can be used to specify the merge tool used for file\n"
@@ -8343,7 +8343,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    ``--tool`` を使用することで、 ファイルのマージに使用するコマンドを\n"
 "    指定可能です。 このオプションによる指定は、 HGMERGE 環境変数や\n"
-"    設定ファイルによる指定を上書きします。 "
+"    設定ファイルによる指定を上書きします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
@@ -8353,10 +8353,10 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    マージ対象リビジョンの指定が無く、 作業領域の親リビジョンがヘッドで、 \n"
 "    且つ現行ブランチがもう1つだけヘッドを持つ場合、 そのヘッドがマージ\n"
-"    対象となります。 それ以外の場合は、 明示的なリビジョン指定が必要です。 "
+"    対象となります。 それ以外の場合は、 明示的なリビジョン指定が必要です。"
 
 msgid "    :hg:`resolve` must be used to resolve unresolved files."
-msgstr "   衝突未解消なファイルは :hg:`resolve` での衝突解消が必要です。 "
+msgstr "   衝突未解消なファイルは :hg:`resolve` での衝突解消が必要です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    To undo an uncommitted merge, use :hg:`update --clean .` which\n"
@@ -8365,13 +8365,13 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    コミット前にマージ処理を取り消す場合は、 :hg:`update --clean .`\n"
 "    が使用できますが、 マージ前の親リビジョンの内容で上書きするため、 \n"
-"    作業領域中の全ての変更内容が失われます。 "
+"    作業領域中の全ての変更内容が失われます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 未解決ファイルがある場合は 1 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 未解決ファイルがある場合は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 #, python-format
@@ -8401,8 +8401,8 @@
 "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit "
 "rev"
 msgstr ""
-"作業領域の親リビジョンはヘッドではありません。 \n"
-"リビジョンを明示しての \"hg update\" ないしマージを実施してください。 "
+"作業領域の親リビジョンはヘッドではありません。\n"
+"リビジョンを明示しての \"hg update\" ないしマージを実施してください。"
 
 msgid "show changesets not found in the destination"
 msgstr "連携先リポジトリに含まれないチェンジセットの表示"
@@ -8414,17 +8414,17 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    指定された連携先リポジトリ(ないし、 無指定時の hg push 先リポジトリ)に\n"
 "    含まれないチェンジセットを表示します。 ここで表示されるチェンジセットは\n"
-"    hg push 実施の際に、 連携先リポジトリへと反映されるチェンジセットです。 "
+"    hg push 実施の際に、 連携先リポジトリへと反映されるチェンジセットです。"
 
 msgid "    See pull for details of valid destination formats."
-msgstr "    有効なリポジトリ指定形式は :hg:`pull` を参照してください。 "
+msgstr "    有効なリポジトリ指定形式は :hg:`pull` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 if there are outgoing changes, 1 otherwise.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 "    反映可能リビジョンがある場合のコマンド終了値は 0、 それ以外は\n"
-"    1 です。 \n"
+"    1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "show the parents of the working directory or revision"
@@ -8440,7 +8440,7 @@
 "    作業領域の親リビジョンを表示します。 -r/--rev でのリビジョン指定が\n"
 "    ある場合、 指定リビジョンの親リビジョンを表示します。 ファイルが指定\n"
 "    された場合、 (作業領域の親リビジョン、 ないし --rev 指定のリビジョン\n"
-"    以前のもので)そのファイルを最後に更新したリビジョンを表示します。 "
+"    以前のもので)そのファイルを最後に更新したリビジョンを表示します。"
 
 msgid "can only specify an explicit filename"
 msgstr "明示的なファイル名以外は指定できません"
@@ -8456,8 +8456,8 @@
 "    Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
 "    show definition of all available names."
 msgstr ""
-"    指定されたシンボル名に相当する連携先リポジトリを表示します。 \n"
-"    シンボル名が指定されない場合、 全ての別名定義が表示されます。 "
+"    指定されたシンボル名に相当する連携先リポジトリを表示します。\n"
+"    シンボル名が指定されない場合、 全ての別名定義が表示されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Path names are defined in the [paths] section of your\n"
@@ -8466,7 +8466,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    シンボル定義は、 個人の設定ファイルや ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` 等の\n"
 "    [paths] セクションに記述されます。 作業領域での実行の場合は\n"
-"    ``.hg/hgrc`` での記述も参照されます。 "
+"    ``.hg/hgrc`` での記述も参照されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The path names ``default`` and ``default-push`` have a special\n"
@@ -8480,19 +8480,19 @@
 "    :hg:`incoming`) and outbound (e.g. :hg:`outgoing`, :hg:`email` and\n"
 "    :hg:`bundle`) operations."
 msgstr ""
-"    ``default`` および ``default-push`` は特別な意味を持ちます。 \n"
+"    ``default`` および ``default-push`` は特別な意味を持ちます。\n"
 "    push/pull の際にコマンド行で連携先リポジトリが指定されない場合、 \n"
 "    これらのパスが使用されます。 ``default-push`` が設定されている場合、 \n"
 "    ``default-push`` は :hg:`push` で使用され、 ``default`` は\n"
 "    :hg:`pull` で使用されます。 ``default-push`` が未設定であれば、 \n"
 "    push/pull 共に ``default`` を使用します。 リポジトリの複製では、 \n"
-"    複製元リポジトリが ``default`` として ``.hg/hgrc`` に記録されます。 \n"
+"    複製元リポジトリが ``default`` として ``.hg/hgrc`` に記録されます。\n"
 "    ``default`` および ``default-push`` は全ての取り込み (例: \n"
 "    :hg:`incoming`) および反映 (例: :hg:`outgoing`、 :hg:`email` および\n"
-"    :hg:`bundle`) 操作において適用されます。 "
+"    :hg:`bundle`) 操作において適用されます。"
 
 msgid "    See :hg:`help urls` for more information."
-msgstr "    詳細は :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。 "
+msgstr "    詳細は :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid "not found!\n"
 msgstr "指定シンボルは不明です\n"
@@ -8510,7 +8510,7 @@
 msgstr "指定リポジトリからの変更履歴の取り込み"
 
 msgid "    Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one."
-msgstr "    連携先リポジトリから手元のリポジトリに変更履歴を取り込みます。 "
+msgstr "    連携先リポジトリから手元のリポジトリに変更履歴を取り込みます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
@@ -8519,9 +8519,9 @@
 "    project in the working directory."
 msgstr ""
 "    パスや URL で指定される連携先リポジトリ中の、 全てのリビジョンが\n"
-"    (-R 指定が無い場合は現在の)リポジトリへの取り込み対象となります。 \n"
+"    (-R 指定が無い場合は現在の)リポジトリへの取り込み対象となります。\n"
 "    特に指定が無い場合、 このコマンドを実行しても、 作業領域の内容は更新\n"
-"    されません。 "
+"    されません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use :hg:`incoming` if you want to see what would have been added\n"
@@ -8532,21 +8532,21 @@
 "    :hg:`incoming` を使用することで、 実際の取り込みをせずに、 \n"
 "    :hg:`pull` による取り込み対象を確認することができます。 表示された\n"
 "    内容の取り込みを決断したならば、 :hg:`incoming` 実行で表示された\n"
-"    最後のリビジョンを ``-r`` の引数にして :hg:`pull -r X` を実行します。 "
+"    最後のリビジョンを ``-r`` の引数にして :hg:`pull -r X` を実行します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
 "    See :hg:`help urls` for more information."
 msgstr ""
-"    連携先が省略された場合、 'default' パスが連携先として使用されます。 \n"
-"    詳細は :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。 "
+"    連携先が省略された場合、 'default' パスが連携先として使用されます。\n"
+"    詳細は :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 "    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 更新で未解決ファイルが検出された場合は\n"
-"    1 です。 \n"
+"    1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid ""
@@ -8560,14 +8560,14 @@
 msgid ""
 "    Push changesets from the local repository to the specified\n"
 "    destination."
-msgstr "    手元のリポジトリから指定連携先リポジトリに変更履歴を反映します。 "
+msgstr "    手元のリポジトリから指定連携先リポジトリに変更履歴を反映します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This operation is symmetrical to pull: it is identical to a pull\n"
 "    in the destination repository from the current one."
 msgstr ""
 "    これは :hg:`pull` と対称的な操作です:連携先リポジトリにおいて、 \n"
-"    現リポジトリに対する :hg:`pull` を行った場合と同一の効果を持ちます。 "
+"    現リポジトリに対する :hg:`pull` を行った場合と同一の効果を持ちます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default, push will not allow creation of new heads at the\n"
@@ -8576,9 +8576,9 @@
 "    before pushing."
 msgstr ""
 "    特に指定の無い場合、 複数ヘッド状態は、 どのヘッドが妥当なものであるか\n"
-"    混乱するため、 連携先に新規ヘッドが作成される反映は許可されません。 \n"
+"    混乱するため、 連携先に新規ヘッドが作成される反映は許可されません。\n"
 "    このような場合、 :hg:`push` 実施前に、 :hg:`pull` および :hg:`merge`\n"
-"    を実施することをお勧めします。 "
+"    を実施することをお勧めします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use --new-branch if you want to allow push to create a new named\n"
@@ -8587,34 +8587,34 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    連携先に存在しない名前付きブランチを新規作成する場合は --new-branch\n"
 "    を使用します。 このオプション指定は、 新規ブランチの作成のみを許可\n"
-"    します。 "
+"    します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use -f/--force to override the default behavior and push all\n"
 "    changesets on all branches."
 msgstr ""
 "    通常挙動における制約を無視して、 全てのブランチにおける全ての変更を\n"
-"    反映する場合は、 -f/--force を使用します。 "
+"    反映する場合は、 -f/--force を使用します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If -r/--rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors\n"
 "    will be pushed to the remote repository."
 msgstr ""
 "    -r/--rev が指定された場合、 指定されたリビジョンと、 その祖先となる\n"
-"    リビジョンが連携先リポジトリへと反映されます。 "
+"    リビジョンが連携先リポジトリへと反映されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Please see :hg:`help urls` for important details about ``ssh://``\n"
 "    URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used."
 msgstr ""
-"    ``ssh://`` URL 形式の詳細は、 :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。 \n"
-"    連携先が省略された場合、 'default' パスが連携先として使用されます。 "
+"    ``ssh://`` URL 形式の詳細は、 :hg:`help urls` を参照してください。\n"
+"    連携先が省略された場合、 'default' パスが連携先として使用されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    反映成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 何も反映されなかった場合は 1 です。 \n"
+"    反映成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 何も反映されなかった場合は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 #, python-format
@@ -8625,28 +8625,28 @@
 msgstr "中断されたトランザクションの取り消し"
 
 msgid "    Recover from an interrupted commit or pull."
-msgstr "    commit や pull が中断された場合の復旧を行います。 "
+msgstr "    commit や pull が中断された場合の復旧を行います。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
 "    interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
 "    suggests it."
 msgstr ""
-"    本コマンドは、 操作が中断された際のリポジトリ状態の修復を行います。 \n"
-"    本コマンドの実行は、 Mercurial が実行を促した場合のみで十分です。 "
+"    本コマンドは、 操作が中断された際のリポジトリ状態の修復を行います。\n"
+"    本コマンドの実行は、 Mercurial が実行を促した場合のみで十分です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 if successful, 1 if nothing to recover or verify fails.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 修復不要ないし修復失敗時は 1 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 修復不要ないし修復失敗時は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "remove the specified files on the next commit"
 msgstr "次回コミットにおける指定ファイルの登録除外"
 
 msgid "    Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository."
-msgstr "    構成管理対象からの指定ファイルの登録除外を予約します。 "
+msgstr "    構成管理対象からの指定ファイルの登録除外を予約します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
@@ -8658,7 +8658,7 @@
 "    現行ブランチにおける登録除外であり、 リポジトリ履歴から抹消される\n"
 "    わけではありません。 手動で削除したファイルを登録除外するには\n"
 "    -A/--after を、 強制的に登録除外するには -f/--force を、 作業領域中の\n"
-"    ファイルを削除することなく登録除外するには -Af を指定します。 "
+"    ファイルを削除することなく登録除外するには -Af を指定します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
@@ -8670,7 +8670,7 @@
 "    ファイルの状態(横)とオプション指定(縦)の組み合わせにおける挙動は、 \n"
 "    以下の一覧を参照してください。 ファイルの状態は、 :hg:`status` の表示\n"
 "    に倣い、 追加(Added)[A]、 改変無し(Clean)[C]、 改変有り(Modified)[M] \n"
-"    および不在(Missing)[!] で表します。 \n"
+"    および不在(Missing)[!] で表します。\n"
 "    挙動は、 警告(Warn)[W]、 構成管理からの登録除外(Remove)[R] および\n"
 "    作業領域からの削除(Delete)[D] で表します::"
 
@@ -8692,13 +8692,13 @@
 "    To undo a remove before that, see :hg:`revert`."
 msgstr ""
 "    指定ファイルは、 次回のコミットの際に登録除外されます。 登録除外の\n"
-"    コミット前取り消しは :hg:`help revert` を参照してください。 "
+"    コミット前取り消しは :hg:`help revert` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 警告検出時は 1 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 警告検出時は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 #, python-format
@@ -8728,16 +8728,16 @@
 "    is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
 "    file, there can only be one source."
 msgstr ""
-"    改名元の複製として改名先を追加登録し、 改名元を登録除外します。 \n"
-"    改名先がディレクトリの場合、 ディレクトリ内に複製が作成されます。 \n"
-"    改名先がファイルの場合、 改名元は1つしか指定できません。 "
+"    改名元の複製として改名先を追加登録し、 改名元を登録除外します。\n"
+"    改名先がディレクトリの場合、 ディレクトリ内に複製が作成されます。\n"
+"    改名先がファイルの場合、 改名元は1つしか指定できません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
 "    before that, see :hg:`revert`."
 msgstr ""
 "    本コマンドの実行結果は次回のコミットの際に効果を発揮します。 改名\n"
-"    操作のコミット前取り消しは :hg:`help revert` を参照してください。 "
+"    操作のコミット前取り消しは :hg:`help revert` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid "redo merges or set/view the merge status of files"
 msgstr "マージの再実施、 ないし各ファイルのマージ状況管理"
@@ -8752,7 +8752,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    未解消の衝突の多くは ``internal:merge`` や ``diff3`` などを使用した\n"
 "    非対話的なマージに由来します。 本コマンドは、 :hg:`merge` 実行後から\n"
-"    :hg:`commit` 実行にかけて、 マージに関与するファイルを管理します。 \n"
+"    :hg:`commit` 実行にかけて、 マージに関与するファイルを管理します。\n"
 "    (この際には、 作業領域は２つの親リビジョンを持つ必要があります)"
 
 msgid "    The resolve command can be used in the following ways:"
@@ -8768,12 +8768,12 @@
 "      environment variable and your configuration files."
 msgstr ""
 "    - :hg:`resolve [--tool TOOL] FILE...`: 指定ファイルのマージを\n"
-"      再度実施します。 この際には、 直前までの変更内容は破棄されます。 \n"
-"      衝突解消済みのファイルに対しては、 マージの実施はありません。 \n"
-"      全ての未解消ファイルに適用する場合は ``--all/-a`` を指定します。 \n"
+"      再度実施します。 この際には、 直前までの変更内容は破棄されます。\n"
+"      衝突解消済みのファイルに対しては、 マージの実施はありません。\n"
+"      全ての未解消ファイルに適用する場合は ``--all/-a`` を指定します。\n"
 "      ``--tool`` を使用することで、 ファイルのマージに使用するコマンドを\n"
 "      指定可能です。 このオプションによる指定は、 HGMERGE 環境変数や\n"
-"      設定ファイルによる指定を上書きします。 "
+"      設定ファイルによる指定を上書きします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    - :hg:`resolve -m [FILE]`: mark a file as having been resolved\n"
@@ -8782,37 +8782,37 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    - :hg:`resolve -m [FILE]`: 指定ファイルを衝突解消済みとみなします\n"
 "      (例: 手動での修正後に実施)。 特に指定が無い場合、 全ての未解消\n"
-"      ファイルを解消済みとみなします。 "
+"      ファイルを解消済みとみなします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    - :hg:`resolve -u [FILE]...`: mark a file as unresolved. The\n"
 "      default is to mark all resolved files."
 msgstr ""
-"    - :hg:`resolve -u [FILE]...`: 指定ファイルを衝突未解消とみなします。 \n"
-"      特に指定が無い場合、 全ての解消済みファイルを未解消とみなします。 "
+"    - :hg:`resolve -u [FILE]...`: 指定ファイルを衝突未解消とみなします。\n"
+"      特に指定が無い場合、 全ての解消済みファイルを未解消とみなします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    - :hg:`resolve -l`: list files which had or still have conflicts.\n"
 "      In the printed list, ``U`` = unresolved and ``R`` = resolved."
 msgstr ""
-"    - :hg:`resolve -l`: 衝突が検出されたファイルの解消状況を表示します。 \n"
+"    - :hg:`resolve -l`: 衝突が検出されたファイルの解消状況を表示します。\n"
 "      一覧表示において `U`` は未解消(Unresolved)を、 \n"
-"      ``R`` は解消済み(Resolved)を意味します。 "
+"      ``R`` は解消済み(Resolved)を意味します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Note that Mercurial will not let you commit files with unresolved\n"
 "    merge conflicts. You must use :hg:`resolve -m ...` before you can\n"
 "    commit after a conflicting merge."
 msgstr ""
-"    衝突未解消のファイルがある間はコミットできません。 \n"
+"    衝突未解消のファイルがある間はコミットできません。\n"
 "    マージにおける衝突解消の際には、 コミット前に \n"
-"    :hg:`resolve -m ...` を実施してください。 "
+"    :hg:`resolve -m ...` を実施してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 衝突解消失敗がある場合は 1 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 衝突解消失敗がある場合は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "too many options specified"
@@ -8837,12 +8837,12 @@
 "       parent."
 msgstr ""
 "    .. note::\n"
-"       本コマンドは、 あなたの期待するものと違う可能性が高いです。 \n"
+"       本コマンドは、 あなたの期待するものと違う可能性が高いです。\n"
 "       本コマンドは、 作業領域の親リビジョンはそのままで、 作業領域の\n"
-"       一部を上書きします。 \n"
+"       一部を上書きします。\n"
 "       作業領域の親リビジョンを変更する場合は :hg:`update -r rev` を、 \n"
 "       他のリビジョンとのマージを取り消す場合は\n"
-"       :hg:`update --clean .` を使用してください。 "
+"       :hg:`update --clean .` を使用してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
@@ -8856,7 +8856,7 @@
 "    領域の親リビジョン時点の内容へと復旧します。 本コマンドは対象\n"
 "    ファイルに対して、 状態を「改変無し」とし、 add/remove/copy/rename\n"
 "    実行の効果を打ち消します。 作業領域の親リビジョンが2つある場合は、 \n"
-"    どちらの内容で復旧するのかを明示的に指定する必要があります。 "
+"    どちらの内容で復旧するのかを明示的に指定する必要があります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
@@ -8867,7 +8867,7 @@
 "    -r/--rev が指定された場合、 指定されたファイル／ディレクトリを、 \n"
 "    指定されたリビジョン時点の内容へと復旧します。 以前の変更内容の一部\n"
 "    ないし全部を取り消す用途にも使用できます。 -d/--date での日時表記は\n"
-"    :hg:`help dates` を参照してください。 "
+"    :hg:`help dates` を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
@@ -8879,14 +8879,14 @@
 "    本コマンドは作業領域の内容は変更しますが、 変更のコミットや、 作業\n"
 "    領域の親リビジョンは変更しません。 そのため、 作業領域の親リビジョン\n"
 "    以外のリビジョンを指定して復旧した場合、 復旧後のファイルの状態は\n"
-"    「改変有り」として扱われます。 "
+"    「改変有り」として扱われます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
 "    of a file was changed, it is reset."
 msgstr ""
 "    ファイルが削除されていた場合、 ファイルは復旧されます。 実行権限が変更\n"
-"    されていた場合、 変更前の状態に復旧されます。 "
+"    されていた場合、 変更前の状態に復旧されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
@@ -8894,14 +8894,14 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    復旧対象が指定された場合、 指定された名前に合致する全てのファイルが\n"
 "    復旧対象となります。 復旧対象が指定されなかった場合は、 いずれの\n"
-"    ファイルも復旧されません。 "
+"    ファイルも復旧されません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
 "    To disable these backups, use --no-backup."
 msgstr ""
 "    改変ファイルの復旧の際には、 復旧前の内容が .orig 拡張子を付けた\n"
-"    ファイルに保存されます。 この保存は --no-backup で無効化されます。 "
+"    ファイルに保存されます。 この保存は --no-backup で無効化されます。"
 
 msgid "you can't specify a revision and a date"
 msgstr "リビジョンと日時は同時には指定出来ません"
@@ -8946,7 +8946,7 @@
 "    本コマンドの使用には注意が必要です。 巻き戻しは１段階限りで、 巻き\n"
 "    戻したトランザクションの再実施はできません。 本コマンドは、 直前の\n"
 "    トランザクション実施時点の dirstate を復元し、 その時点以後の変更は\n"
-"    全て失われます。 但し、 作業領域内容は変更されません。 "
+"    全て失われます。 但し、 作業領域内容は変更されません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
@@ -8955,7 +8955,7 @@
 "    and their effects can be rolled back:"
 msgstr ""
 "    トランザクションとは、 新規リビジョンの作成、 ないし外部からの既存\n"
-"    リビジョンの取り込みにおけるコマンドの改変操作を一括化するものです。 \n"
+"    リビジョンの取り込みにおけるコマンドの改変操作を一括化するものです。\n"
 "    例えば、 以下のコマンドはいずれもトランザクションを形成するもので、 \n"
 "    その効果は本コマンドにより巻き戻し可能です:"
 
@@ -8985,20 +8985,20 @@
 "    でトランザクションを巻き戻しても(既に他のユーザが複製している可能性\n"
 "    があるので)効果を持ちません。 その上、 リポジトリからの情報読み取りに\n"
 "    際して、 競合が発生し得ます。 例えば、 併走している :hg:`pull` 処理が\n"
-"    巻き戻しによって失敗してしまう可能性があります。 "
+"    巻き戻しによって失敗してしまう可能性があります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success, 1 if no rollback data is available.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 巻き戻せるデータが無い場合は 1 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 巻き戻せるデータが無い場合は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "print the root (top) of the current working directory"
 msgstr "作業領域のルート(最上位)ディレクトリ位置の表示"
 
 msgid "    Print the root directory of the current repository."
-msgstr "    現リポジトリのルートディレクトリ位置を表示します。 "
+msgstr "    現リポジトリのルートディレクトリ位置を表示します。"
 
 msgid "start stand-alone webserver"
 msgstr "独立したウェブサーバの実行開始"
@@ -9009,10 +9009,10 @@
 "    recommended to use a real web server to serve a repository for\n"
 "    longer periods of time."
 msgstr ""
-"    リポジトリ参照と :hg:`pull` のための HTTP サーバを起動します。 \n"
+"    リポジトリ参照と :hg:`pull` のための HTTP サーバを起動します。\n"
 "    この HTTP サーバを用いることで、 即席でリポジトリの共有／参照を\n"
 "    行うことができます。 リポジトリを長期間公開する際には、 通常のウェブ\n"
-"    サーバの使用をお勧めします。 "
+"    サーバの使用をお勧めします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Please note that the server does not implement access control.\n"
@@ -9021,11 +9021,11 @@
 "    option to ``*`` to allow everybody to push to the server. You\n"
 "    should use a real web server if you need to authenticate users."
 msgstr ""
-"    本コマンドで起動されるサーバは、 アクセス制御が実装されていません。 \n"
+"    本コマンドで起動されるサーバは、 アクセス制御が実装されていません。\n"
 "    特に設定が無い場合、 誰もがリポジトリを参照可能で、 且つリポジトリは\n"
 "    誰にも更新できない状態にあります。 ``web.allow_push`` 設定を ``*``\n"
-"    に設定することで、 誰もがリポジトリに :hg:`push` できます。 \n"
-"    ユーザ認証が必要な場合は、 通常のウェブサーバを使用してください。 "
+"    に設定することで、 誰もがリポジトリに :hg:`push` できます。\n"
+"    ユーザ認証が必要な場合は、 通常のウェブサーバを使用してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
@@ -9034,7 +9034,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    特に指定が無い場合、 サーバはアクセスログを標準出力に、 エラーを\n"
 "    標準エラー出力に表示します。 ログをファイルに記録する場合は、 \n"
-"    -A/--accesslog や -E/--errorlog で指定します。 "
+"    -A/--accesslog や -E/--errorlog で指定します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    To have the server choose a free port number to listen on, specify\n"
@@ -9042,7 +9042,7 @@
 "    number it uses."
 msgstr ""
 "    サーバに空きポート番号の検出および使用をさせる場合、 ポート番号には\n"
-"    0 を指定します。 この場合、 使用するポート番号が表示されます。 "
+"    0 を指定します。 この場合、 使用するポート番号が表示されます。"
 
 msgid "There is no Mercurial repository here (.hg not found)"
 msgstr "Mercurial リポジトリが見つかりません(.hg が不在です)"
@@ -9066,16 +9066,16 @@
 "    その名前に合致するファイルのみが表示されます。 変更無し(clean)、 \n"
 "    無視(ignored)ないし複製(copy)・改名(rename)の元ファイルに関しては、 \n"
 "    それぞれ -c/--clean、 -i/--ignored ないし -C/--copy が指定されるか、 \n"
-"    あるいは -A/--all が指定されない限り表示されません。 \n"
+"    あるいは -A/--all が指定されない限り表示されません。\n"
 "    いずれの表示対象選択オプションも指定されない場合、 \n"
-"    -m -a -r -d -u が指定されたものとみなします。 "
+"    -m -a -r -d -u が指定されたものとみなします。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
 "    unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored."
 msgstr ""
 "    -q/--quiet 指定がある場合、 -u/--unknown ないし -i/--ignored が明示\n"
-"    的に指定されない限り、 構成管理対象外のファイルは表示されません。 "
+"    的に指定されない限り、 構成管理対象外のファイルは表示されません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    .. note::\n"
@@ -9086,10 +9086,10 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    .. note::\n"
 "       権限設定の変更やマージが行われた場合、 差分表示から期待される\n"
-"       結果とは異なる状態が表示される可能性があります。 \n"
+"       結果とは異なる状態が表示される可能性があります。\n"
 "       標準的な差分形式は権限変更の情報を含みませんし、 \n"
 "       マージ実施リビジョンに対しては、 一方の親リビジョンとの差分\n"
-"       しか表示しないためです。 "
+"       しか表示しないためです。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
@@ -9097,10 +9097,10 @@
 "    shown. The --change option can also be used as a shortcut to list\n"
 "    the changed files of a revision from its first parent."
 msgstr ""
-"    1つのリビジョンが指定された場合、 比較元リビジョンとして扱われます。 \n"
-"    2つのリビジョンが指定された場合、 両リビジョン間で状態を比較します。 \n"
+"    1つのリビジョンが指定された場合、 比較元リビジョンとして扱われます。\n"
+"    2つのリビジョンが指定された場合、 両リビジョン間で状態を比較します。\n"
 "    --change 指定を使うことで、 第1親から変更されたファイル一覧を簡単に\n"
-"    表示させることができます。 "
+"    表示させることができます。"
 
 msgid "    The codes used to show the status of files are::"
 msgstr "    ファイルの状態を表す記号は以下の通り::"
@@ -9132,14 +9132,14 @@
 "    including parents, branch, commit status, and available updates."
 msgstr ""
 "    親リビジョン、 ブランチ、 想定コミット結果や、 作業領域更新候補等を含む\n"
-"    作業領域状態の概要を表示します。 "
+"    作業領域状態の概要を表示します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for\n"
 "    incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming."
 msgstr ""
 "    --remote が指定された場合、 default 連携先に対する取り込み／反映に\n"
-"    関する概要も表示します。 この処理には時間を要する場合があります。 "
+"    関する概要も表示します。 この処理には時間を要する場合があります。"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "parent: %d:%s "
@@ -9243,7 +9243,7 @@
 msgstr "現リビジョンないし指定リビジョンへのタグの付与"
 
 msgid "    Name a particular revision using <name>."
-msgstr "    特定のリビジョンに、 指定された名前を付けます。 "
+msgstr "    特定のリビジョンに、 指定された名前を付けます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
@@ -9253,7 +9253,7 @@
 "    リポジトリ中の特定のリビジョンに付けられた名前であるタグは、 リビジョン\n"
 "    間での比較や、 重要なリビジョンの参照、 又はリリースの際の分岐点に対す"
 "る\n"
-"    目印といった用途などに使用することが出来ます。 "
+"    目印といった用途などに使用することが出来ます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
@@ -9261,7 +9261,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    リビジョンが指定されない場合、 作業領域の親リビジョンか、 作業領域更新"
 "前\n"
-"    なら tip がタグ付けの対象となります。 "
+"    なら tip がタグ付けの対象となります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
@@ -9280,7 +9280,7 @@
 "    lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged."
 msgstr ""
 "    リビジョン特定において、 タグ名はブランチ名よりも優先度が高いので、 \n"
-"    既存ブランチと同名のタグの使用は止めましょう。 "
+"    既存ブランチと同名のタグの使用は止めましょう。"
 
 msgid "tag names must be unique"
 msgstr "タグ名が重複しています"
@@ -9314,9 +9314,9 @@
 "    This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
 "    switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags."
 msgstr ""
-"    本コマンドは、 通常のタグおよびローカルタグの両方を一覧表示します。 \n"
+"    本コマンドは、 通常のタグおよびローカルタグの両方を一覧表示します。\n"
 "    -v/--verbose が指定された場合、 ローカルタグには \"local\" 表示の\n"
-"    第3のカラムが追加されます。 "
+"    第3のカラムが追加されます。"
 
 msgid "show the tip revision"
 msgstr "tip リビジョンの表示"
@@ -9328,7 +9328,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "    tip リビジョン(一般には単に tip と表記)とは、 リポジトリおいて最も\n"
 "    新しく追加されたリビジョンであると同時に、 最も新しく変更されたヘッド\n"
-"    のことでもあります。 "
+"    のことでもあります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
@@ -9336,10 +9336,10 @@
 "    that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
 "    and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset."
 msgstr ""
-"    コミットした直後であれば、 生成されたリビジョンが tip となります。 \n"
+"    コミットした直後であれば、 生成されたリビジョンが tip となります。\n"
 "    他のリポジトリから変更履歴の取り込みをした直後であれば、 連携先\n"
 "    リポジトリでの tip が現リポジトリの tip となります。 \"tip\" タグは\n"
-"    特別なタグで、 改名や、 他のリビジョンへの付け替えはできません。 "
+"    特別なタグで、 改名や、 他のリビジョンへの付け替えはできません。"
 
 msgid "apply one or more changegroup files"
 msgstr "バンドルファイルの適用"
@@ -9347,13 +9347,13 @@
 msgid ""
 "    Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
 "    bundle command."
-msgstr "    :hg:`bundle` コマンドで生成されたバンドルファイルを適用します。 "
+msgstr "    :hg:`bundle` コマンドで生成されたバンドルファイルを適用します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update has unresolved files.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 衝突未解消ファイルがある場合は 1 です。 \n"
+"    成功時のコマンド終了値は 0、 衝突未解消ファイルがある場合は 1 です。\n"
 "    "
 
 msgid "update working directory (or switch revisions)"
@@ -9364,9 +9364,9 @@
 "    changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the\n"
 "    current named branch."
 msgstr ""
-"    指定されたリビジョン時点の内容で、 作業領域を更新します。 \n"
+"    指定されたリビジョン時点の内容で、 作業領域を更新します。\n"
 "    対象リビジョンが指定されない場合、 作業領域と同じ名前付き\n"
-"    ブランチにおける最新リビジョンで更新します。 "
+"    ブランチにおける最新リビジョンで更新します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If the changeset is not a descendant of the working directory's\n"
@@ -9378,7 +9378,7 @@
 "    指定リビジョンが、 作業領域の親リビジョンの直系の子孫でない場合、 \n"
 "    作業領域の更新は中断されます。 -c/--check が指定された場合、 \n"
 "    作業領域中の未コミット変更の有無を確認し、 変更が無かった場合には\n"
-"    作業領域を指定リビジョンで更新します。 "
+"    作業領域を指定リビジョンで更新します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The following rules apply when the working directory contains\n"
@@ -9398,37 +9398,37 @@
 "    1. -c/--check と -C/--clean のいずれも指定されず、 指定リビジョンが\n"
 "       作業領域の親リビジョンにとって直系の先祖ないし子孫であった場合、 \n"
 "       未コミット変更の内容は指定リビジョンへとマージされ、 \n"
-"       マージ結果は未コミットのまま作業領域に残ります。 \n"
+"       マージ結果は未コミットのまま作業領域に残ります。\n"
 "       別の(名前無し)ブランチ上にあるリビジョンなど、 直系の先祖／子孫\n"
-"       以外が指定された場合、 更新は中断され、 未コミット変更は残ります。 "
+"       以外が指定された場合、 更新は中断され、 未コミット変更は残ります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    2. With the -c/--check option, the update is aborted and the\n"
 "       uncommitted changes are preserved."
 msgstr ""
 "    2. -c/--check が指定された場合、 更新は中断され、 未コミット変更は\n"
-"       残ります。 "
+"       残ります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    3. With the -C/--clean option, uncommitted changes are discarded and\n"
 "       the working directory is updated to the requested changeset."
 msgstr ""
 "    3. -C/--clean が指定された場合、 未コミット変更は破棄され、 \n"
-"       作業領域は指定のリビジョンで更新されます。 "
+"       作業領域は指定のリビジョンで更新されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like\n"
 "    :hg:`clone -U`)."
 msgstr ""
 "    作業領域中のファイルを削除する場合は、 リビジョンに null を指定します\n"
-"    (:hg:`clone -U` と同等)。 "
+"    (:hg:`clone -U` と同等)。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you want to update just one file to an older changeset, use\n"
 "    :hg:`revert`."
 msgstr ""
 "    特定のファイルだけを以前の状態に戻す場合は :hg:`revert` \n"
-"    を使用してください。 "
+"    を使用してください。"
 
 msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean"
 msgstr "-c/--check と -C/--clean は併用できません"
@@ -9440,7 +9440,7 @@
 msgstr "リポジトリの整合性検証"
 
 msgid "    Verify the integrity of the current repository."
-msgstr "    現リポジトリの整合性を検証します。 "
+msgstr "    現リポジトリの整合性を検証します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
@@ -9448,10 +9448,10 @@
 "    the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
 "    integrity of their crosslinks and indices."
 msgstr ""
-"    本コマンドは、 リポジトリの整合性に関する広範な検証を行います。 \n"
+"    本コマンドは、 リポジトリの整合性に関する広範な検証を行います。\n"
 "    変更履歴・マニフェスト・各構成管理対象ファイルにおけるハッシュ値\n"
 "    およびチェックサム、 相互関連付けおよびインデックス等の整合性が\n"
-"    検証されます。 "
+"    検証されます。"
 
 msgid "output version and copyright information"
 msgstr "バージョンおよび著作権情報の表示"
@@ -9469,9 +9469,9 @@
 "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Matt Mackall 他\n"
-"本製品はフリーソフトウェアです。 \n"
-"頒布条件に関しては同梱されるライセンス条項をお読みください。 \n"
-"市場適合性や特定用途への可否を含め、 本製品は無保証です。 \n"
+"本製品はフリーソフトウェアです。\n"
+"頒布条件に関しては同梱されるライセンス条項をお読みください。\n"
+"市場適合性や特定用途への可否を含め、 本製品は無保証です。\n"
 
 msgid "repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file"
 msgstr "リポジトリのルート位置、 ないしバンドルファイルのパス"
@@ -10495,12 +10495,12 @@
 msgstr "中断: メモリ不足\n"
 
 msgid "** unknown exception encountered, please report by visiting\n"
-msgstr "** 予期せぬ例外が浮揚されました。 \n"
+msgstr "** 予期せぬ例外が浮揚されました。\n"
 
 msgid "**  http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/BugTracker\n"
 msgstr ""
 "**  http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/BugTracker まで\n"
-"**  以下の情報を報告してください。 \n"
+"**  以下の情報を報告してください。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "** Python %s\n"
@@ -10709,8 +10709,8 @@
 "Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.\n"
 "Below we list the most specific file first."
 msgstr ""
-"Mercurial は設定ファイルを複数の場所から読み込みます。 \n"
-"優先度順に読み込み位置を並べたものを以下に示します。 "
+"Mercurial は設定ファイルを複数の場所から読み込みます。\n"
+"優先度順に読み込み位置を並べたものを以下に示します。"
 
 msgid "On Windows, these configuration files are read:"
 msgstr "Windows 環境では以下の設定ファイルが読み込まれます:"
@@ -10775,7 +10775,7 @@
 "settings, the syntax is explained below:"
 msgstr ""
 "そのようなファイルを意図的に使用している場合、 警告表示を抑止する(但し\n"
-"ファイルは読み込まれません)ことも、 信頼して読み込むことも可能です。 \n"
+"ファイルは読み込まれません)ことも、 信頼して読み込むことも可能です。\n"
 "以下の文法に従い設定を行ってください:"
 
 msgid ""
@@ -10792,7 +10792,7 @@
 "configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header\n"
 "and followed by ``name = value`` entries::"
 msgstr ""
-"Mercurial の設定ファイルは、 いわゆる ini ファイル形式で記述されます。 \n"
+"Mercurial の設定ファイルは、 いわゆる ini ファイル形式で記述されます。\n"
 "設定ファイルは、 ``[セクション名]`` 形式のヘッダから始まるセクションから\n"
 "構成され、 ``名前 = 値`` 形式の要素が列挙されます::"
 
@@ -10877,7 +10877,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "これは日時の内部表現形式です。 基点となる 1970年1月1日 00:00 UTC からの\n"
 "経過秒数を表す unixtime 形式部分と、 ローカルタイムゾーンのオフセット値\n"
-"(UTC よりも東側の地域は負値)を表すオフセット部分から構成されています。 "
+"(UTC よりも東側の地域は負値)を表すオフセット部分から構成されています。"
 
 msgid "The log command also accepts date ranges:"
 msgstr "log コマンドには、 日時範囲指定可能です:"
@@ -10900,7 +10900,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "無指定時に Mercurial が2つのリビジョンを比較して差分表示する際の形式は\n"
 "GNU diff の unified 形式互換のもので、 GNU patch をはじめとする多くの\n"
-"標準的なツールで使用できるものです。 "
+"標準的なツールで使用できるものです。"
 
 msgid ""
 "While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
@@ -10925,9 +10925,9 @@
 "format."
 msgstr ""
 "Mercurial は、 別の構成管理ツールである git に由来する拡張差分形式にも\n"
-"対応しており、 この形式は従来の差分形式の持つ制限を解消しています。 \n"
+"対応しており、 この形式は従来の差分形式の持つ制限を解消しています。\n"
 "但し、 普及しているツールの幾つかが git 差分形式に対応していないため、 \n"
-"Mercurial は指定が無い場合はこの形式では出力しません。 "
+"Mercurial は指定が無い場合はこの形式では出力しません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
@@ -10943,7 +10943,7 @@
 "ファイルの複製・改名をはじめとする上記の制限に類する操作に関しては、 \n"
 "十分注意する必要があります。 :hg:`push` や :hg:`pull` のような\n"
 "Mercurial の内部形式で実施される操作に関しては、 バイナリ形式で変更\n"
-"情報の授受を行うことから、 情報の欠落に関しては心配する必要はありません。 "
+"情報の授受を行うことから、 情報の欠落に関しては心配する必要はありません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the --git\n"
@@ -10954,7 +10954,7 @@
 "Mercurial から git 拡張差分形式の出力を得るには、 受理可能なコマンドに\n"
 "対して --git を指定するか、 設定ファイルの [diff] セクションに\n"
 "'git = True' 記述を追加してください。 :hg:`import` や \n"
-"mq エクステンションを使用する場合は、 この指定は不要です。 \n"
+"mq エクステンションを使用する場合は、 この指定は不要です。\n"
 
 msgid ""
 "HG\n"
@@ -10970,7 +10970,7 @@
 "    際に自動的に設定されます。 未設定や空の場合は、 frozen 形式の\n"
 "    hg 実行可能ファイルの名前か設定されるか、 'hg' という名前の実行可能\n"
 "    ファイルが検索されます(Windows の場合、 PATHEXT 環境変数に設定された\n"
-"    COM/EXE/BAT/CMD 等の拡張子付き)。 "
+"    COM/EXE/BAT/CMD 等の拡張子付き)。"
 
 msgid ""
 "HGEDITOR\n"
@@ -10979,7 +10979,7 @@
 "HGEDITOR\n"
 "    コミットの際のメッセージ入力を行うためのエディタの名前。 EDITOR 環境変"
 "数\n"
-"    についても参照してください。 "
+"    についても参照してください。"
 
 msgid "    (deprecated, use configuration file)"
 msgstr "    (非推奨: 設定ファイル経由で指定してください)"
@@ -10995,7 +10995,7 @@
 "    Mercurial によるロケール自動検出の上書き。 この設定は、 ユーザ名、 \n"
 "    コミットメッセージ、 タグ名およびブランチ名を内部データ形式に変換する\n"
 "    際に使用されます。 この環境変数設定は、 コマンドラインでの --encoding\n"
-"    使用により、 更に上書きすることが出来ます。 "
+"    使用により、 更に上書きすることが出来ます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "HGENCODINGMODE\n"
@@ -11013,7 +11013,7 @@
 "    されたものとみなします。 他には、 「未知の文字の置き換え」を意味する\n"
 "    \"replace\" と、 「未知の文字の切り捨て」を意味する \"ignore\" が指定\n"
 "    出来ます。 この環境変数設定は、 コマンドラインでの --encodingmode\n"
-"    使用により、 更に上書きすることが出来ます。 "
+"    使用により、 更に上書きすることが出来ます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "HGENCODINGAMBIGUOUS\n"
@@ -11034,7 +11034,7 @@
 "    マージの際の衝突解消に使用するコマンド。 指定されたコマンドの起動に"
 "は、 \n"
 "    作業領域のファイル、 マージ対象別リビジョンのファイル、 \n"
-"    両者の親リビジョンのファイルを表す3つの引数が指定されます。 "
+"    両者の親リビジョンのファイルを表す3つの引数が指定されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "HGRCPATH\n"
@@ -11044,11 +11044,11 @@
 "    the .hg/hgrc from the current repository is read."
 msgstr ""
 "HGRCPATH\n"
-"    設定ファイル読込のための、 ファイルないしディレクトリの一覧の指定。 \n"
-"    一覧要素の区切り記号は、 Unix なら \":\"、 WIndows なら \";\" です。 \n"
+"    設定ファイル読込のための、 ファイルないしディレクトリの一覧の指定。\n"
+"    一覧要素の区切り記号は、 Unix なら \":\"、 WIndows なら \";\" です。\n"
 "    HGRCPATH 環境変数が設定されていない場合、 各稼働環境に応じた\n"
 "    読み込み先から読み込まれます。 空の値が設定されている場合、 \n"
-"    現リポジトリの .hg/hgrc のみが読み込まれます。 "
+"    現リポジトリの .hg/hgrc のみが読み込まれます。"
 
 msgid "    For each element in HGRCPATH:"
 msgstr "    指定された一覧の各要素に対して、 以下のように振舞います:"
@@ -11074,14 +11074,14 @@
 "    verbose モード、 debug モード、 quiet モード、 tracebacks や各国語設定"
 "が\n"
 "    対象となります。 ユーザ設定を温存したままで、 ツール等から Mercurial を\n"
-"    使用する場合に有用です。 "
+"    使用する場合に有用です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Equivalent options set via command line flags or environment\n"
 "    variables are not overridden."
 msgstr ""
 "    コマンドラインや環境変数によって同等のオプションが明示的に指定された\n"
-"    場合には、 こららは無視されません。 "
+"    場合には、 こららは無視されません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "HGUSER\n"
@@ -11089,7 +11089,7 @@
 "    available values will be considered in this order:"
 msgstr ""
 "HGUSER\n"
-"    チェンジセット作成者としてコミット時に記録する名前の指定。 \n"
+"    チェンジセット作成者としてコミット時に記録する名前の指定。\n"
 "    作成者名として採用される値の決定順序は以下の通りです:"
 
 msgid ""
@@ -11110,24 +11110,24 @@
 "    May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
 msgstr ""
 "EMAIL\n"
-"    チェンジセット作成者としてこの環境変数値が記録される可能性があります。 \n"
-"    詳細は HGUSER の記述を参照してください。 "
+"    チェンジセット作成者としてこの環境変数値が記録される可能性があります。\n"
+"    詳細は HGUSER の記述を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "LOGNAME\n"
 "    May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
 msgstr ""
 "LOGNAME\n"
-"    チェンジセット作成者としてこの環境変数値が記録される可能性があります。 \n"
-"    詳細は HGUSER の記述を参照してください。 "
+"    チェンジセット作成者としてこの環境変数値が記録される可能性があります。\n"
+"    詳細は HGUSER の記述を参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "VISUAL\n"
 "    This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR."
 msgstr ""
 "VISUAL\n"
-"    コミット時のメッセージを編集するエディタ名の指定。 EDITOR 環境変数\n"
-"    についても参照してください。 "
+"    コミット時のメッセージを編集するエディタ名の指定。EDITOR 環境変数\n"
+"    についても参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "EDITOR\n"
@@ -11143,9 +11143,9 @@
 "る\n"
 "    編集を促す状況があります。 そこで使用されるエディタは、 HGEDITOR、 "
 "VISUAL\n"
-"    あるいは EDITOR 環境変数に設定されたものを(この順序で)使用します。 \n"
+"    あるいは EDITOR 環境変数に設定されたものを(この順序で)使用します。\n"
 "    最初の空で無い値に設定された環境変数の値を使用します。 いずれも未設定\n"
-"    (あるいは空)の場合は、 'vi' が使用されます。 "
+"    (あるいは空)の場合は、 'vi' が使用されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "PYTHONPATH\n"
@@ -11155,7 +11155,7 @@
 "PYTHONPATH\n"
 "    Mercurial が当該システムの共有領域にインストールされていない場合、 \n"
 "    Python が必要なモジュールを読み込むためには、 この環境変数の設定が\n"
-"    必要です。 \n"
+"    必要です。\n"
 
 msgid ""
 "Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
@@ -11166,7 +11166,7 @@
 "Mercurial には、 新規機能を「エクステンション」という機構を用いて\n"
 "追加する仕組みが備わっています。 エクステンションでは、 コマンドの\n"
 "新規追加、 既存コマンドへのオプションの追加、 コマンドの挙動の変更、 \n"
-"フックの実装といったことが可能です。 "
+"フックの実装といったことが可能です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
@@ -11182,7 +11182,7 @@
 "限定のものもあります。 (履歴の破壊や改変などの)潜在的な危険性を持つ\n"
 "場合もあります。 実験的なものであるかもしれません。 これまでの\n"
 "Mercurial の振る舞いを変えてしまうかもしれません。 エクステンションを\n"
-"必要に応じて有効化するのは利用者の責務です。 "
+"必要に応じて有効化するのは利用者の責務です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in the\n"
@@ -11242,7 +11242,7 @@
 "    [祖先] 指定されたリビジョンから、 親リビジョンを順に辿る事で到達\n"
 "    可能な任意のリビジョンのこと。 より正確には、 あるリビジョンにとっては\n"
 "    直接の親リビジョンは祖先であり、 祖先(＝直接の親リビジョン含む)の\n"
-"    親リビジョンも祖先となります。 'Descendant' も参照のこと。 "
+"    親リビジョンも祖先となります。 'Descendant' も参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Branch\n"
@@ -11254,12 +11254,12 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Branch\n"
 "    (名詞) [ブランチ] ヘッドではない(＝ 他に子リビジョンを持つ)\n"
-"    リビジョンを親として、 新規に作成された子リビジョンのこと。 \n"
-"    これは「位相的 (topological) ブランチ」と呼ばれます。 \n"
+"    リビジョンを親として、 新規に作成された子リビジョンのこと。\n"
+"    これは「位相的 (topological) ブランチ」と呼ばれます。\n"
 "    ('Branch, topological' 参照) 位相的ブランチに名前が付与された場合は\n"
 "    「名前付きブランチ」と呼ばれます。 名前を持たない位相的ブランチは、 \n"
 "    「名前無しブランチ」と呼ばれます。 'Branch, anonymous' および \n"
-"    'Branch, named' も参照のこと。 "
+"    'Branch, named' も参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Branches may be created when changes are pulled from or pushed to\n"
@@ -11276,7 +11276,7 @@
 "    開発を行う過程を指すのに使用される場合があります。 このような相互に\n"
 "    独立した開発は、 名前付きブランチを明示的に作成して実施されることも\n"
 "    あれば、 ブックマーク機能や、 複製と名前無しブランチを使用することで\n"
-"    実施される場合もあります。 "
+"    実施される場合もあります。"
 
 msgid "    Example: \"The experimental branch\"."
 msgstr "    例: \"実験的な(開発用)ブランチ\""
@@ -11286,7 +11286,7 @@
 "    its parent having more than one child."
 msgstr ""
 "    (動詞) [ブランチする/分岐する/枝分かれする] あるリビジョンにおいて\n"
-"    子リビジョンが２つ以上になるようなリビジョンを作成する操作のこと。 "
+"    子リビジョンが２つ以上になるようなリビジョンを作成する操作のこと。"
 
 msgid "    Example: \"I'm going to branch at X\"."
 msgstr "    例: \"リビジョン X からブランチする\""
@@ -11300,14 +11300,14 @@
 "Branch, anonymous\n"
 "    [名前無しブランチ/匿名ブランチ] ヘッドではない(＝ 他に子リビジョンを\n"
 "    持つ)リビジョンを親として、 新規に作成されたリビジョンが、 親と同じ\n"
-"    ブランチに属する場合、 名前無しブランチが作成されたとみなされます。 "
+"    ブランチに属する場合、 名前無しブランチが作成されたとみなされます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Branch, closed\n"
 "    A named branch whose branch heads have all been closed."
 msgstr ""
 "Branch, closed\n"
-"    [閉鎖ブランチ] 全てのヘッドが閉鎖された、 名前付きブランチのこと。 "
+"    [閉鎖ブランチ] 全てのヘッドが閉鎖された、 名前付きブランチのこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Branch, default\n"
@@ -11316,14 +11316,14 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Branch, default\n"
 "    [デフォルトブランチ] 名前付きブランチへの所属が、 明示的に指定\n"
-"    されないリビジョンが属するブランチのこと。 "
+"    されないリビジョンが属するブランチのこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Branch head\n"
 "    See 'Head, branch'."
 msgstr ""
 "Branch head\n"
-"    'Head, branch' 参照のこと。 "
+"    'Head, branch' 参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Branch, inactive\n"
@@ -11350,12 +11350,12 @@
 "    branches."
 msgstr ""
 "Branch, named\n"
-"    [名前付きブランチ] 同一のブランチ名を持つリビジョンの集合のこと。 \n"
+"    [名前付きブランチ] 同一のブランチ名を持つリビジョンの集合のこと。\n"
 "    名前付きブランチに属するリビジョンの子リビジョンは、 同じ名前付き\n"
 "    ブランチに属します。 明示的に指定することで、 子リビジョンを別な\n"
 "    名前付きブランチに所属させることも可能です。 ブランチ管理の詳細は、 \n"
 "    :hg:`help branch`、 :hg:`help branches` および \n"
-"    :hg:`commit --close-branch` を参照のこと。 "
+"    :hg:`commit --close-branch` を参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Named branches can be thought of as a kind of namespace, dividing\n"
@@ -11367,19 +11367,19 @@
 "    previous branch will be a branch in name only."
 msgstr ""
 "    名前付きブランチは、 リポジトリの履歴を構成するリビジョン群を、 \n"
-"    重複の無い部分集合へと分割する、 名前空間の一種とも言えます。 \n"
-"    名前付きブランチは、 必ずしも位相的ブランチである必要はありません。 \n"
+"    重複の無い部分集合へと分割する、 名前空間の一種とも言えます。\n"
+"    名前付きブランチは、 必ずしも位相的ブランチである必要はありません。\n"
 "    任意の名前付きブランチ(default でも可)のヘッドとなるリビジョンを\n"
 "    親として、 新たな名前付きブランチを生成した場合、 元となるブランチに\n"
 "    新たなリビジョンが追加されなければ、 元のブランチは (位相的な\n"
-"    ブランチではなく) 名前付けのためだけのブランチと言えます。 "
+"    ブランチではなく) 名前付けのためだけのブランチと言えます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Branch tip\n"
 "    See 'Tip, branch'."
 msgstr ""
 "Branch tip\n"
-"    'Tip, branch' 参照のこと。 "
+"    'Tip, branch' 参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Branch, topological\n"
@@ -11394,7 +11394,7 @@
 "    リビジョンを親として、 新規に作成されたリビジョンは、 位相的ブランチ\n"
 "    となります。 位相的ブランチに名前が与えられた場合、 それは名前付き\n"
 "    ブランチとなります。 位相的ブランチに名前が与えられない場合、 現行\n"
-"    ブランチ (通常は default) における無名ブランチとなります。 "
+"    ブランチ (通常は default) における無名ブランチとなります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Changelog\n"
@@ -11405,7 +11405,7 @@
 "Changelog\n"
 "    [変更履歴/チェンジログ] 各リビジョンの内容を、 リポジトリに登録された\n"
 "    順に記録したもの。 記録内容には、 識別用ハッシュ値、  作成者名、 \n"
-"    コミットログ、 日付および変更対象ファイルの一覧が含まれます。 "
+"    コミットログ、 日付および変更対象ファイルの一覧が含まれます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Changeset\n"
@@ -11418,7 +11418,7 @@
 "    際には、 複数ファイルに渡る差分一式のことを指す場合はチェンジセット、 \n"
 "    リポジトリに登録されることで履歴中の位置が確定済みのチェンジセット\n"
 "    のことはリビジョン、 と呼称することが多いですが、 必ずしも統一\n"
-"    されている訳ではありません。 'Revision' も参照のこと。 "
+"    されている訳ではありません。 'Revision' も参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Changeset, child\n"
@@ -11427,12 +11427,12 @@
 "    changeset may have."
 msgstr ""
 "Changeset, child\n"
-"    [子チェンジセット/子リビジョン] 「親リビジョン」の対義語。 \n"
+"    [子チェンジセット/子リビジョン] 「親リビジョン」の対義語。\n"
 "    リビジョン P がリビジョン C の親リビジョンである場合、 C は P の\n"
 "    子リビジョンとなります。 1つの親リビジョンに対して、 子リビジョンの\n"
 "    数には上限がありません。  訳注: 親／子関係を持つ、 ということは、 \n"
 "    履歴中の位置が確定していることを意味するため、 ここでは敢えて\n"
-"    changeset を「リビジョン」と訳しています。 'Changeset' も参照のこと。 "
+"    changeset を「リビジョン」と訳しています。 'Changeset' も参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Changeset id\n"
@@ -11443,7 +11443,7 @@
 "Changeset id\n"
 "    [チェンジセットID/識別用ハッシュ値] チェンジセットを一意に識別\n"
 "    するための SHA-1 ハッシュ値。 40 桁 16 進数として表現される\n"
-"   「完全長」と、 12 桁 16 進数として表現される「短縮」の形式があります。 "
+"   「完全長」と、 12 桁 16 進数として表現される「短縮」の形式があります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Changeset, merge\n"
@@ -11455,7 +11455,7 @@
 "    リビジョン。 マージ操作がコミットされる際にこのようなリビジョンが\n"
 "    生成されます。 ※ 訳注: 親／子関係を持つ、 ということは、 履歴中の\n"
 "    位置が確定していることを意味するため、 ここでは敢えて changeset を\n"
-"   「リビジョン」と訳しています。 'Changeset' も参照のこと。 "
+"   「リビジョン」と訳しています。 'Changeset' も参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Changeset, parent\n"
@@ -11465,13 +11465,13 @@
 "    parents."
 msgstr ""
 "Changeset, parent\n"
-"    [親チェンジセット/親リビジョン] 子リビジョンの由来元のリビジョン。 \n"
+"    [親チェンジセット/親リビジョン] 子リビジョンの由来元のリビジョン。\n"
 "    より明確には、 リビジョン C の親リビジョンは、 (旧→新順の) 履歴\n"
-"    ツリーにおいて、 リビジョン C の直前に位置するリビジョンを指します。 \n"
-"    各リビジョンは、 最大で 2 つの親リビジョンを持ちます。 \n"
+"    ツリーにおいて、 リビジョン C の直前に位置するリビジョンを指します。\n"
+"    各リビジョンは、 最大で 2 つの親リビジョンを持ちます。\n"
 "    ※ 訳注: 親／子関係を持つ、 ということは、 履歴中の位置が確定している\n"
 "    ことを意味するため、 ここでは敢えて changeset を「リビジョン」と\n"
-"    訳しています。 'Changeset' も参照のこと。 "
+"    訳しています。 'Changeset' も参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Checkout\n"
@@ -11482,27 +11482,27 @@
 "Checkout\n"
 "    (名詞) [チェックアウト] 指定したリビジョン時点の内容で更新された\n"
 "    作業領域のこと。 同等の意味を表す場合、 「リビジョン」の方が妥当で\n"
-"    あるため、 この用法での使用は避けるべきです。 "
+"    あるため、 この用法での使用は避けるべきです。"
 
 msgid "    Example: \"I'm using checkout X.\""
-msgstr "    例: \"チェックアウトした X を使用する。 \""
+msgstr "    例: \"チェックアウトした X を使用する。\""
 
 msgid ""
 "    (Verb) Updating the working directory to a specific changeset. See\n"
 "    :hg:`help update`."
 msgstr ""
 "    (動詞) [チェックアウトする] 指定したリビジョンの内容で、 作業領域を\n"
-"    更新すること。  :hg:`help update` も参照のこと。 "
+"    更新すること。  :hg:`help update` も参照のこと。"
 
 msgid "    Example: \"I'm going to check out changeset X.\""
-msgstr "    例: \"リビジョン X をチェックアウトする。 \""
+msgstr "    例: \"リビジョン X をチェックアウトする。\""
 
 msgid ""
 "Child changeset\n"
 "    See 'Changeset, child'."
 msgstr ""
 "Child changeset\n"
-"    'Changeset, child' を参照のこと。 "
+"    'Changeset, child' を参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Close changeset\n"
@@ -11516,7 +11516,7 @@
 "    See 'Branch, closed'."
 msgstr ""
 "Closed branch\n"
-"    'Branch, closed' を参照のこと。 "
+"    'Branch, closed' を参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Clone\n"
@@ -11526,25 +11526,25 @@
 "Clone\n"
 "    (名詞) [複製(リポジトリ)] あるリポジトリから、 全体ないし一部を複製\n"
 "   したリポジトリのこと。 部分複製リポジトリの持つ変更履歴は、 \n"
-"   指定リビジョンとその祖先から構成されます。 "
+"   指定リビジョンとその祖先から構成されます。"
 
 msgid "    Example: \"Is your clone up to date?\"."
 msgstr "    例: \"あなたの複製(リポジトリ)は最新ですか？\""
 
 msgid "    (Verb) The process of creating a clone, using :hg:`clone`."
 msgstr ""
-"    (動詞) [(リポジトリの)複製] 複製リポジトリを作成する操作のこと。 \n"
-"    :hg:`clone` を使用します。 "
+"    (動詞) [(リポジトリの)複製] 複製リポジトリを作成する操作のこと。\n"
+"    :hg:`clone` を使用します。"
 
 msgid "    Example: \"I'm going to clone the repository\"."
-msgstr "    例: \"リポジトリを複製します。 \""
+msgstr "    例: \"リポジトリを複製します。\""
 
 msgid ""
 "Closed branch head\n"
 "    See 'Head, closed branch'."
 msgstr ""
 "Closed branch head\n"
-"    'Head, closed branch' を参照のこと。 "
+"    'Head, closed branch' を参照のこと。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Commit\n"
@@ -11553,8 +11553,8 @@
 "Commit\n"
 "    (名詞) [コミット] リビジョンの別称。  ※ 訳注: コミット済み\n"
 "    ということは、 履歴中の位置が確定していることを意味するため、 \n"
-"    ここでは敢えて changeset を「リビジョン」と訳しています。 \n"
-"    'Changeset' も参照のこと。 "
+"    ここでは敢えて changeset を「リビジョン」と訳しています。\n"
+"    'Changeset' も参照のこと。"
 
 msgid "    Example: \"Is the bug fixed in your recent commit?\""
 msgstr "    例: \"最新のコミットで、 バグは修正されていますか？\""
@@ -11565,20 +11565,20 @@
 "    differences between the committed files and their parent\n"
 "    changeset, creating a new changeset in the repository."
 msgstr ""
-"    (動詞) [コミットする] 変更内容をリポジトリに記録する操作のこと。 \n"
+"    (動詞) [コミットする] 変更内容をリポジトリに記録する操作のこと。\n"
 "    コミットの際には、 コミット対象ファイルの作業領域中の内容と、 \n"
 "    親リビジョン時点における内容との差分が確認され、 新規のリビジョンが\n"
-"    リポジトリに作成されます。 "
+"    リポジトリに作成されます。"
 
 msgid "    Example: \"You should commit those changes now.\""
-msgstr "    例: \"その変更は、 すぐにコミットすべきです。 \""
+msgstr "    例: \"その変更は、 すぐにコミットすべきです。\""
 
 msgid ""
 "Cset\n"
 "    A common abbreviation of the term changeset."
 msgstr ""
 "Cset\n"
-"    「チェンジセット」の略記。 "
+"    「チェンジセット」の略記。"
 
 msgid ""
 "DAG\n"
@@ -12133,7 +12133,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Mercurial に複数のリビジョンを指定する場合の方法には、 \n"
 "個々のリビジョンをそれぞれ指定する方法以外にも、 \":\" を区切り\n"
-"記号にした範囲指定による方法があります。 "
+"記号にした範囲指定による方法があります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END are\n"
@@ -12142,16 +12142,16 @@
 "it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means \"all revisions\"."
 msgstr ""
 "範囲表記の文法は、 \"[開始]:[終了]\" というもので、 \"開始\"・\"終了\"\n"
-"部分にはそれぞれリビジョン識別用の情報が記述されます。 \n"
+"部分にはそれぞれリビジョン識別用の情報が記述されます。\n"
 "\"開始\"・\"終了\" はそれぞれ省略可能です。 \"開始\" 部分が\n"
-"記述されない場合、 リビジョン番号 0 が記述されたものとみなされます。 \n"
-"\"終了\" 部分が記述されない場合、 tip が記述されたものとみなされます。 \n"
-"以上のことから、 \":\" という記述は \"全リビジョン\" を指します。 "
+"記述されない場合、 リビジョン番号 0 が記述されたものとみなされます。\n"
+"\"終了\" 部分が記述されない場合、 tip が記述されたものとみなされます。\n"
+"以上のことから、 \":\" という記述は \"全リビジョン\" を指します。"
 
 msgid "If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse order."
 msgstr ""
 "\"開始\" 指定が \"終了\" 指定よりも後のリビジョンである場合、 逆順指定\n"
-"とみなされます。 "
+"とみなされます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
@@ -12159,22 +12159,22 @@
 msgstr ""
 "範囲指定は \"閉区間\" とみなされます。 つまり、 3:5 という範囲指定は\n"
 "3, 4, 5 の指定と等価です。 同様に 9:6 という指定は 9, 8, 7, 6 の指定と\n"
-"等価です。 \n"
+"等価です。\n"
 
 msgid ""
 "Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more files\n"
 "at a time."
-msgstr "Mercurial には、 ファイルを特定するパターン指定方法が複数あります。 "
+msgstr "Mercurial には、 ファイルを特定するパターン指定方法が複数あります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended glob\n"
 "patterns."
 msgstr ""
 "特に指定の無い場合、 Mercurial は指定されたファイル名に対して、 \n"
-"shell 形式の拡張ワイルドカード合致を行います。 "
+"shell 形式の拡張ワイルドカード合致を行います。"
 
 msgid "Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly."
-msgstr "別な形式でのパターン記述の際には、 明示的に種別を指定してください。 "
+msgstr "別な形式でのパターン記述の際には、 明示的に種別を指定してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with\n"
@@ -12183,7 +12183,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "パターン合致を行わずに、 指定された名前をそのまま使用する場合、 \n"
 "名前の前に ``path:`` を記述します。 この形式を使用する場合、 \n"
-"リポジトリのルートからのパスと完全に一致しなければなりません。 "
+"リポジトリのルートからのパスと完全に一致しなければなりません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "To use an extended glob, start a name with ``glob:``. Globs are rooted\n"
@@ -12192,22 +12192,22 @@
 msgstr ""
 "拡張ワイルドカード合致の場合、 名前の前に ``glob:`` を記述します。 この\n"
 "形式では、 現ディレクトリからの相対になりますので、 ``*.c`` パターンは\n"
-"末尾が ``.c`` で終わる現ディレクトリ中のファイルとのみ合致します。 "
+"末尾が ``.c`` で終わる現ディレクトリ中のファイルとのみ合致します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "The supported glob syntax extensions are ``**`` to match any string\n"
 "across path separators and ``{a,b}`` to mean \"a or b\"."
 msgstr ""
 "ワイルドカードの拡張文法には、 パス区切りも含めた任意の文字列と合致する\n"
-"``**`` と、 \"a ないし b\" を意味する ``{a,b}`` という形式があります。 "
+"``**`` と、 \"a ないし b\" を意味する ``{a,b}`` という形式があります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with ``re:``.\n"
 "Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository."
 msgstr ""
-"Perl/Python 形式の正規表現の場合、 名前の前に ``re:`` を記述します。 \n"
-"正規表現形式では、 リポジトリのルートからの合致とみなされます。 \n"
-"(訳注: .hgignore での指定では付与「されません」ので注意が必要です)。 "
+"Perl/Python 形式の正規表現の場合、 名前の前に ``re:`` を記述します。\n"
+"正規表現形式では、 リポジトリのルートからの合致とみなされます。\n"
+"(訳注: .hgignore での指定では付与「されません」ので注意が必要です)。"
 
 msgid "Plain examples::"
 msgstr "パターン合致未使用例::"
@@ -12249,7 +12249,7 @@
 "  re:.*\\.c$     作業領域中の任意の位置で、 名前が \".c\" で終わるもの\n"
 
 msgid "Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions."
-msgstr "Mercurial に個々のリビジョン指定する際には複数の記法が使用できます。 "
+msgstr "Mercurial に個々のリビジョン指定する際には複数の記法が使用できます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are\n"
@@ -12257,12 +12257,12 @@
 "-2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth."
 msgstr ""
 "整数値は、 「リビジョン番号」とみなされます。 負値は、 tip からの距離を\n"
-"意味し、 -1 は tip 自身を、 -2 は tip の直前といったリビジョンを指します。 "
+"意味し、 -1 は tip 自身を、 -2 は tip の直前といったリビジョンを指します。"
 
 msgid ""
 "A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
 "identifier."
-msgstr "40桁の16進文字列は、 一意な「リビジョン識別子」とみなされます。 "
+msgstr "40桁の16進文字列は、 一意な「リビジョン識別子」とみなされます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
@@ -12272,7 +12272,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "40桁未満の16進文字列は、 一意な「リビジョン識別子」の短縮形式と\n"
 "みなされます。 短縮形式の識別子は、 厳密に1つの完全長の識別子とだけ\n"
-"前方一致する場合にのみ有効です。 "
+"前方一致する場合にのみ有効です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is a\n"
@@ -12280,17 +12280,17 @@
 "denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch names must\n"
 "not contain the \":\" character."
 msgstr ""
-"それ以外の文字列は、 「タグ名」ないし「ブランチ名」とみなされます。 \n"
-"「タグ名」はリビジョン識別子に付与されたシンボリックな名前です。 \n"
-"「ブランチ名」は、 ブランチ中の最新リビジョンを意味します。 \n"
-"タグ名およびブランチ名は \":\" を含んではなりません。 "
+"それ以外の文字列は、 「タグ名」ないし「ブランチ名」とみなされます。\n"
+"「タグ名」はリビジョン識別子に付与されたシンボリックな名前です。\n"
+"「ブランチ名」は、 ブランチ中の最新リビジョンを意味します。\n"
+"タグ名およびブランチ名は \":\" を含んではなりません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies the\n"
 "most recent revision."
 msgstr ""
 "常に「最新のリビジョン」を意味する名前 \"tip\" は、 特別なタグ名として\n"
-"予約されています。 "
+"予約されています。"
 
 msgid ""
 "The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
@@ -12298,7 +12298,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "「空リビジョン」を意味する名前 \"null\" は、 特別な名前として予約\n"
 "されています。 空リポジトリにおけるリビジョンはこのリビジョンで、 \n"
-"リビジョン 0 の親は \"null\" リビジョンです。 "
+"リビジョン 0 の親は \"null\" リビジョンです。"
 
 msgid ""
 "The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If no\n"
@@ -12307,15 +12307,15 @@
 "parent.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "常に「作業領域の親リビジョン」を示すための名前 \".\" は、 特別な名前として\n"
-"予約されています。 作業領域が未更新の場合は、 \"null\" 指定と等価です。 \n"
-"未コミットのマージ中の場合、 \".\" は第1親リビジョンを指します。 \n"
+"予約されています。 作業領域が未更新の場合は、 \"null\" 指定と等価です。\n"
+"未コミットのマージ中の場合、 \".\" は第1親リビジョンを指します。\n"
 
 msgid ""
 "Mercurial supports a functional language for selecting a set of\n"
 "revisions."
 msgstr ""
 "Mercurial は、 複数のリビジョンを一括指定するための問い合わせ言語を提供\n"
-"しています。 "
+"しています。"
 
 msgid ""
 "The language supports a number of predicates which are joined by infix\n"
@@ -12637,7 +12637,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Mercurial では、 テンプレート機能によってコマンドの出力をカスタマイズ\n"
 "することができます。 コマンドラインからの指定では、 --template による\n"
-"テンプレート指定と、 --style によるスタイル指定の両方が使用できます。 "
+"テンプレート指定と、 --style によるスタイル指定の両方が使用できます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
@@ -12653,7 +12653,7 @@
 "Usage::"
 msgstr ""
 "Mercurial には(明示的な指定が無い場合に使用される)default、 compact\n"
-"changelog および xml の4つのスタイル設定が同梱されています。 \n"
+"changelog および xml の4つのスタイル設定が同梱されています。\n"
 "利用方法は::"
 
 msgid "    $ hg log -r1 --style changelog"
@@ -12681,29 +12681,29 @@
 "log 的なコマンドでのテンプレート利用の際には常に使用可能です:"
 
 msgid ":author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset."
-msgstr ":author: 文字列。 リビジョンの作者名(記録情報そのまま)。 "
+msgstr ":author: 文字列。 リビジョンの作者名(記録情報そのまま)。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset was\n"
 "    committed. Will be empty if the branch name was default."
 msgstr ""
 ":branches: 文字列。 リビジョンの属するブランチ名。 所属ブランチが\n"
-"    default の場合は空文字列。 "
+"    default の場合は空文字列。"
 
 msgid ":children: List of strings. The children of the changeset."
-msgstr ":children: 文字列列挙。 リビジョンの子供。 "
+msgstr ":children: 文字列列挙。 リビジョンの子供。"
 
 msgid ":date: Date information. The date when the changeset was committed."
-msgstr ":date: 日時情報。 リビジョンが記録された日時。 "
+msgstr ":date: 日時情報。 リビジョンが記録された日時。"
 
 msgid ":desc: String. The text of the changeset description."
-msgstr ":desc:      文字列。 リビジョンのコミットメッセージ。 "
+msgstr ":desc:      文字列。 リビジョンのコミットメッセージ。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following format:\n"
 "    \"modified files: +added/-removed lines\""
 msgstr ""
-":diffstat: 文字列。 以下の形式での変更概要。 \n"
+":diffstat: 文字列。 以下の形式での変更概要。\n"
 "    \"変更対象ファイル: +追加行数/-削除行数\""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -12711,42 +12711,42 @@
 "    changeset."
 msgstr ""
 ":files: 文字列列挙。 当該リビジョンでの、 変更／追加登録ないし\n"
-"    登録除外ファイルの一覧。 "
+"    登録除外ファイルの一覧。"
 
 msgid ":file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset."
-msgstr ":file_adds: 文字列列挙。 当該リビジョンでの追加ファイル一覧。 "
+msgstr ":file_adds: 文字列列挙。 当該リビジョンでの追加ファイル一覧。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":file_copies: List of strings. Files copied in this changeset with\n"
 "    their sources."
-msgstr ":file_copies: 文字列列挙。  当該リビジョンでの複製元ファイル一覧。 "
+msgstr ":file_copies: 文字列列挙。  当該リビジョンでの複製元ファイル一覧。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":file_copies_switch: List of strings. Like \"file_copies\" but displayed\n"
 "    only if the --copied switch is set."
 msgstr ""
 ":file_copies_switch: 文字列列挙。  \"file_copies\" と同義だが、 \n"
-"    --copied 指定のある時のみ表示。 "
+"    --copied 指定のある時のみ表示。"
 
 msgid ":file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset."
-msgstr ":file_mods: 文字列列挙。 当該リビジョンでの変更ファイル一覧。 "
+msgstr ":file_mods: 文字列列挙。 当該リビジョンでの変更ファイル一覧。"
 
 msgid ":file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset."
-msgstr ":file_dels: 文字列列挙。 当該リビジョンでの登録除外ファイル一覧。 "
+msgstr ":file_dels: 文字列列挙。 当該リビジョンでの登録除外ファイル一覧。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a 40 hexadecimal\n"
 "    digit string."
-msgstr ":node: 文字列。 リビジョン識別用の 40 桁 16 進数ハッシュ値。 "
+msgstr ":node: 文字列。 リビジョン識別用の 40 桁 16 進数ハッシュ値。"
 
 msgid ":parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset."
-msgstr ":parents: 文字列列挙。 リビジョンの親。 "
+msgstr ":parents: 文字列列挙。 リビジョンの親。"
 
 msgid ":rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision number."
-msgstr ":rev: 整数。 各リポジトリ固有のリビジョン番号。 "
+msgstr ":rev: 整数。 各リポジトリ固有のリビジョン番号。"
 
 msgid ":tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the changeset."
-msgstr ":tags: 文字列列挙。 当該リビジョンに付与されたタグの一覧。 "
+msgstr ":tags: 文字列列挙。 当該リビジョンに付与されたタグの一覧。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":latesttag: String. Most recent global tag in the ancestors of this\n"
@@ -12766,8 +12766,8 @@
 "You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired output::"
 msgstr ""
 "\"date\" キーワードの出力は可読形式ではありません。 出力に日時情報を\n"
-"含めたい場合、 可読化するための「フィルター」を使用します。 \n"
-"「フィルター」とは、 入力値に基づいて文字列を生成する機能です。 \n"
+"含めたい場合、 可読化するための「フィルター」を使用します。\n"
+"「フィルター」とは、 入力値に基づいて文字列を生成する機能です。\n"
 "一覧系の入力に対して文字列名のフィルターを適用する場合、 最初に stringify\n"
 "フィルターを適用してください。 複数のフィルターを連ねることで、 \n"
 "様々な出力を得ることができます::"
@@ -12787,14 +12787,14 @@
 "    every line except the last."
 msgstr ""
 ":addbreaks: 文字列。 最終行を除く各行の行末に XHTML の \n"
-"    \"<br />\" タグを追加します。 "
+"    \"<br />\" タグを追加します。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference between the\n"
 "    given date/time and the current date/time."
 msgstr ""
 ":age: 日時情報。 与えられた日時と、 現在日時との差分を表す\n"
-"    可読形式の文字列を生成します。 "
+"    可読形式の文字列を生成します。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the last\n"
@@ -12804,7 +12804,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 ":basename: 文字列。 与えられた文字列をパスとみなし、 パス区切りで\n"
 "    区切られた最後の要素だけを取り出します(末尾パス\n"
-"    区切りは無視されます)。 \n"
+"    区切りは無視されます)。\n"
 "    例) \"foo/bar/baz\" は \"baz\"、 \"foo/bar//\" は \"bar\""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -12812,14 +12812,14 @@
 "    possible. For example, \"foo\" and \"foo/bar\" becomes \"foo\"."
 msgstr ""
 ":stripdir: 文字列。 与えられた文字列をパスとみなし、 ディレクトリ\n"
-"    階層があればそれを取り除きます。 \n"
+"    階層があればそれを取り除きます。\n"
 "    例) \"foo\" および \"foo/bar\" は \"foo\""
 
 msgid ""
 ":date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including the\n"
 "    timezone: \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\"."
 msgstr ""
-":date: 日時情報。 タイムゾーン込みの Unix date コマンド形式にします。 \n"
+":date: 日時情報。 タイムゾーン込みの Unix date コマンド形式にします。\n"
 "    例) \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -12828,7 +12828,7 @@
 "    <[e-mail]>`` becomes ``example.com``."
 msgstr ""
 ":domain: 文字列。 メールアドレスと思しき最初の文字列部分から\n"
-"    ドメイン部分だけを取り出します。 \n"
+"    ドメイン部分だけを取り出します。\n"
 "    例) ``User <[e-mail]>`` は ``example.com``"
 
 msgid ""
@@ -12836,7 +12836,7 @@
 "    address. Example: ``User <[e-mail]>`` becomes\n"
 "    ``[e-mail]``."
 msgstr ""
-":email: 文字列。 メールアドレスと思しき最初の部分を取り出します。 \n"
+":email: 文字列。 メールアドレスと思しき最初の部分を取り出します。\n"
 "    例) ``User <[e-mail]>`` は ``[e-mail]``"
 
 msgid ""
@@ -12844,32 +12844,32 @@
 "    and \">\" with XML entities."
 msgstr ""
 ":escape: 文字列。 XML/XHTML の特殊文字である \"&\"、 \"<\" および\n"
-"    \">\" を XML のエンティティ形式に変換します。 "
+"    \">\" を XML のエンティティ形式に変換します。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":hex: Any text. Convert a binary Mercurial node identifier into\n"
 "    its long hexadecimal representation."
 msgstr ""
-":hex: 文字列。 Mercurial の node 情報を 40 桁 16 進文字列に変換します。 "
+":hex: 文字列。 Mercurial の node 情報を 40 桁 16 進文字列に変換します。"
 
 msgid ":fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns."
-msgstr ":fill68: 文字列。 68 桁に収まるように文字列を折り返します。 "
+msgstr ":fill68: 文字列。 68 桁に収まるように文字列を折り返します。"
 
 msgid ":fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns."
-msgstr ":fill76: 文字列。 76 桁に収まるように文字列を折り返します。 "
+msgstr ":fill76: 文字列。 76 桁に収まるように文字列を折り返します。"
 
 msgid ":firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text."
-msgstr ":firstline: 文字列。 最初の行のみを取り出します。 "
+msgstr ":firstline: 文字列。 最初の行のみを取り出します。"
 
 msgid ":nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty."
-msgstr ":nonempty: 文字列。 与えられた文字列が空の場合 '(none)'となります。 "
+msgstr ":nonempty: 文字列。 与えられた文字列が空の場合 '(none)'となります。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers: \"1157407993\n"
 "    25200\" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset)."
 msgstr ""
 ":hgdate: 日時情報。 Unix タイムスタンプとタイムゾーンオフセットによる\n"
-"   数値対形式で可読化します。 \n"
+"   数値対形式で可読化します。\n"
 "   例) \"1157407993 25200\""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -12886,18 +12886,18 @@
 msgstr ""
 ":isodatesec: 日時情報。 秒情報付きの ISO 8601 形式で可読化します:\n"
 "   例) \"2009-08-18 13:00:13 +0200\"\n"
-"   ※ 後述する rfc3339date フィルタの説明も参照してください。 "
+"   ※ 後述する rfc3339date フィルタの説明も参照してください。"
 
 msgid ":localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date."
-msgstr ":localdate: 日時情報。 ローカル日時で可読化します。 "
+msgstr ":localdate: 日時情報。 ローカル日時で可読化します。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a sequence of\n"
 "    XML entities."
-msgstr ":obfuscate: 文字列。 全ての文字を XML エンティティ形式に変換します。 "
+msgstr ":obfuscate: 文字列。 全ての文字を XML エンティティ形式に変換します。"
 
 msgid ":person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address."
-msgstr ":person: 文字列。 メールアドレス直前の部分だけを取り出します。 "
+msgstr ":person: 文字列。 メールアドレス直前の部分だけを取り出します。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used in email\n"
@@ -12910,16 +12910,16 @@
 ":rfc3339date: Date. Returns a date using the Internet date format\n"
 "    specified in RFC 3339: \"2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00\"."
 msgstr ""
-":rfc3339date: 日付情報。  RFC 3339 で定められた日付形式で可読化します。 \n"
+":rfc3339date: 日付情報。  RFC 3339 で定められた日付形式で可読化します。\n"
 "    例) \"2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00\"."
 
 msgid ""
 ":short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset hash,\n"
 "    i.e. a 12 hexadecimal digit string."
-msgstr ":short: リビジョンハッシュ 値。 12 桁程度の短縮形式にします。 "
+msgstr ":short: リビジョンハッシュ 値。 12 桁程度の短縮形式にします。"
 
 msgid ":shortdate: Date. Returns a date like \"2006-09-18\"."
-msgstr ":shortdate: 日時情報。 \"2006-09-18\" 形式で可読化します。 "
+msgstr ":shortdate: 日時情報。 \"2006-09-18\" 形式で可読化します。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":stringify: Any type. Turns the value into text by converting values into\n"
@@ -12927,22 +12927,22 @@
 msgstr ":stringify: 任意のデータ。 値を文字列化して連結します"
 
 msgid ":strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace."
-msgstr ":strip: 文字列。 先頭／末尾の空白文字を取り除きます。 "
+msgstr ":strip: 文字列。 先頭／末尾の空白文字を取り除きます。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except the\n"
 "     first starting with a tab character."
-msgstr ":tabindent: 文字列。 タブ文字以外で始まる行をタブ文字で字下げします。 "
+msgstr ":tabindent: 文字列。 タブ文字以外で始まる行をタブ文字で字下げします。"
 
 msgid ""
 ":urlescape: Any text. Escapes all \"special\" characters. For example,\n"
 "    \"foo bar\" becomes \"foo%20bar\"."
 msgstr ""
-":urlescape: 文字列。 全ての「特殊」文字を変換します。 \n"
-"    例えば \"foo bar\" は \"foo%20bar\" となります。 "
+":urlescape: 文字列。 全ての「特殊」文字を変換します。\n"
+"    例えば \"foo bar\" は \"foo%20bar\" となります。"
 
 msgid ":user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email address.\n"
-msgstr ":user: 文字列。 メールアドレスのユーザ名部分を取り出します。 \n"
+msgstr ":user: 文字列。 メールアドレスのユーザ名部分を取り出します。\n"
 
 msgid "Valid URLs are of the form::"
 msgstr "有効な URL 指定は以下の形式です::"
@@ -12967,7 +12967,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 "ローカルファイルシステム上のパスが指す先は、 Mercurial のリポジトリでも、 \n"
 "バンドルファイル(:hg:`bundle` ないし :hg:`incoming --bundle` で生成)でも\n"
-"構いません。 "
+"構いません。"
 
 msgid ""
 "An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or\n"
@@ -12975,8 +12975,8 @@
 "revisions`."
 msgstr ""
 "連携先リポジトリ指定において、 '#' 記号に続けて識別子を指定することで、 \n"
-"特定のブランチ、 タグないしチェンジセットを指定することが出来ます。 \n"
-":hg:`help revisions` も参照してください。 "
+"特定のブランチ、 タグないしチェンジセットを指定することが出来ます。\n"
+":hg:`help revisions` も参照してください。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only\n"
@@ -12985,14 +12985,14 @@
 msgstr ""
 "http:// や https:// 形式の URL で指定される連携先への push の様な\n"
 "機能のうちの幾つかは、 その機能が連携先の Mercurial サーバ側で明示的に\n"
-"利用可能になっている場合に限り使用可能です。 "
+"利用可能になっている場合に限り使用可能です。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Note that the security of HTTPS URLs depends on proper configuration of\n"
 "web.cacerts."
 msgstr ""
 "HTTPS による URL 指定の安全性は、 web.cacerts における設定の\n"
-"妥当性に依存します。 "
+"妥当性に依存します。"
 
 msgid "Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:"
 msgstr "Mercurial と SSH を併用する場合の注意点:"
@@ -13003,9 +13003,9 @@
 "- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use\n"
 "  an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path::"
 msgstr ""
-"- SSH アクセス先ホスト上に、 shell アカウントと hg コマンドが必要です。 \n"
+"- SSH アクセス先ホスト上に、 shell アカウントと hg コマンドが必要です。\n"
 "  hg コマンドがアクセス先ホストの PATH 設定で利用可能になっていない\n"
-"  場合は、 --remotecmd で明示的に指定してください。 \n"
+"  場合は、 --remotecmd で明示的に指定してください。\n"
 "- URL 中のパス指定は、 アクセス先ホスト上のユーザのホームディレクトリ\n"
 "  からの相対パスとみなされます。 絶対パスを指定する場合は、 パスの先頭に\n"
 "  更にスラッシュ('/')を付与してください::"
@@ -13036,7 +13036,7 @@
 "  configuration file or with the --ssh command line option."
 msgstr ""
 "  あるいは、 設定ファイルにおける ssh コマンド指定や、 コマンドラインでの\n"
-"  --ssh オプションに対して、 'ssh -C' を指定する方法もあります。 "
+"  --ssh オプションに対して、 'ssh -C' を指定する方法もあります。"
 
 msgid ""
 "These URLs can all be stored in your configuration file with path\n"
@@ -13061,7 +13061,7 @@
 "example :hg:`pull alias1` will be treated as :hg:`pull URL1`)."
 msgstr ""
 "URL 指定が必要なコマンドに対しては、 別名を指定することが出来ます\n"
-"(例えば、 :hg:`pull alias1` は :hg:`pull URL1` と同義です)。 "
+"(例えば、 :hg:`pull alias1` は :hg:`pull URL1` と同義です)。"
 
 msgid ""
 "Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when\n"
@@ -13079,9 +13079,9 @@
 msgstr ""
 "default:\n"
 "  'hg clone' によって複製した場合、 新規リポジトリの 'default' として\n"
-"  複製元リポジトリの URL が保存されます。 \n"
+"  複製元リポジトリの URL が保存されます。\n"
 "  以後、 連携先を省略して 'hg push' や 'hg pull' に類するコマンドを\n"
-"  実行した際には、 この URL が連携先として使用されます。 "
+"  実行した際には、 この URL が連携先として使用されます。"
 
 msgid ""
 "default-push:\n"
@@ -13089,9 +13089,9 @@
 "  prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
 msgstr ""
 "default-push:\n"
-"  'hg push' は、 'default-push' の別名で定義される URL を探します。 \n"
+"  'hg push' は、 'default-push' の別名で定義される URL を探します。\n"
 "  'default' が定義されている場合でも、 'default-push' が定義されていれば\n"
-"  こちらが優先されます。 \n"
+"  こちらが優先されます。\n"
 
 msgid "remote branch lookup not supported"
 msgstr "連携先リポジトリではブランチ検索機能はサポートされていません"
@@ -13394,7 +13394,7 @@
 "partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support "
 "changegroupsubset."
 msgstr ""
-"連携先の changegroupsubset 機能未対応により、 部分取り込みできません。 "
+"連携先の changegroupsubset 機能未対応により、 部分取り込みできません。"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d changesets found\n"
@@ -14154,13 +14154,13 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s looks like a binary file."
-msgstr "%s はバイナリファイルのようです。 "
+msgstr "%s はバイナリファイルのようです。"
 
 msgid "can only specify two labels."
-msgstr "ラベルは二つのみ指定可。 "
+msgstr "ラベルは二つのみ指定可。"
 
 msgid "warning: conflicts during merge.\n"
-msgstr "警告: マージ中に衝突を発見。 \n"
+msgstr "警告: マージ中に衝突を発見。\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "couldn't parse location %s"

--- a/i18n/pt_BR.po	Sat Oct 30 12:13:52 2010 -0500
+++ b/i18n/pt_BR.po	Mon Nov 01 12:45:45 2010 -0500
@@ -3926,6 +3926,10 @@
 msgstr "\"%s\" não pode ser usado como nome de um patch"
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "\"%s\" already exists as a directory"
+msgstr "\"%s\" já existe, e é um diretório"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "patch \"%s\" already exists"
 msgstr "o patch \"%s\" já existe"
 
@@ -3933,6 +3937,10 @@
 msgstr "não se pode gerenciar revisões de mesclagem"
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "cannot write patch \"%s\": %s"
+msgstr "não é possível escrever o patch \"%s\": %s"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "error unlinking %s\n"
 msgstr "erro removendo %s\n"
 
@@ -5357,10 +5365,10 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "  [pager]\n"
-"  pager = LESS='FSRX' less"
+"  pager = less -FRSX"
 msgstr ""
 "  [pager]\n"
-"  pager = LESS='FSRX' less"
+"  pager = less -FRSX"
 
 msgid ""
 "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n"
@@ -5371,20 +5379,6 @@
 "nenhum pager será usado."
 
 msgid ""
-"By default, the pager is only executed if a command has output. To\n"
-"force the pager to run even if a command prints nothing, set::"
-msgstr ""
-"Por padrão, o pager será executado apenas se um comando gerar\n"
-"saída. Para forçar a execução do pager mesmo nesse caso, defina::"
-
-msgid ""
-"  [pager]\n"
-"  force = True"
-msgstr ""
-"  [pager]\n"
-"  force = True"
-
-msgid ""
 "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
 "setting::"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7176,6 +7170,10 @@
 msgstr "gravando remoção de %s como renomeação para %s (%d%% de similaridade)\n"
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "%s has not been committed yet, so no copy data will be stored for %s.\n"
+msgstr "%s ainda não foi consolidado, então dados de cópia não serão guardados para %s.\n"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "%s: not copying - file is not managed\n"
 msgstr "%s: não copiado - o arquivo não é gerenciado\n"
 
@@ -7215,10 +7213,6 @@
 msgid "copying %s to %s\n"
 msgstr "copiando %s para %s\n"
 
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s has not been committed yet, so no copy data will be stored for %s.\n"
-msgstr "%s ainda não foi consolidado, então dados de cópia não serão guardados para %s.\n"
-
 msgid "no source or destination specified"
 msgstr "nenhuma origem ou destino especificado"
 
@@ -10694,6 +10688,9 @@
 msgid "[PATH]"
 msgstr "[CAMINHO]"
 
+msgid "revlog format"
+msgstr "formato do revlog"
+
 msgid "REPO NAMESPACE [KEY OLD NEW]"
 msgstr "REPOSITÓRIO NAMESPACE [CHAVE ANTIGO NOVO]"
 
@@ -16126,6 +16123,20 @@
 msgid "push failed (unexpected response):"
 msgstr "o push falhou (resposta inesperada):"
 
+msgid ""
+"By default, the pager is only executed if a command has output. To\n"
+"force the pager to run even if a command prints nothing, set::"
+msgstr ""
+"Por padrão, o pager será executado apenas se um comando gerar\n"
+"saída. Para forçar a execução do pager mesmo nesse caso, defina::"
+
+msgid ""
+"  [pager]\n"
+"  force = True"
+msgstr ""
+"  [pager]\n"
+"  force = True"
+
 msgid "queue directory updating\n"
 msgstr "atualizando diretório da fila\n"
 
@@ -16145,4 +16156,3 @@
 
 msgid "** report bug details to http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n"
 msgstr "** reporte detalhes de problemas para http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n"
-

--- a/i18n/sv.po	Sat Oct 30 12:13:52 2010 -0500
+++ b/i18n/sv.po	Mon Nov 01 12:45:45 2010 -0500
@@ -13,8 +13,8 @@
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <[e-mail]>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-21 15:40+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-21 16:56+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-11-01 13:33+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-11-01 13:42+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jens Bäckman <[e-mail]>\n"
 "Language-Team: Swedish\n"
 "Language: Swedish\n"
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
 msgstr "Utökningar"
 
 msgid ""
-"This section contains help for extensions that is distributed together with "
+"This section contains help for extensions that are distributed together with "
 "Mercurial. Help for other extensions is available in the help system."
 msgstr ""
 "Den här sektioner innehåller hjälp för utökningar som levereras med "
@@ -402,11 +402,11 @@
 msgid "bookmark %s does not exist on the local or remote repository!\n"
 msgstr "bokmärket %s existerar inte i lokal- eller fjärrarkiv!\n"
 
-msgid "searching for changes\n"
-msgstr "söker efter ändringar\n"
-
-msgid "no changes found\n"
-msgstr "inga ändringar hittades\n"
+msgid "searching for changed bookmarks\n"
+msgstr "söker efter ändrade bokmärken\n"
+
+msgid "no changed bookmarks found\n"
+msgstr "inga ändrade bokmärken hittades\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "comparing with %s\n"
@@ -424,26 +424,21 @@
 msgid "compare bookmark"
 msgstr "jämför bokmärke"
 
+msgid ""
+"``bookmark([name])``\n"
+"    The named bookmark or all bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+"``bookmark([namn])``\n"
+"    Det angivna bokmärket eller alla bokmärken."
+
+#. i18n: "bookmark" is a keyword
 msgid "bookmark takes one or no arguments"
 msgstr "bookmark tar ett eller inga argument"
 
+#. i18n: "bookmark" is a keyword
 msgid "the argument to bookmark must be a string"
 msgstr "argumentet till bookmark måste vara en sträng"
 
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Added by the bookmarks extension:"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Tillagda av bookmarks-utökningen:"
-
-msgid ""
-"``bookmark([name])``\n"
-"  The named bookmark or all bookmarks.\n"
-msgstr ""
-"``bookmark([namn])``\n"
-"  Det angivna bokmärket eller alla bokmärken.\n"
-
 msgid "force"
 msgstr "tvinga"
 
@@ -994,6 +989,8 @@
 msgid "win32console not found, please install pywin32\n"
 msgstr "win32console hittades inte, installera pywin32\n"
 
+#. i18n: 'always', 'auto', and 'never' are keywords and should
+#. not be translated
 msgid "when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, or never)"
 msgstr "när färgläggning ska ske (boolean, always, auto eller never)"
 
@@ -1940,7 +1937,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "- ``eol.native`` (default ``os.linesep``) can be set to ``LF`` or\n"
-"  ``CRLF`` override the default interpretation of ``native`` for\n"
+"  ``CRLF`` to override the default interpretation of ``native`` for\n"
 "  checkout. This can be used with :hg:`archive` on Unix, say, to\n"
 "  generate an archive where files have line endings for Windows."
 msgstr ""
@@ -3162,6 +3159,9 @@
 msgid "patch %s is empty\n"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "repository commit failed"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "patch failed, rejects left in working dir\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3208,13 +3208,21 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "\"%s\" already exists as a directory"
+msgstr "\"%s\" finns redan som katalog"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "patch \"%s\" already exists"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "patchen \"%s\" existerar redan"
 
 msgid "cannot manage merge changesets"
 msgstr "kan inte hantera sammanfogningar"
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "cannot write patch \"%s\": %s"
+msgstr "kan inte skriva patchen \"%s\": %s"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "error unlinking %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3335,8 +3343,8 @@
 msgid "saved queue repository parents: %s %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "queue directory updating\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "updating queue directory\n"
+msgstr "uppdaterar kökatalog\n"
 
 msgid "Unable to load queue repository\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4436,8 +4444,10 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "  [pager]\n"
-"  pager = LESS='FSRX' less"
-msgstr ""
+"  pager = less -FRSX"
+msgstr ""
+"  [pager]\n"
+"  pager = less -FRSX"
 
 msgid ""
 "If no pager is set, the pager extensions uses the environment variable\n"
@@ -4445,20 +4455,6 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"By default, the pager is only executed if a command has output. To\n"
-"force the pager to run even if a command prints nothing, set::"
-msgstr ""
-"Som standard körs bara pagineraren om ett kommando visar något. För att\n"
-"tvinga pagineraren att köra även om ett kommando inte visar något, sätt::"
-
-msgid ""
-"  [pager]\n"
-"  force = True"
-msgstr ""
-"  [pager]\n"
-"  force = True"
-
-msgid ""
 "If you notice \"BROKEN PIPE\" error messages, you can disable them by\n"
 "setting::"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4713,6 +4709,9 @@
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "no changes found\n"
+msgstr "inga ändringar hittades\n"
+
 msgid "specify at least one changeset with -r or -o"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5581,19 +5580,9 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Added by the transplant extension:"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Tillagda av transplant-utökningen:"
-
-msgid ""
 "``transplanted(set)``\n"
-"  Transplanted changesets in set.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Specifying Revision Sets"
-msgstr "Ange Revisionsset"
+"    Transplanted changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "pull patches from REPO"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5778,6 +5767,11 @@
 "** = %sdecode:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid ""
+"win32text is deprecated: http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/"
+"Win32TextExtension\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "discover and advertise repositories on the local network"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5883,6 +5877,11 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "%s has not been committed yet, so no copy data will be stored for %s.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"%s har inte arkiverats än, så ingen kopieringsinformation lagras för %s.\n"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "%s: not copying - file is not managed\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5922,10 +5921,6 @@
 msgid "copying %s to %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s has not been committed yet, so no copy data will be stored for %s.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "no source or destination specified"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -7067,7 +7062,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial."
-"selenic.com/bts/\n"
+"selenic.com/wiki/BugTracker\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Checking commit editor...\n"
@@ -7700,12 +7695,12 @@
 "    följer bara den första föräldern i revisoner med sammanfogningar."
 
 msgid ""
-"    If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
+"    If no revision range is specified, the default is ``tip:0`` unless\n"
 "    --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
 "    used as the starting revision. You can specify a revision set for\n"
 "    log, see :hg:`help revsets` for more information."
 msgstr ""
-"    Om ingen revisionsserie specificeras, används tip:0 som standard om\n"
+"    Om ingen revisionsserie specificeras, används ``tip:0`` som standard om\n"
 "    inte --follow är satt, då arbetskatalogens förälder används som första\n"
 "    revision. Du kan ange ett revisionsset för log, se :hg:`help revsets`\n"
 "    för mer information."
@@ -8188,7 +8183,8 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    - :hg:`resolve [--tool] FILE...`: attempt to re-merge the specified\n"
+"    - :hg:`resolve [--tool TOOL] FILE...`: attempt to re-merge the "
+"specified\n"
 "      files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re-merging is not\n"
 "      performed for files already marked as resolved. Use ``--all/-a``\n"
 "      to selects all unresolved files. ``--tool`` can be used to specify\n"
@@ -8869,14 +8865,15 @@
 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n"
 msgstr "Mercurial Distribuerad SCM (version %s)\n"
 
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Matt Mackall <[e-mail]> and others\n"
+msgid "(see http://mercurial.selenic.com for more information)"
+msgstr "(se http://mercurial.selenic.com för mer information)"
+
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Matt Mackall and others\n"
 "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n"
 "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
 msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Matt Mackall <[e-mail]> och andra\n"
+"Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Matt Mackall och andra\n"
 "Detta är fri mjukvara; se källkoden för kopieringsvillkor. Det ges INGEN\n"
 "garanti; inte ens för SÄLJBARHET eller ATT PASSA FÖR ETT VISST ÄNDAMÅL.\n"
 
@@ -9072,6 +9069,9 @@
 msgid "parent to choose when backing out merge"
 msgstr "förälder att välja när en sammanfogning återkallas"
 
+msgid "specify merge tool"
+msgstr "ange sammanfogningsverktyg"
+
 msgid "revision to backout"
 msgstr "revision att återkalla"
 
@@ -9234,6 +9234,9 @@
 msgid "[PATH]"
 msgstr "[SÖKVÄG]"
 
+msgid "revlog format"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "REPO NAMESPACE [KEY OLD NEW]"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9438,9 +9441,6 @@
 msgid "force a merge with outstanding changes"
 msgstr "tvinga en sammanfogning med utestående ändringar"
 
-msgid "specify merge tool"
-msgstr "ange sammanfogningsverktyg"
-
 msgid "revision to merge"
 msgstr "revision att sammanfoga"
 
@@ -9766,6 +9766,9 @@
 msgid "unsupported file type (type is %s)"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "searching for changes\n"
+msgstr "söker efter ändringar\n"
+
 msgid "queries"
 msgstr "frågor"
 
@@ -9809,6 +9812,10 @@
 msgstr "avbryter: %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "(%s)\n"
+msgstr "(%s)\n"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "hg: parse error at %s: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9867,10 +9874,6 @@
 msgid "hg: unknown command '%s'\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, python-format
-msgid "(%s)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "(did you forget to compile extensions?)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9895,13 +9898,10 @@
 msgid "abort: out of memory\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "** unknown exception encountered, details follow\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "** report bug details to http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "** or [e-mail]\n"
+msgid "** unknown exception encountered, please report by visiting\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "**  http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/BugTracker\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -10074,6 +10074,9 @@
 msgid "Specifying Multiple Revisions"
 msgstr "Ange Flera Revisioner"
 
+msgid "Specifying Revision Sets"
+msgstr "Ange Revisionsset"
+
 msgid "Diff Formats"
 msgstr "Diff-format"
 
@@ -10089,6 +10092,9 @@
 msgid "Using additional features"
 msgstr "Använda ytterligare funktioner"
 
+msgid "Subrepositories"
+msgstr "Underarkiv"
+
 msgid "Configuring hgweb"
 msgstr "Konfiguration av hgweb"
 
@@ -10373,6 +10379,15 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
+"HGENCODINGAMBIGUOUS\n"
+"    This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling characters with\n"
+"    \"ambiguous\" widths like accented Latin characters with East Asian\n"
+"    fonts. By default, Mercurial assumes ambiguous characters are\n"
+"    narrow, set this variable to \"wide\" if such characters cause\n"
+"    formatting problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
 "HGMERGE\n"
 "    An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
 "    will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
@@ -11172,36 +11187,60 @@
 "made on both branches."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "The merge tools are used both for :hg:`resolve` and :hg:`merge`."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically, by combining all the\n"
-"non-overlapping changes that occurred separately in the two different\n"
-"evolutions of the same initial base file. Furthermore, some\n"
+msgid ""
+"Merge tools are used both for :hg:`resolve`, :hg:`merge`, :hg:`update`,\n"
+":hg:`backout` and in several extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by\n"
+"combining all non-overlapping changes that occurred separately in\n"
+"the two different evolutions of the same initial base file. Furthermore, "
+"some\n"
 "interactive merge programs make it easier to manually resolve\n"
 "conflicting merges, either in a graphical way, or by inserting some\n"
 "conflict markers. Mercurial does not include any interactive merge\n"
-"programs but relies on external tools for that. External merge tools\n"
-"and their properties and usage is configured in merge-tools section -\n"
-"see hgrc(5)."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"There are a some internal merge tools which can be used. The internal\n"
+"programs but relies on external tools for that."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Available merge tools\n"
+"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"External merge tools and their properties are configured in the\n"
+"merge-tools configuration section - see hgrc(5) - but they can often just\n"
+"be named by their executable."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"A merge tool is generally usable if its executable can be found on the\n"
+"system and if it can handle the merge. The executable is found if it\n"
+"is an absolute or relative executable path or the name of an\n"
+"application in the executable search path. The tool is assumed to be\n"
+"able to handle the merge if it can handle symlinks if the file is a\n"
+"symlink, if it can handle binary files if the file is binary, and if a\n"
+"GUI is available if the tool requires a GUI."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"There are some internal merge tools which can be used. The internal\n"
 "merge tools are:"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "``internal:merge``\n"
-"   Uses the internal non-interactive merge tool for merging files."
+"   Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging\n"
+"   files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in\n"
+"   the partially merged file."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "``internal:fail``\n"
 "   Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both\n"
-"   branches, it marks these files as unresolved. Then the resolve\n"
-"   command must be used to mark files resolved."
+"   branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be\n"
+"   used to resolve these conflicts."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -11211,7 +11250,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "``internal:other``\n"
-"   Uses the remote version of files as the merged version."
+"   Uses the other version of files as the merged version."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -11224,63 +11263,93 @@
 "``internal:dump``\n"
 "   Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the\n"
 "   contents of local, other and base. These files can then be used to\n"
-"   perform a merge manually. If the file merged is name ``a.txt``,\n"
-"   these files will accordingly be named ``a.txt.local``,\n"
+"   perform a merge manually. If the file to be merged is named\n"
+"   ``a.txt``, these files will accordingly be named ``a.txt.local``,\n"
 "   ``a.txt.other`` and ``a.txt.base`` and they will be placed in the\n"
-"   same directory as the file to merge."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "How Mercurial decides which merge program to use"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"1. If the ``HGMERGE`` environment variable is present, it is used. If\n"
-"   specified it must be either an executable path or the name of an\n"
-"   application in your executable search path."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"2. If the filename of the file to be merged matches any of the\n"
-"   patterns in the merge-patterns configuration section, then the\n"
-"   corresponding merge tool is used, unless the file to be merged is a\n"
-"   symlink. Here binary capabilities of the merge tool are not\n"
-"   considered."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "3. If ui.merge is set, it is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"4. If any merge tools are present in the merge-tools configuration\n"
-"   section, and any of the tools can be found on the system, the\n"
-"   priority settings are used to determine which one to use. Binary,\n"
-"   symlink and GUI capabilities do also have to match."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "5. If a program named ``hgmerge`` exists on the system, it is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"6. If the file to be merged is not binary and is not a symlink, then\n"
+"   same directory as ``a.txt``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Internal tools are always available and do not require a GUI but will by "
+"default\n"
+"not handle symlinks or binary files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Choosing a merge tool\n"
+"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Mercurial uses these rules when deciding which merge tool to use:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"1. If a tool has been specified with the --tool option to merge or resolve, "
+"it\n"
+"   is used.  If it is the name of a tool in the merge-tools configuration, "
+"its\n"
+"   configuration is used. Otherwise the specified tool must be executable "
+"by\n"
+"   the shell."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"2. If the ``HGMERGE`` environment variable is present, its value is used "
+"and\n"
+"   must be executable by the shell."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"3. If the filename of the file to be merged matches any of the patterns in "
+"the\n"
+"   merge-patterns configuration section, the first usable merge tool\n"
+"   corresponding to a matching pattern is used. Here, binary capabilities of "
+"the\n"
+"   merge tool are not considered."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"4. If ui.merge is set it will be considered next. If the value is not the "
+"name\n"
+"   of a configured tool, the specified value is used and must be executable "
+"by\n"
+"   the shell. Otherwise the named tool is used if it is usable."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"5. If any usable merge tools are present in the merge-tools configuration\n"
+"   section, the one with the highest priority is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"6. If a program named ``hgmerge`` can be found on the system, it is used - "
+"but\n"
+"   it will by default not be used for symlinks and binary files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"7. If the file to be merged is not binary and is not a symlink, then\n"
 "   ``internal:merge`` is used."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "7. The merge fails."
+msgid "8. The merge of the file fails and must be resolved before commit."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 ".. note::\n"
 "   After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt\n"
-"   to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first, to see if\n"
-"   they can be merged without conflicts. Only if there are conflicting\n"
-"   changes Mercurial will actually execute the merge program. Whether\n"
-"   to use the simple merge algorithm first can be controlled be the\n"
-"   premerge setting of the merge tool, which is enabled by default\n"
-"   unless the file is binary or symlink."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"See the merge-tools and ui sections of hgrc(5) for details on\n"
+"   to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it "
+"doesn't\n"
+"   succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually execute "
+"the\n"
+"   merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm first can be\n"
+"   controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. Premerge is enabled "
+"by\n"
+"   default unless the file is binary or a symlink."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"See the merge-tools and ui sections of hgrc(5) for details on the\n"
 "configuration of merge tools.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -11529,195 +11598,7 @@
 msgid "The following predicates are supported:"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid ""
-"``adds(pattern)``\n"
-"  Changesets that add a file matching pattern."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``all()``\n"
-"  All changesets, the same as ``0:tip``."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``ancestor(single, single)``\n"
-"  Greatest common ancestor of the two changesets."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``ancestors(set)``\n"
-"  Changesets that are ancestors of a changeset in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``author(string)``\n"
-"  Alias for ``user(string)``."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``branch(set)``\n"
-"  All changesets belonging to the branches of changesets in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``children(set)``\n"
-"  Child changesets of changesets in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``closed()``\n"
-"  Changeset is closed."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``contains(pattern)``\n"
-"  Revision contains pattern."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``date(interval)``\n"
-"  Changesets within the interval, see :hg:`help dates`."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``descendants(set)``\n"
-"  Changesets which are descendants of changesets in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``file(pattern)``\n"
-"  Changesets affecting files matched by pattern."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``follow()``\n"
-"  An alias for ``::.`` (ancestors of the working copy's first parent)."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``grep(regex)``\n"
-"  Like ``keyword(string)`` but accepts a regex. Use ``grep(r'...')``\n"
-"  to ensure special escape characters are handled correctly."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``head()``\n"
-"  Changeset is a named branch head."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``heads(set)``\n"
-"  Members of set with no children in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``id(string)``\n"
-"  Revision non-ambiguously specified by the given hex string prefix"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``keyword(string)``\n"
-"  Search commit message, user name, and names of changed files for\n"
-"  string."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``limit(set, n)``\n"
-"  First n members of set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``max(set)``\n"
-"  Changeset with highest revision number in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``min(set)``\n"
-"  Changeset with lowest revision number in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``merge()``\n"
-"  Changeset is a merge changeset."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``modifies(pattern)``\n"
-"  Changesets modifying files matched by pattern."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``outgoing([path])``\n"
-"  Changesets not found in the specified destination repository, or the\n"
-"  default push location."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``p1(set)``\n"
-"  First parent of changesets in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``p2(set)``\n"
-"  Second parent of changesets in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``parents(set)``\n"
-"  The set of all parents for all changesets in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``present(set)``\n"
-"  An empty set, if any revision in set isn't found; otherwise,\n"
-"  all revisions in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``removes(pattern)``\n"
-"  Changesets which remove files matching pattern."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``rev(number)``\n"
-"  Revision with the given numeric identifier."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``reverse(set)``\n"
-"  Reverse order of set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``roots(set)``\n"
-"  Changesets with no parent changeset in set."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``sort(set[, [-]key...])``\n"
-"  Sort set by keys. The default sort order is ascending, specify a key\n"
-"  as ``-key`` to sort in descending order."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "  The keys can be:"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  - ``rev`` for the revision number,\n"
-"  - ``branch`` for the branch name,\n"
-"  - ``desc`` for the commit message (description),\n"
-"  - ``user`` for user name (``author`` can be used as an alias),\n"
-"  - ``date`` for the commit date"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``tag(name)``\n"
-"  The specified tag by name, or all tagged revisions if no name is given."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"``user(string)``\n"
-"  User name is string."
+msgid ".. predicatesmarker"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Command line equivalents for :hg:`log`::"
@@ -11740,19 +11621,19 @@
 msgid "- Changesets on the default branch::"
 msgstr "- Ändringar på default-grenen::"
 
-msgid "    hg log -r 'branch(default)'"
-msgstr "    hg log -r 'branch(default)'"
+msgid "    hg log -r \"branch(default)\""
+msgstr "    hg log -r \"branch(default)\""
 
 msgid "- Changesets on the default branch since tag 1.5 (excluding merges)::"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "    hg log -r 'branch(default) and 1.5:: and not merge()'"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "    hg log -r \"branch(default) and 1.5:: and not merge()\""
+msgstr "    hg log -r \"branch(default) and 1.5:: and not merge()\""
 
 msgid "- Open branch heads::"
 msgstr "- Öppna grenhuvuden::"
 
-msgid "    hg log -r 'head() and not closed()'"
+msgid "    hg log -r \"head() and not closed()\""
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -11760,13 +11641,13 @@
 "  ``hgext/*``::"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "    hg log -r '1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file(\"hgext/*\")'"
+msgid "    hg log -r \"1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file('hgext/*')\""
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "- Changesets in committed May 2008, sorted by user::"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "    hg log -r 'sort(date(\"May 2008\"), user)'"
+msgid "    hg log -r \"sort(date('May 2008'), user)\""
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -11775,8 +11656,192 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    hg log -r '(keyword(bug) or keyword(issue)) and not ancestors(tagged"
-"())'\n"
+"    hg log -r \"(keyword(bug) or keyword(issue)) and not ancestors(tagged"
+"())\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Subrepositories let you nest external repositories or projects into a\n"
+"parent Mercurial repository, and make commands operate on them as a\n"
+"group. External Mercurial and Subversion projects are currently\n"
+"supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Subrepositories are made of three components:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"1. Nested repository checkouts. They can appear anywhere in the\n"
+"   parent working directory, and are Mercurial clones or Subversion\n"
+"   checkouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"2. Nested repository references. They are defined in ``.hgsub`` and\n"
+"   tell where the subrepository checkouts come from. Mercurial\n"
+"   subrepositories are referenced like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "     path/to/nested = https://example.com/nested/repo/path"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"   where ``path/to/nested`` is the checkout location relatively to the\n"
+"   parent Mercurial root, and ``https://example.com/nested/repo/path``\n"
+"   is the source repository path. The source can also reference a\n"
+"   filesystem path. Subversion repositories are defined with:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "     path/to/nested = [svn]https://example.com/nested/trunk/path"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"   Note that ``.hgsub`` does not exist by default in Mercurial\n"
+"   repositories, you have to create and add it to the parent\n"
+"   repository before using subrepositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"3. Nested repository states. They are defined in ``.hgsubstate`` and\n"
+"   capture whatever information is required to restore the\n"
+"   subrepositories to the state they were committed in a parent\n"
+"   repository changeset. Mercurial automatically record the nested\n"
+"   repositories states when committing in the parent repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"   .. note::\n"
+"      The ``.hgsubstate`` file should not be edited manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Adding a Subrepository\n"
+"----------------------"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"If ``.hgsub`` does not exist, create it and add it to the parent\n"
+"repository. Clone or checkout the external projects where you want it\n"
+"to live in the parent repository. Edit ``.hgsub`` and add the\n"
+"subrepository entry as described above. At this point, the\n"
+"subrepository is tracked and the next commit will record its state in\n"
+"``.hgsubstate`` and bind it to the committed changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Synchronizing a Subrepository\n"
+"-----------------------------"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Subrepos do not automatically track the latest changeset of their\n"
+"sources. Instead, they are updated to the changeset that corresponds\n"
+"with the changeset checked out in the top-level changeset. This is so\n"
+"developers always get a consistent set of compatible code and\n"
+"libraries when they update."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Thus, updating subrepos is a manual process. Simply check out target\n"
+"subrepo at the desired revision, test in the top-level repo, then\n"
+"commit in the parent repository to record the new combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Deleting a Subrepository\n"
+"------------------------"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"To remove a subrepository from the parent repository, delete its\n"
+"reference from ``.hgsub``, then remove its files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Interaction with Mercurial Commands\n"
+"-----------------------------------"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":add: add does not recurse in subrepos unless -S/--subrepos is\n"
+"    specified. Subversion subrepositories are currently silently\n"
+"    ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":archive: archive does not recurse in subrepositories unless\n"
+"    -S/--subrepos is specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":commit: commit creates a consistent snapshot of the state of the\n"
+"    entire project and its subrepositories. It does this by first\n"
+"    attempting to commit all modified subrepositories, then recording\n"
+"    their state and finally committing it in the parent repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":diff: diff does not recurse in subrepos unless -S/--subrepos is\n"
+"    specified. Changes are displayed as usual, on the subrepositories\n"
+"    elements. Subversion subrepositories are currently silently\n"
+"    ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":incoming: incoming does not recurse in subrepos unless -S/--subrepos\n"
+"    is specified. Subversion subrepositories are currently silently\n"
+"    ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":outgoing: outgoing does not recurse in subrepos unless -S/--subrepos\n"
+"    is specified. Subversion subrepositories are currently silently\n"
+"    ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":pull: pull is not recursive since it is not clear what to pull prior\n"
+"    to running :hg:`update`. Listing and retrieving all\n"
+"    subrepositories changes referenced by the parent repository pulled\n"
+"    changesets is expensive at best, impossible in the Subversion\n"
+"    case."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":push: Mercurial will automatically push all subrepositories first\n"
+"    when the parent repository is being pushed. This ensures new\n"
+"    subrepository changes are available when referenced by top-level\n"
+"    repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":status: status does not recurse into subrepositories unless\n"
+"    -S/--subrepos is specified. Subrepository changes are displayed as\n"
+"    regular Mercurial changes on the subrepository\n"
+"    elements. Subversion subrepositories are currently silently\n"
+"    ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":update: update restores the subrepos in the state they were\n"
+"    originally committed in target changeset. If the recorded\n"
+"    changeset is not available in the current subrepository, Mercurial\n"
+"    will pull it in first before updating.  This means that updating\n"
+"    can require network access when using subrepositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Remapping Subrepositories Sources\n"
+"---------------------------------"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"A subrepository source location may change during a project life,\n"
+"invalidating references stored in the parent repository history. To\n"
+"fix this, rewriting rules can be defined in parent repository ``hgrc``\n"
+"file or in Mercurial configuration. See the ``[subpaths]`` section in\n"
+"hgrc(5) for more details."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -12856,45 +12921,146 @@
 msgid "not a function: %s"
 msgstr "inte en funktion: %s"
 
+msgid ""
+"``id(string)``\n"
+"    Revision non-ambiguously specified by the given hex string prefix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "id" is a keyword
 msgid "id requires one argument"
 msgstr "id kräver ett argument"
 
+#. i18n: "id" is a keyword
 msgid "id requires a string"
 msgstr "id kräver en sträng"
 
+msgid ""
+"``rev(number)``\n"
+"    Revision with the given numeric identifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "rev" is a keyword
 msgid "rev requires one argument"
 msgstr "rev kräver ett argument"
 
+#. i18n: "rev" is a keyword
 msgid "rev requires a number"
 msgstr "rev kräver ett nummer"
 
+#. i18n: "rev" is a keyword
 msgid "rev expects a number"
 msgstr "rev förväntar sig ett nummer"
 
+msgid ""
+"``p1(set)``\n"
+"    First parent of changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``p2(set)``\n"
+"    Second parent of changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``parents(set)``\n"
+"    The set of all parents for all changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``max(set)``\n"
+"    Changeset with highest revision number in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``min(set)``\n"
+"    Changeset with lowest revision number in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``limit(set, n)``\n"
+"    First n members of set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "limit" is a keyword
 msgid "limit requires two arguments"
 msgstr "limit kräver två argument"
 
+#. i18n: "limit" is a keyword
 msgid "limit requires a number"
 msgstr "limit kräver ett nummer"
 
+#. i18n: "limit" is a keyword
 msgid "limit expects a number"
 msgstr "limit förväntar sig ett nummer"
 
+msgid ""
+"``children(set)``\n"
+"    Child changesets of changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``branch(set)``\n"
+"    All changesets belonging to the branches of changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``ancestor(single, single)``\n"
+"    Greatest common ancestor of the two changesets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "ancestor" is a keyword
 msgid "ancestor requires two arguments"
 msgstr "ancestor kräver två argument"
 
+#. i18n: "ancestor" is a keyword
 msgid "ancestor arguments must be single revisions"
 msgstr "argument till ancestor måste vara singelrevisioner"
 
+msgid ""
+"``ancestors(set)``\n"
+"    Changesets that are ancestors of a changeset in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``descendants(set)``\n"
+"    Changesets which are descendants of changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``follow()``\n"
+"    An alias for ``::.`` (ancestors of the working copy's first parent)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "follow" is a keyword
 msgid "follow takes no arguments"
 msgstr "follow tar inga argument"
 
+msgid ""
+"``date(interval)``\n"
+"    Changesets within the interval, see :hg:`help dates`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "date" is a keyword
 msgid "date requires a string"
 msgstr "date kräver en sträng"
 
+msgid ""
+"``keyword(string)``\n"
+"    Search commit message, user name, and names of changed files for\n"
+"    string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "keyword" is a keyword
 msgid "keyword requires a string"
 msgstr "keyword kräver en sträng"
 
+msgid ""
+"``grep(regex)``\n"
+"    Like ``keyword(string)`` but accepts a regex. Use ``grep(r'...')``\n"
+"    to ensure special escape characters are handled correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "grep" is a keyword
 msgid "grep requires a string"
 msgstr "grep kräver en sträng"
 
@@ -12902,33 +13068,121 @@
 msgid "invalid match pattern: %s"
 msgstr "ogiltigt träffmönster: %s"
 
+msgid ""
+"``author(string)``\n"
+"    Alias for ``user(string)``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "author" is a keyword
 msgid "author requires a string"
 msgstr "author kräver en sträng"
 
+msgid ""
+"``user(string)``\n"
+"    User name is string."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``file(pattern)``\n"
+"    Changesets affecting files matched by pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "file" is a keyword
 msgid "file requires a pattern"
 msgstr "file kräver ett mönster"
 
+msgid ""
+"``contains(pattern)``\n"
+"    Revision contains pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "contains" is a keyword
 msgid "contains requires a pattern"
 msgstr "contains kräver ett mönster"
 
+msgid ""
+"``modifies(pattern)``\n"
+"    Changesets modifying files matched by pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "modifies" is a keyword
 msgid "modifies requires a pattern"
 msgstr "modifies kräver ett mönster"
 
+msgid ""
+"``adds(pattern)``\n"
+"    Changesets that add a file matching pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "adds" is a keyword
 msgid "adds requires a pattern"
 msgstr "adds kräver ett mönster"
 
+msgid ""
+"``removes(pattern)``\n"
+"    Changesets which remove files matching pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "removes" is a keyword
 msgid "removes requires a pattern"
 msgstr "removes kräver ett mänster"
 
+msgid ""
+"``merge()``\n"
+"    Changeset is a merge changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "merge" is a keyword
 msgid "merge takes no arguments"
 msgstr "merge tar inga argument"
 
+msgid ""
+"``closed()``\n"
+"    Changeset is closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "closed" is a keyword
 msgid "closed takes no arguments"
 msgstr "closed tar inga argument"
 
+msgid ""
+"``head()``\n"
+"    Changeset is a named branch head."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "head" is a keyword
 msgid "head takes no arguments"
 msgstr "head tar inga argument"
 
+msgid ""
+"``reverse(set)``\n"
+"    Reverse order of set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``present(set)``\n"
+"    An empty set, if any revision in set isn't found; otherwise,\n"
+"    all revisions in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``sort(set[, [-]key...])``\n"
+"    Sort set by keys. The default sort order is ascending, specify a key\n"
+"    as ``-key`` to sort in descending order."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    The keys can be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    - ``rev`` for the revision number,\n"
+"    - ``branch`` for the branch name,\n"
+"    - ``desc`` for the commit message (description),\n"
+"    - ``user`` for user name (``author`` can be used as an alias),\n"
+"    - ``date`` for the commit date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "sort" is a keyword
 msgid "sort requires one or two arguments"
 msgstr "sort kräver ett eller två argument"
 
@@ -12939,15 +13193,45 @@
 msgid "unknown sort key %r"
 msgstr "okänd sorteringsnyckel %r"
 
+msgid ""
+"``all()``\n"
+"    All changesets, the same as ``0:tip``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "all" is a keyword
 msgid "all takes no arguments"
 msgstr "all tar inga argument"
 
+msgid ""
+"``heads(set)``\n"
+"    Members of set with no children in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``roots(set)``\n"
+"    Changesets with no parent changeset in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``outgoing([path])``\n"
+"    Changesets not found in the specified destination repository, or the\n"
+"    default push location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "outgoing" is a keyword
 msgid "outgoing requires a repository path"
 msgstr "outgoing kräver en arkivsökväg"
 
+msgid ""
+"``tag(name)``\n"
+"    The specified tag by name, or all tagged revisions if no name is given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "tag" is a keyword
 msgid "tag takes one or no arguments"
 msgstr "tag tar ett eller inga argument"
 
+#. i18n: "tag" is a keyword
 msgid "the argument to tag must be a string"
 msgstr "argumentet till tag måste vara en sträng"
 

--- a/i18n/zh_TW.po	Sat Oct 30 12:13:52 2010 -0500
+++ b/i18n/zh_TW.po	Mon Nov 01 12:45:45 2010 -0500
@@ -2,647 +2,53 @@
 # Copyright (C) 2009 Matt Mackall <[e-mail]> and others
 # This file is distributed under the same license as the Mercurial package.
 # Chia-Huan Wu <[e-mail]>, 2009.
-# 
+#
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: Mercurial\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: <[e-mail]>\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-10-25 12:38+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-10-31 22:27+0100\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-10-25 12:50+0100\n"
-"Last-Translator: Chia-Huan Wu <[e-mail]>\n"
+"Last-Translator: Chia-Huan Wu <[e-mail]>,"
+"leolarrel<[e-mail]>\n"
 "Language-Team: Traditional Chinese\n"
+"Language: \n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid " (default: %s)"
-msgstr " (預設: %s)"
-
-msgid "OPTIONS"
+msgstr "(內定: %s)"
+
+msgid "Options"
 msgstr "選項"
 
-msgid "COMMANDS"
-msgstr "命令"
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "    options:"
-msgstr "    選項: \n"
+msgid "Commands"
+msgstr "基本命令"
+
+msgid "Extensions"
+msgstr "擴充套件"
+
+msgid ""
+"This section contains help for extensions that are distributed together with "
+"Mercurial. Help for other extensions is available in the help system."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "options:"
+msgstr "選項:"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "    aliases: %s"
-msgstr "    別名: %s"
-
-msgid "Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"- backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
-"- log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  \"Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006\" (local timezone assumed)\n"
-"  \"Dec 6 13:18 -0600\" (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
-"  \"Dec 6 13:18 UTC\" (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
-"  \"Dec 6\" (midnight)\n"
-"  \"13:18\" (today assumed)\n"
-"  \"3:39\" (3:39AM assumed)\n"
-"  \"3:39pm\" (15:39)\n"
-"  \"2006-12-06 13:18:29\" (ISO 8601 format)\n"
-"  \"2006-12-6 13:18\"\n"
-"  \"2006-12-6\"\n"
-"  \"12-6\"\n"
-"  \"12/6\"\n"
-"  \"12/6/6\" (Dec 6 2006)"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "  \"1165432709 0\" (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is the\n"
-"number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset is\n"
-"the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative if\n"
-"the timezone is east of UTC)."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "The log command also accepts date ranges::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  \"<{datetime}\" - at or before a given date/time\n"
-"  \">{datetime}\" - on or after a given date/time\n"
-"  \"{datetime} to {datetime}\" - a date range, inclusive\n"
-"  \"-{days}\" - within a given number of days of today\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of\n"
-"a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be\n"
-"used by GNU patch and many other standard tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
-"following information:"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"- executable status and other permission bits\n"
-"- copy or rename information\n"
-"- changes in binary files\n"
-"- creation or deletion of empty files"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
-"which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not produced\n"
-"by default because a few widespread tools still do not understand this\n"
-"format."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
-"(e.g. with \"hg export\"), you should be careful about things like file\n"
-"copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because when\n"
-"applying a standard diff to a different repository, this extra\n"
-"information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like push and\n"
-"pull) are not affected by this, because they use an internal binary\n"
-"format for communicating changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the --git\n"
-"option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff]\n"
-"section of your hgrc. You do not need to set this option when\n"
-"importing diffs in this format or using them in the mq extension.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"HG\n"
-"    Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running\n"
-"    hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
-"    the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
-"    'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
-"    Windows) is searched."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"HGEDITOR\n"
-"    This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "    (deprecated, use .hgrc)"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"HGENCODING\n"
-"    This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
-"    This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
-"    changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
-"    be overridden with the --encoding command-line option."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"HGENCODINGMODE\n"
-"    This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
-"    while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
-"    causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
-"    settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n"
-"    \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
-"    the --encodingmode command-line option."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"HGMERGE\n"
-"    An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
-"    will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
-"    ancestor file."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"HGRCPATH\n"
-"    A list of files or directories to search for hgrc files. Item\n"
-"    separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH is not set,\n"
-"    platform default search path is used. If empty, only the .hg/hgrc\n"
-"    from the current repository is read."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "    For each element in HGRCPATH:"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"    - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
-"    - otherwise, the file itself will be added"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"HGUSER\n"
-"    This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
-"    available values will be considered in this order:"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"    - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
-"    - hgrc files from the HGRCPATH\n"
-"    - EMAIL\n"
-"    - interactive prompt\n"
-"    - LOGNAME (with '@hostname' appended)"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"EMAIL\n"
-"    May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"LOGNAME\n"
-"    May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"VISUAL\n"
-"    This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"EDITOR\n"
-"    Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
-"    user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
-"    editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
-"    variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n"
-"    non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
-"    defaults to 'vi'."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"PYTHONPATH\n"
-"    This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
-"    set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
-"extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n"
-"existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n"
-"implement hooks."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
-"they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
-"usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
-"as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
-"for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
-"Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
-"needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in\n"
-"the Python search path, create an entry for it in your hgrc, like\n"
-"this::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  [extensions]\n"
-"  foo ="
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "You may also specify the full path to an extension::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  [extensions]\n"
-"  myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"To explicitly disable an extension enabled in an hgrc of broader\n"
-"scope, prepend its path with !::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  [extensions]\n"
-"  # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
-"  bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
-"  # ditto, but no path was supplied for extension baz\n"
-"  baz = !\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be specified\n"
-"individually, or provided as a topologically continuous range,\n"
-"separated by the \":\" character."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END are\n"
-"revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If BEGIN is not\n"
-"specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END is not specified,\n"
-"it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means \"all revisions\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse order."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
-"gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more files\n"
-"at a time."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended glob\n"
-"patterns."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with\n"
-"``path:``. These path names must completely match starting at the\n"
-"current repository root."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"To use an extended glob, start a name with ``glob:``. Globs are rooted\n"
-"at the current directory; a glob such as ``*.c`` will only match files\n"
-"in the current directory ending with ``.c``."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"The supported glob syntax extensions are ``**`` to match any string\n"
-"across path separators and ``{a,b}`` to mean \"a or b\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with ``re:``.\n"
-"Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Plain examples::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  path:foo/bar   a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
-"                 of the repository\n"
-"  path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\""
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Glob examples::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  glob:*.c       any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
-"  *.c            any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
-"  **.c           any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
-"                 current directory including itself.\n"
-"  foo/*.c        any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
-"  foo/**.c       any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
-"                 including itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Regexp examples::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "  re:.*\\.c$      any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are\n"
-"treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip,\n"
-"-2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
-"identifier."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
-"unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n"
-"identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix\n"
-"of exactly one full-length identifier."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is a\n"
-"symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch name\n"
-"denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch names must\n"
-"not contain the \":\" character."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies the\n"
-"most recent revision."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
-"revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If no\n"
-"working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an\n"
-"uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the first\n"
-"parent.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
-"templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n"
-"line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n"
-"template-style (--style)."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
-"outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Three styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
-"when no explicit preference is passed), compact and changelog.\n"
-"Usage::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "    $ hg log -r1 --style changelog"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
-"expansion::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"    $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
-"    b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n"
-"keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
-"keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-":author:    String. The unmodified author of the changeset.\n"
-":branches:  String. The name of the branch on which the changeset\n"
-"            was committed. Will be empty if the branch name was\n"
-"            default.\n"
-":date:      Date information. The date when the changeset was\n"
-"            committed.\n"
-":desc:      String. The text of the changeset description.\n"
-":diffstat:  String. Statistics of changes with the following\n"
-"            format: \"modified files: +added/-removed lines\"\n"
-":files:     List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed\n"
-"            by this changeset.\n"
-":file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset.\n"
-":file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset.\n"
-":file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset.\n"
-":node:      String. The changeset identification hash, as a\n"
-"            40-character hexadecimal string.\n"
-":parents:   List of strings. The parents of the changeset.\n"
-":rev:       Integer. The repository-local changeset revision\n"
-"            number.\n"
-":tags:      List of strings. Any tags associated with the\n"
-"            changeset.\n"
-":latesttag: String. Most recent global tag in the ancestors of this\n"
-"            changeset.\n"
-":latesttagdistance: Integer. Longest path to the latest tag."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
-"want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
-"it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
-"variable. You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired\n"
-"output::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"   $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
-"   2008-08-21 18:22 +0000"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "List of filters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-":addbreaks:   Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
-"              every line except the last.\n"
-":age:         Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference\n"
-"              between the given date/time and the current\n"
-"              date/time.\n"
-":basename:    Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the\n"
-"              last component of the path after splitting by the\n"
-"              path separator (ignoring trailing separators). For\n"
-"              example, \"foo/bar/baz\" becomes \"baz\" and \"foo/bar//\"\n"
-"              becomes \"bar\".\n"
-":stripdir:    Treat the text as path and strip a directory level,\n"
-"              if possible. For example, \"foo\" and \"foo/bar\" becomes\n"
-"              \"foo\".\n"
-":date:        Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including\n"
-"              the timezone: \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\".\n"
-":domain:      Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an\n"
-"              email address, and extracts just the domain\n"
-"              component. Example: 'User <[e-mail]>' becomes\n"
-"              'example.com'.\n"
-":email:       Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like\n"
-"              an email address. Example: 'User <[e-mail]>'\n"
-"              becomes '[e-mail]'.\n"
-":escape:      Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters\n"
-"              \"&\", \"<\" and \">\" with XML entities.\n"
-":fill68:      Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns.\n"
-":fill76:      Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns.\n"
-":firstline:   Any text. Returns the first line of text.\n"
-":nonempty:    Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty.\n"
-":hgdate:      Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers:\n"
-"              \"1157407993 25200\" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset).\n"
-":isodate:     Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format:\n"
-"              \"2009-08-18 13:00 +0200\".\n"
-":isodatesec:  Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format, including\n"
-"              seconds: \"2009-08-18 13:00:13 +0200\". See also the\n"
-"              rfc3339date filter.\n"
-":localdate:   Date. Converts a date to local date.\n"
-":obfuscate:   Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a\n"
-"              sequence of XML entities.\n"
-":person:      Any text. Returns the text before an email address.\n"
-":rfc822date:  Date. Returns a date using the same format used in\n"
-"              email headers: \"Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:00:13 +0200\".\n"
-":rfc3339date: Date. Returns a date using the Internet date format\n"
-"              specified in RFC 3339: \"2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00\".\n"
-":short:       Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset\n"
-"              hash, i.e. a 12-byte hexadecimal string.\n"
-":shortdate:   Date. Returns a date like \"2006-09-18\".\n"
-":strip:       Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace.\n"
-":tabindent:   Any text. Returns the text, with every line except\n"
-"              the first starting with a tab character.\n"
-":urlescape:   Any text. Escapes all \"special\" characters. For\n"
-"              example, \"foo bar\" becomes \"foo%20bar\".\n"
-":user:        Any text. Returns the user portion of an email\n"
-"              address.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Valid URLs are of the form::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
-"  file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
-"  http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
-"  https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
-"  ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
-"repositories or to bundle files (as created by 'hg bundle' or 'hg\n"
-"incoming --bundle')."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or\n"
-"changeset to use from the remote repository. See also 'hg help\n"
-"revisions'."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only\n"
-"possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial\n"
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"- SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination machine\n"
-"  and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.\n"
-"- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use\n"
-"  an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "    ssh://example.com//tmp/repository"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"- Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing\n"
-"  to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"    Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
-"      Compression no\n"
-"    Host *\n"
-"      Compression yes"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your hgrc or\n"
-"  with the --ssh command line option."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"These URLs can all be stored in your hgrc with path aliases under the\n"
-"[paths] section like so::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  [paths]\n"
-"  alias1 = URL1\n"
-"  alias2 = URL2\n"
-"  ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
-"example 'hg pull alias1' would pull from the 'alias1' path)."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when\n"
-"you do not provide the URL to a command:"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"default:\n"
-"  When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves\n"
-"  the location of the source repository as the new repository's\n"
-"  'default' path. This is then used when you omit path from push- and\n"
-"  pull-like commands (including incoming and outgoing)."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"default-push:\n"
-"  The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n"
-"  prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "\t別名:%s"
 
 msgid "hooks for controlling repository access"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to portions\n"
-"of a repository when receiving incoming changesets."
+"This hook makes it possible to allow or deny write access to given\n"
+"branches and paths of a repository when receiving incoming changesets\n"
+"via pretxnchangegroup and pretxncommit."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -653,63 +59,223 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "The acl hook is best used along with a restricted shell like hgsh,\n"
-"preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than\n"
-"pushing or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have\n"
-"interactive shell access, as they can then disable the hook.\n"
-"Nor is it safe if remote users share an account, because then there\n"
-"is no way to distinguish them."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "To use this hook, configure the acl extension in your hgrc like this::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  [extensions]\n"
-"  acl ="
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  [hooks]\n"
+"preventing authenticating users from doing anything other than pushing\n"
+"or pulling. The hook is not safe to use if users have interactive\n"
+"shell access, as they can then disable the hook. Nor is it safe if\n"
+"remote users share an account, because then there is no way to\n"
+"distinguish them."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "The order in which access checks are performed is:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"1) Deny  list for branches (section ``acl.deny.branches``)\n"
+"2) Allow list for branches (section ``acl.allow.branches``)\n"
+"3) Deny  list for paths    (section ``acl.deny``)\n"
+"4) Allow list for paths    (section ``acl.allow``)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "The allow and deny sections take key-value pairs."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Branch-based Access Control\n"
+"..........................."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Use the ``acl.deny.branches`` and ``acl.allow.branches`` sections to\n"
+"have branch-based access control. Keys in these sections can be\n"
+"either:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- a branch name, or\n"
+"- an asterisk, to match any branch;"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "The corresponding values can be either:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- a comma-separated list containing users and groups, or\n"
+"- an asterisk, to match anyone;"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Path-based Access Control\n"
+"........................."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Use the ``acl.deny`` and ``acl.allow`` sections to have path-based\n"
+"access control. Keys in these sections accept a subtree pattern (with\n"
+"a glob syntax by default). The corresponding values follow the same\n"
+"syntax as the other sections above."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Groups\n"
+"......"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Group names must be prefixed with an ``@`` symbol. Specifying a group\n"
+"name has the same effect as specifying all the users in that group."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"You can define group members in the ``acl.groups`` section.\n"
+"If a group name is not defined there, and Mercurial is running under\n"
+"a Unix-like system, the list of users will be taken from the OS.\n"
+"Otherwise, an exception will be raised."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Example Configuration\n"
+"....................."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "  [hooks]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # Use this if you want to check access restrictions at commit time\n"
+"  pretxncommit.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # Use this if you want to check access restrictions for pull, push,\n"
+"  # bundle and serve.\n"
 "  pretxnchangegroup.acl = python:hgext.acl.hook"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "  [acl]\n"
-"  # Check whether the source of incoming changes is in this list\n"
-"  # (\"serve\" == ssh or http, \"push\", \"pull\", \"bundle\")\n"
+"  # Allow or deny access for incoming changes only if their source is\n"
+"  # listed here, let them pass otherwise. Source is \"serve\" for all\n"
+"  # remote access (http or ssh), \"push\", \"pull\" or \"bundle\" when the\n"
+"  # related commands are run locally.\n"
+"  # Default: serve\n"
 "  sources = serve"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid ""
-"The allow and deny sections take a subtree pattern as key (with a glob\n"
-"syntax by default), and a comma separated list of users as the\n"
-"corresponding value. The deny list is checked before the allow list\n"
-"is. ::"
+msgid "  [acl.deny.branches]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # Everyone is denied to the frozen branch:\n"
+"  frozen-branch = *"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # A bad user is denied on all branches:\n"
+"  * = bad-user"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "  [acl.allow.branches]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # A few users are allowed on branch-a:\n"
+"  branch-a = user-1, user-2, user-3"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # Only one user is allowed on branch-b:\n"
+"  branch-b = user-1"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # The super user is allowed on any branch:\n"
+"  * = super-user"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # Everyone is allowed on branch-for-tests:\n"
+"  branch-for-tests = *"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [acl.deny]\n"
+"  # This list is checked first. If a match is found, acl.allow is not\n"
+"  # checked. All users are granted access if acl.deny is not present.\n"
+"  # Format for both lists: glob pattern = user, ..., @group, ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # To match everyone, use an asterisk for the user:\n"
+"  # my/glob/pattern = *"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # user6 will not have write access to any file:\n"
+"  ** = user6"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # Group \"hg-denied\" will not have write access to any file:\n"
+"  ** = @hg-denied"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # Nobody will be able to change \"DONT-TOUCH-THIS.txt\", despite\n"
+"  # everyone being able to change all other files. See below.\n"
+"  src/main/resources/DONT-TOUCH-THIS.txt = *"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "  [acl.allow]\n"
-"  # If acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default.\n"
-"  # An empty acl.allow section means no users allowed.\n"
-"  docs/** = doc_writer\n"
-"  .hgtags = release_engineer"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  [acl.deny]\n"
-"  # If acl.deny is not present, no users are refused by default.\n"
-"  # An empty acl.deny section means all users allowed.\n"
-"  glob pattern = user4, user5\n"
-"   ** = user6\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "config error - hook type \"%s\" cannot stop incoming changesets"
+"  # if acl.allow is not present, all users are allowed by default\n"
+"  # empty acl.allow = no users allowed"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # User \"doc_writer\" has write access to any file under the \"docs\"\n"
+"  # folder:\n"
+"  docs/** = doc_writer"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # User \"jack\" and group \"designers\" have write access to any file\n"
+"  # under the \"images\" folder:\n"
+"  images/** = jack, @designers"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  # Everyone (except for \"user6\" - see acl.deny above) will have write\n"
+"  # access to any file under the \"resources\" folder (except for 1\n"
+"  # file. See acl.deny):\n"
+"  src/main/resources/** = *"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "  .hgtags = release_engineer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "group '%s' is undefined"
+msgstr "沒有定義'%s'群組"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"config error - hook type \"%s\" cannot stop incoming changesets nor commits"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "acl: user \"%s\" denied on branch \"%s\" (changeset \"%s\")"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "acl: user \"%s\" not allowed on branch \"%s\" (changeset \"%s\")"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "acl: access denied for changeset %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "acl: changeset %s 拒絕存取"
 
 msgid "track a line of development with movable markers"
 msgstr ""
@@ -722,15 +288,15 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g. hg\n"
-"merge, hg update)."
+"It is possible to use bookmark names in every revision lookup (e.g.\n"
+":hg:`merge`, :hg:`update`)."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "By default, when several bookmarks point to the same changeset, they\n"
 "will all move forward together. It is possible to obtain a more\n"
 "git-like experience by adding the following configuration option to\n"
-"your .hgrc::"
+"your configuration file::"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -747,47 +313,134 @@
 msgid ""
 "    Bookmarks are pointers to certain commits that move when\n"
 "    committing. Bookmarks are local. They can be renamed, copied and\n"
-"    deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in 'hg merge' and\n"
-"    'hg update' to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"    You can use 'hg bookmark NAME' to set a bookmark on the working\n"
+"    deleted. It is possible to use bookmark names in :hg:`merge` and\n"
+"    :hg:`update` to merge and update respectively to a given bookmark."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    You can use :hg:`bookmark NAME` to set a bookmark on the working\n"
 "    directory's parent revision with the given name. If you specify\n"
 "    a revision using -r REV (where REV may be an existing bookmark),\n"
-"    the bookmark is assigned to that revision.\n"
+"    the bookmark is assigned to that revision."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see :hg:`help\n"
+"    push` and :hg:`help pull`). This requires the bookmark extension to be\n"
+"    enabled for both the local and remote repositories.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "a bookmark of this name does not exist"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "這個名字的書籤不存在"
 
 msgid "a bookmark of the same name already exists"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "已經有相同名字的書籤了"
 
 msgid "new bookmark name required"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "需要新的書籤名字"
 
 msgid "bookmark name required"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "需要書籤的名字"
 
 msgid "bookmark name cannot contain newlines"
+msgstr "書籤名字不可以有換行字元"
+
+msgid "bookmark names cannot consist entirely of whitespace"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "a bookmark cannot have the name of an existing branch"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "no bookmarks set\n"
+msgstr "沒有設定書籤\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "updating bookmark %s\n"
+msgstr "更新書籤 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "not updating divergent bookmark %s\n"
+msgstr "沒有更新分歧的書籤 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "updating bookmark %s failed!\n"
+msgstr "更新書籤 %s 失敗！\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "remote bookmark %s not found!"
+msgstr "找不到 %s書籤"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "importing bookmark %s\n"
+msgstr "匯入書籤 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "exporting bookmark %s\n"
+msgstr "匯出書籤 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "deleting remote bookmark %s\n"
+msgstr "刪除遠端書籤 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "bookmark %s does not exist on the local or remote repository!\n"
+msgstr "%s 書籤沒有在本地或遠端儲存庫!\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "searching for changed bookmarks\n"
+msgstr "正在搜尋變更\n"
+
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "no changed bookmarks found\n"
+msgstr "找不到變更\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "comparing with %s\n"
+msgstr "正在跟 %s 比對\n"
+
+msgid "bookmark to import"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "BOOKMARK"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "bookmark to export"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "compare bookmark"
+msgstr "比對書籤"
+
+msgid ""
+"``bookmark([name])``\n"
+"    The named bookmark or all bookmarks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "bookmark" is a keyword
+msgid "bookmark takes one or no arguments"
+msgstr "bookmark 需要一個參數或沒有參數"
+
+#. i18n: "bookmark" is a keyword
+msgid "the argument to bookmark must be a string"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "force"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "REV"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "revision"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "修定版"
 
 msgid "delete a given bookmark"
+msgstr "刪除一個特定的書籤"
+
+msgid "NAME"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "rename a given bookmark"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "更名一個特定的書籤"
 
 msgid "hg bookmarks [-f] [-d] [-m NAME] [-r REV] [NAME]"
 msgstr ""
@@ -992,25 +645,25 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "connecting to %s:%s as %s, password %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在連線到 %s:%s as %s, 密碼是 %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "query: %s %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "查詢: %s %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "failed query: %s %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "查詢失敗了: %s %s\n"
 
 msgid "unknown database schema"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "未知的資料庫schema"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "bug %d already knows about changeset %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "telling bugzilla to send mail:\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "告訴bugzilla去寄信:\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "  bug %s\n"
@@ -1018,30 +671,30 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "running notify command %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "執行通知命令 %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "bugzilla notify command %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "bugzilla 通知命令 %s"
 
 msgid "done\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "完成\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "looking up user %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "查閱使用者 %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "cannot find bugzilla user id for %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找不到 bugzilla 使用者%s 的 ID"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "cannot find bugzilla user id for %s or %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找不到 bugzilla 使用者%s 或 %s的 ID"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "bugzilla version %s not supported"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "bugzilla版本 %s 不支援"
 
 msgid ""
 "changeset {node|short} in repo {root} refers to bug {bug}.\n"
@@ -1051,7 +704,7 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "python mysql support not available: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "python mmysql 支援不能用: %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "hook type %s does not pass a changeset id"
@@ -1059,7 +712,7 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "database error: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "資料庫錯誤: %s"
 
 msgid "command to display child changesets"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1089,9 +742,8 @@
 msgid "Revision %d is a merge, ignoring...\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, python-format
-msgid "generating stats: %d%%"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "analyzing"
+msgstr "分析中"
 
 msgid "histogram of changes to the repository"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1138,7 +790,7 @@
 "    by providing a file using the following format::"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "      <alias email> <actual email>"
+msgid "      <alias email> = <actual email>"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1147,15 +799,28 @@
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
+#, python-format
+msgid "skipping malformed alias: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "count rate for the specified revision or range"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "DATE"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "count rate for revisions matching date spec"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "TEMPLATE"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "template to group changesets"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "FORMAT"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "strftime-compatible format for grouping by date"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1165,21 +830,25 @@
 msgid "sort by key (default: sort by count)"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "display added/removed lines separately"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "FILE"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "file with email aliases"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "show progress"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [--progress] [FILE]"
+msgid "hg churn [-d DATE] [-r REV] [--aliases FILE] [FILE]"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "colorize output from some commands"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"This extension modifies the status command to add color to its output\n"
-"to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n"
+"This extension modifies the status and resolve commands to add color to "
+"their\n"
+"output to reflect file status, the qseries command to add color to reflect\n"
 "patch status (applied, unapplied, missing), and to diff-related\n"
 "commands to highlight additions, removals, diff headers, and trailing\n"
 "whitespace."
@@ -1192,7 +861,7 @@
 "render_text function, which can be used to add effects to any text."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Default effects may be overridden from the .hgrc file::"
+msgid "Default effects may be overridden from your configuration file::"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1226,17 +895,50 @@
 "  diff.deleted = red\n"
 "  diff.inserted = green\n"
 "  diff.changed = white\n"
-"  diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "when to colorize (always, auto, or never)"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "don't colorize output (DEPRECATED)"
+"  diff.trailingwhitespace = bold red_background"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  resolve.unresolved = red bold\n"
+"  resolve.resolved = green bold"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "  bookmarks.current = green"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  branches.active = none\n"
+"  branches.closed = black bold\n"
+"  branches.current = green\n"
+"  branches.inactive = none"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The color extension will try to detect whether to use ANSI codes or\n"
+"Win32 console APIs, unless it is made explicit::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [color]\n"
+"  mode = ansi"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Any value other than 'ansi', 'win32', or 'auto' will disable color."
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "ignoring unknown color/effect %r (configured in color.%s)\n"
+msgstr "忽略未知的顏色/效果 %r (被設定在 color.%s)\n"
+
+msgid "win32console not found, please install pywin32\n"
+msgstr "找不到win32console,請安裝pywin32\n"
+
+#. i18n: 'always', 'auto', and 'never' are keywords and should
+#. not be translated
+msgid "when to colorize (boolean, always, auto, or never)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "TYPE"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into Mercurial"
@@ -1276,7 +978,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source with '-hg' appended. If the destination\n"
+"    basename of the source with ``-hg`` appended. If the destination\n"
 "    repository doesn't exist, it will be created."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1316,41 +1018,53 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    If the file doesn't exist, it's automatically created. It's\n"
-"    updated on each commit copied, so convert-repo can be interrupted\n"
+"    updated on each commit copied, so :hg:`convert` can be interrupted\n"
 "    and can be run repeatedly to copy new commits."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    The [username mapping] file is a simple text file that maps each\n"
-"    source commit author to a destination commit author. It is handy\n"
-"    for source SCMs that use unix logins to identify authors (eg:\n"
-"    CVS). One line per author mapping and the line format is:\n"
-"    srcauthor=whatever string you want"
+"    The authormap is a simple text file that maps each source commit\n"
+"    author to a destination commit author. It is handy for source SCMs\n"
+"    that use unix logins to identify authors (eg: CVS). One line per\n"
+"    author mapping and the line format is::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "      source author = destination author"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Empty lines and lines starting with a ``#`` are ignored."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    The filemap is a file that allows filtering and remapping of files\n"
-"    and directories. Comment lines start with '#'. Each line can\n"
-"    contain one of the following directives::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "      include path/to/file"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "      exclude path/to/file"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "      rename from/file to/file"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"    The 'include' directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
+"    and directories. Each line can contain one of the following\n"
+"    directives::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "      include path/to/file-or-dir"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "      exclude path/to/file-or-dir"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "      rename path/to/source path/to/destination"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Comment lines start with ``#``. A specified path matches if it\n"
+"    equals the full relative name of a file or one of its parent\n"
+"    directories. The ``include`` or ``exclude`` directive with the\n"
+"    longest matching path applies, so line order does not matter."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    The ``include`` directive causes a file, or all files under a\n"
 "    directory, to be included in the destination repository, and the\n"
 "    exclusion of all other files and directories not explicitly\n"
-"    included. The 'exclude' directive causes files or directories to\n"
-"    be omitted. The 'rename' directive renames a file or directory. To\n"
-"    rename from a subdirectory into the root of the repository, use\n"
-"    '.' as the path to rename to."
+"    included. The ``exclude`` directive causes files or directories to\n"
+"    be omitted. The ``rename`` directive renames a file or directory if\n"
+"    it is converted. To rename from a subdirectory into the root of\n"
+"    the repository, use ``.`` as the path to rename to."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1359,11 +1073,21 @@
 "    useful if you want to e.g. give a Subversion merge two parents, or\n"
 "    graft two disconnected series of history together. Each entry\n"
 "    contains a key, followed by a space, followed by one or two\n"
-"    comma-separated values. The key is the revision ID in the source\n"
+"    comma-separated values::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "      key parent1, parent2"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    The key is the revision ID in the source\n"
 "    revision control system whose parents should be modified (same\n"
 "    format as a key in .hg/shamap). The values are the revision IDs\n"
 "    (in either the source or destination revision control system) that\n"
-"    should be used as the new parents for that node."
+"    should be used as the new parents for that node. For example, if\n"
+"    you have merged \"release-1.0\" into \"trunk\", then you should\n"
+"    specify the revision on \"trunk\" as the first parent and the one on\n"
+"    the \"release-1.0\" branch as the second."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1372,16 +1096,23 @@
 "    conjunction with a splicemap, it allows for a powerful combination\n"
 "    to help fix even the most badly mismanaged repositories and turn them\n"
 "    into nicely structured Mercurial repositories. The branchmap contains\n"
-"    lines of the form \"original_branch_name new_branch_name\".\n"
-"    \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the source\n"
-"    repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch is the\n"
-"    destination repository. This can be used to (for instance) move code\n"
-"    in one repository from \"default\" to a named branch."
+"    lines of the form::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "      original_branch_name new_branch_name"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    where \"original_branch_name\" is the name of the branch in the\n"
+"    source repository, and \"new_branch_name\" is the name of the branch\n"
+"    is the destination repository. No whitespace is allowed in the\n"
+"    branch names. This can be used to (for instance) move code in one\n"
+"    repository from \"default\" to a named branch."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    Mercurial Source\n"
-"    ----------------"
+"    ''''''''''''''''"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1398,7 +1129,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    CVS Source\n"
-"    ----------"
+"    ''''''''''"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1434,7 +1165,16 @@
 "        Specify a regular expression to which commit log messages are\n"
 "        matched. If a match occurs, then the conversion process will\n"
 "        add the most recent revision on the branch indicated in the\n"
-"        regex as the second parent of the changeset."
+"        regex as the second parent of the changeset.\n"
+"    --config hook.cvslog\n"
+"        Specify a Python function to be called at the end of gathering\n"
+"        the CVS log. The function is passed a list with the log entries,\n"
+"        and can modify the entries in-place, or add or delete them.\n"
+"    --config hook.cvschangesets\n"
+"        Specify a Python function to be called after the changesets\n"
+"        are calculated from the the CVS log. The function is passed\n"
+"        a list with the changeset entries, and can modify the changesets\n"
+"        in-place, or add or delete them."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1446,7 +1186,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    Subversion Source\n"
-"    -----------------"
+"    '''''''''''''''''"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1484,7 +1224,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    Perforce Source\n"
-"    ---------------"
+"    '''''''''''''''"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1508,7 +1248,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    Mercurial Destination\n"
-"    ---------------------"
+"    '''''''''''''''''''''"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1539,21 +1279,24 @@
 "    dates."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "username mapping filename"
+msgid "username mapping filename (DEPRECATED, use --authormap instead)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "source repository type"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "destination repository type"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "import up to target revision REV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "remap usernames using this file"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "remap file names using contents of file"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "import up to target revision REV"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "source repository type"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "splice synthesized history into place"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1605,15 +1348,24 @@
 msgid "hg debugcvsps [OPTION]... [PATH]..."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a regular branch instead.\n"
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s does not look like a Bazaar repository"
+msgstr "%s 怎麼看都不像是一個 Bazaar 儲存庫"
+
+msgid "Bazaar modules could not be loaded"
+msgstr "Bazaar 模組不能載入"
+
+msgid ""
+"warning: lightweight checkouts may cause conversion failures, try with a "
+"regular branch instead.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "bzr source type could not be determined\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "bazaar 來源型態不能被決定\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s is not a valid revision in current branch"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在目前的分支,%s不是一個有效的修定版"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s is not available in %s anymore"
@@ -1621,15 +1373,15 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s.%s symlink has no target"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s.%s 符號連結沒有目標"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "cannot find required \"%s\" tool"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找不到需要的 '%s' 工具"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s error:\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 錯誤:\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "syntax error in %s(%d): key/value pair expected"
@@ -1637,23 +1389,40 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "could not open map file %r: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不能打開 map 檔 %r: %s"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: invalid source repository type"
+msgstr "%s: 無效的來源儲存庫型態"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s: missing or unsupported repository"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s: 遺失了 或 不支援的儲存庫"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: invalid destination repository type"
+msgstr "%s: 未知的目的儲存庫型態"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "convert: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "轉換: %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s: unknown repository type"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s: 未知的儲存庫型態"
+
+msgid "getting files"
+msgstr "取得檔案中..."
+
+msgid "revisions"
+msgstr "修定版"
+
+msgid "scanning"
+msgstr "掃描中"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unknown sort mode: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "未知的排序模式: %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "cycle detected between %s and %s"
@@ -1683,27 +1452,34 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "scanning source...\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "掃描 source 中\n"
 
 msgid "sorting...\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "排序中\n"
 
 msgid "converting...\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "轉換中...\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "source: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "來源: %s\n"
+
+msgid "converting"
+msgstr "轉換中"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "assuming destination %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "more than one sort mode specified"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "描述了不只一個排序模式"
 
 msgid "--sourcesort is not supported by this data source"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "--sourcesort 不支援這個資料來源"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s does not look like a CVS checkout"
+msgstr "%s 怎麼看都不像是一個 CVS 的 checkout"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "revision %s is not a patchset number"
@@ -1711,33 +1487,40 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "connecting to %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "連接到 %s\n"
 
 msgid "CVS pserver authentication failed"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
+msgid ""
+"unexpected response from CVS server (expected \"Valid-requests\", but got %r)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d bytes missing from remote file"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "從遠端檔案遺失了 %d 位元組s"
+
+msgid "malformed response from CVS"
+msgstr "從CVS那收到畸形的回應"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "cvs server: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "cvs 伺服器: %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unknown CVS response: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "未知的CVS回應: %s"
 
 msgid "collecting CVS rlog\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "收集 CVS rlog\n"
+
+msgid "not a CVS sandbox"
+msgstr "不是一個CVS sandbox"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "reading cvs log cache %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "讀取 cvs 紀錄快取(log cache) %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "cache has %d log entries\n"
@@ -1745,11 +1528,11 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "error reading cache: %r\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "讀取快取錯誤: %r\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "running %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在執行 %s\n"
 
 msgid "RCS file must be followed by working file"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1763,9 +1546,12 @@
 msgid "revision must be followed by date line"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "log cache overlaps with new log entries, re-run without cache."
+msgstr ""
+
 #, python-format
 msgid "writing cvs log cache %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "寫入 CVS 紀錄快取(log cache) %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d log entries\n"
@@ -1788,11 +1574,22 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "%s does not look like a darcs repository"
+msgstr "%s 怎麼看都不像是一個 darcs 儲存庫"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "darcs version 2.1 or newer needed (found %r)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "需要 darcs 版本2.1以上 (找到的是 %r)"
 
 msgid "Python ElementTree module is not available"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Python ElementTree module 不能用"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s repository format is unsupported, please upgrade"
+msgstr "%s 儲存庫格式不支援,請更新"
+
+msgid "failed to detect repository format!"
+msgstr "偵測儲存庫格式失敗!"
 
 msgid "internal calling inconsistency"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1801,10 +1598,18 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "%s:%d: path to %s is missing\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "%s:%d: %r already in %s list\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "%s:%d: superfluous / in %s %r\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "%s:%d: unknown directive %r\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1812,18 +1617,38 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "%s does not look like a GNU Arch repo"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "%s does not look like a Git repository"
+msgstr "%s 怎麼看都不像是一個 Git 儲存庫"
+
+msgid "cannot retrieve git heads"
+msgstr "不能取回git標頭"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot read %r object at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot read changes in %s"
+msgstr "不能在%s讀取變更"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot read tags from %s"
+msgstr "不能從%s讀取標記"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s does not look like a GNU Arch repository"
+msgstr "%s 怎麼看都不像是一個 GNU Arch 儲存庫"
 
 msgid "cannot find a GNU Arch tool"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找不到 GNU arch 工具"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "analyzing tree version %s...\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
+msgid ""
+"tree analysis stopped because it points to an unregistered archive %s...\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -1831,14 +1656,18 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "%s is not a local Mercurial repo"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "%s is not a local Mercurial repository"
+msgstr "%s 不是一個本地端的 Mercurial 儲存庫"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "initializing destination %s repository\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "could not create hg repository %s as sink"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "pulling from %s into %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1846,33 +1675,46 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "updating tags\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在更新標記\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s is not a valid start revision"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 不是一個有效的開始修定版"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "ignoring: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s does not look like a monotone repo"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "忽略: %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s does not look like a monotone repository"
+msgstr "%s 怎麼看都不像是一個monotone 儲存庫"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "copying file in renamed directory from '%s' to '%s'"
 msgstr ""
 
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s does not look like a P4 repository"
+msgstr "%s 怎麼看都不像是一個 P4 儲存庫"
+
 msgid "reading p4 views\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在讀取P4視區\n"
 
 msgid "collecting p4 changelists\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "收集P4變更列表\n"
 
 msgid "Mercurial failed to run itself, check hg executable is in PATH"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid ""
+"svn: cannot probe remote repository, assume it could be a subversion "
+"repository. Use --source-type if you know better.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s does not look like a Subversion repository"
+msgstr "%s 怎麼看都不像是一個 Subversion 儲存庫"
+
 msgid "Subversion python bindings could not be loaded"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1885,15 +1727,15 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "svn: revision %s is not an integer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "svn:修定版 %s 不是一個整數"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "svn: start revision %s is not an integer"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "svn:開始修定版%s不是一個整數"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "no revision found in module %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在%s模組中找不到修定版"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "expected %s to be at %r, but not found"
@@ -1901,15 +1743,15 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "found %s at %r\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找到%s在%r\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "ignoring empty branch %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "忽略空白的分支 %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "found branch %s at %d\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找到分支 %s 在 %d\n"
 
 msgid "svn: start revision is not supported with more than one branch"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1919,13 +1761,12 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "no tags found at revision %d\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
 msgid "%s not found up to revision %d"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "scanning paths"
+msgstr "掃描 補丁 中"
+
 #, python-format
 msgid "found parent of branch %s at %d: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1936,23 +1777,132 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "svn: branch has no revision %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "initializing svn repo %r\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "initializing svn wc %r\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "svn:分支沒有修定版 %s"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "initializing svn repository %r\n"
+msgstr "正在初始化subversion儲存庫%r\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "initializing svn working copy %r\n"
+msgstr "初始 Subversion 工作副本 %r\n"
 
 msgid "unexpected svn output:\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "意料之外的Subversion 輸出:\n"
 
 msgid "unable to cope with svn output"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "XXX TAGS NOT IMPLEMENTED YET\n"
+msgid "writing Subversion tags is not yet implemented\n"
+msgstr "還沒有實作 '寫入Subversion標記' 這個功能\n"
+
+msgid "automatically manage newlines in repository files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"This extension allows you to manage the type of line endings (CRLF or\n"
+"LF) that are used in the repository and in the local working\n"
+"directory. That way you can get CRLF line endings on Windows and LF on\n"
+"Unix/Mac, thereby letting everybody use their OS native line endings."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The extension reads its configuration from a versioned ``.hgeol``\n"
+"configuration file every time you run an ``hg`` command. The\n"
+"``.hgeol`` file use the same syntax as all other Mercurial\n"
+"configuration files. It uses two sections, ``[patterns]`` and\n"
+"``[repository]``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The ``[patterns]`` section specifies the line endings used in the\n"
+"working directory. The format is specified by a file pattern. The\n"
+"first match is used, so put more specific patterns first. The\n"
+"available line endings are ``LF``, ``CRLF``, and ``BIN``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Files with the declared format of ``CRLF`` or ``LF`` are always\n"
+"checked out in that format and files declared to be binary (``BIN``)\n"
+"are left unchanged. Additionally, ``native`` is an alias for the\n"
+"platform's default line ending: ``LF`` on Unix (including Mac OS X)\n"
+"and ``CRLF`` on Windows. Note that ``BIN`` (do nothing to line\n"
+"endings) is Mercurial's default behaviour; it is only needed if you\n"
+"need to override a later, more general pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The optional ``[repository]`` section specifies the line endings to\n"
+"use for files stored in the repository. It has a single setting,\n"
+"``native``, which determines the storage line endings for files\n"
+"declared as ``native`` in the ``[patterns]`` section. It can be set to\n"
+"``LF`` or ``CRLF``. The default is ``LF``. For example, this means\n"
+"that on Windows, files configured as ``native`` (``CRLF`` by default)\n"
+"will be converted to ``LF`` when stored in the repository. Files\n"
+"declared as ``LF``, ``CRLF``, or ``BIN`` in the ``[patterns]`` section\n"
+"are always stored as-is in the repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Example versioned ``.hgeol`` file::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [patterns]\n"
+"  **.py = native\n"
+"  **.vcproj = CRLF\n"
+"  **.txt = native\n"
+"  Makefile = LF\n"
+"  **.jpg = BIN"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [repository]\n"
+"  native = LF"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The extension uses an optional ``[eol]`` section in your hgrc file\n"
+"(not the ``.hgeol`` file) for settings that control the overall\n"
+"behavior. There are two settings:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- ``eol.native`` (default ``os.linesep``) can be set to ``LF`` or\n"
+"  ``CRLF`` to override the default interpretation of ``native`` for\n"
+"  checkout. This can be used with :hg:`archive` on Unix, say, to\n"
+"  generate an archive where files have line endings for Windows."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- ``eol.only-consistent`` (default True) can be set to False to make\n"
+"  the extension convert files with inconsistent EOLs. Inconsistent\n"
+"  means that there is both ``CRLF`` and ``LF`` present in the file.\n"
+"  Such files are normally not touched under the assumption that they\n"
+"  have mixed EOLs on purpose."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"See :hg:`help patterns` for more information about the glob patterns\n"
+"used.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s should not have CRLF line endings"
+msgstr "%s 不應該有CRLF結束"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s should not have LF line endings"
+msgstr "%s 不應該有LF結束"
+
+msgid "the eol extension is incompatible with the win32text extension"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "ignoring unknown EOL style '%s' from %s\n"
+msgstr "忽略未知的換行型態 '%s' 從 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "inconsistent newline style in %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "command to allow external programs to compare revisions"
@@ -1968,7 +1918,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "The extdiff extension also allows to configure new diff commands, so\n"
-"you do not need to type \"hg extdiff -p kdiff3\" always. ::"
+"you do not need to type :hg:`extdiff -p kdiff3` always. ::"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -1998,11 +1948,36 @@
 "  vimdiff = gvim -f '+next' '+execute \"DirDiff\" argv(0) argv(1)'"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid ""
-"You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal \"hg\n"
-"diff\" command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only needed\n"
-"files, so running the external diff program will actually be pretty\n"
-"fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree).\n"
+msgid "Tool arguments can include variables that are expanded at runtime::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  $parent1, $plabel1 - filename, descriptive label of first parent\n"
+"  $child,   $clabel  - filename, descriptive label of child revision\n"
+"  $parent2, $plabel2 - filename, descriptive label of second parent\n"
+"  $parent is an alias for $parent1."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The extdiff extension will look in your [diff-tools] and [merge-tools]\n"
+"sections for diff tool arguments, when none are specified in [extdiff]."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [extdiff]\n"
+"  kdiff3 ="
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [diff-tools]\n"
+"  kdiff3.diffargs=--L1 '$plabel1' --L2 '$clabel' $parent $child"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"You can use -I/-X and list of file or directory names like normal\n"
+":hg:`diff` command. The extdiff extension makes snapshots of only\n"
+"needed files, so running the external diff program will actually be\n"
+"pretty fast (at least faster than having to compare the entire tree).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -2014,10 +1989,10 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不可以同時描述 --rev 跟 --change"
 
 msgid "cleaning up temp directory\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "清掉暫存目錄\n"
 
 msgid "use external program to diff repository (or selected files)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2043,9 +2018,15 @@
 "    to its parent."
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "CMD"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "comparison program to run"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "OPT"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "pass option to comparison program"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2061,16 +2042,8 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid ""
-"    Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using the\n"
-"    %(path)s program."
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid ""
-"    When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between\n"
-"    those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is\n"
-"    compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified,\n"
-"    the working directory files are compared to its parent."
+"    Show differences between revisions for the specified files, using\n"
+"    the %(path)s program."
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -2102,12 +2075,16 @@
 "    order, use --switch-parent."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid ""
-"    See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+msgid "    See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
+msgid ""
+"working dir not at branch tip (use \"hg update\" to check out branch tip)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "outstanding uncommitted merge"
@@ -2117,29 +2094,34 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "working directory is missing some files"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工作目錄遺失了一些檔案"
+
+msgid ""
+"multiple heads in this branch (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge)"
+msgstr "這個分支有多個標頭(使用'hg heads .' 和 'hg merge' 去合併)"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "pulling from %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be specified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge\" to merge them)\n"
+msgstr "從 %s 拉回中\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"Other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be "
+"specified."
+msgstr "其他儲存庫不支援修定版查閱,所以不能描述一個修定版"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"not merging with %d other new branch heads (use \"hg heads .\" and \"hg merge"
+"\" to merge them)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "updating to %d:%s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "更新到%d:%s ...\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "merging with %d:%s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "跟%d合併:%s ...\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "new changeset %d:%s merges remote changes with local\n"
@@ -2149,7 +2131,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "edit commit message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "編輯提交訊息"
 
 msgid "edit commit message (DEPRECATED)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2183,7 +2165,7 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s:%d node does not exist\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s:%d 節點不存在\n"
 
 msgid "verify all the signatures there may be for a particular revision"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2200,13 +2182,24 @@
 "    or tip if no revision is checked out."
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid ""
+"    See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
+"    "
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "uncommitted merge - please provide a specific revision"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Error while signing"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --force)"
+#, python-format
+msgid "Signing %d:%s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "error while signing"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"working copy of .hgsigs is changed (please commit .hgsigs manually or use --"
+"force)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "unknown signature version"
@@ -2221,11 +2214,17 @@
 msgid "do not commit the sigfile after signing"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "ID"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "the key id to sign with"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "TEXT"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "commit message"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "提交訊息"
 
 msgid "hg sign [OPTION]... [REVISION]..."
 msgstr ""
@@ -2263,16 +2262,12 @@
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
-#, python-format
-msgid "comparing with %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "no changes found\n"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "show the revision DAG"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "NUM"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "limit number of changes displayed"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2330,6 +2325,10 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "%s returned an error: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "hgcia: sending update to %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2354,9 +2353,9 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"The hg view command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
+"The :hg:`view` command will launch the hgk Tcl script. For this command\n"
 "to work, hgk must be in your search path. Alternately, you can specify\n"
-"the path to hgk in your .hgrc file::"
+"the path to hgk in your configuration file::"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -2389,7 +2388,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "cat-file: type or revision not supplied\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "cat-file:型態或修定版不支援\n"
 
 msgid "aborting hg cat-file only understands commits\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2511,22 +2510,22 @@
 msgid "hg inserve [OPTION]..."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "(found dead inotify server socket; removing it)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "could not start inotify server: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "could not talk to new inotify server: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "failed to contact inotify server: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "received empty answer from inotify server"
+msgid "inotify-client: found dead inotify server socket; removing it\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "inotify-client: could not start inotify server: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "inotify-client: could not talk to new inotify server: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "inotify-client: failed to contact inotify server: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "inotify-client: received empty answer from inotify server"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -2552,7 +2551,7 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "found %d\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找到 %d\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "*** to raise the limit from %d to %d (run as root):\n"
@@ -2579,21 +2578,6 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "status: %r %s -> %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s dirstate reload\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s end dirstate reload\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "rescanning due to .hgignore change\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
 msgid "%s event: created %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2625,8 +2609,22 @@
 msgid "%s hooking back up with %d bytes readable\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, python-format
-msgid "could not start server: %s"
+msgid "finished setup\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "status: %r %s -> %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rescanning due to .hgignore change\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot start: socket is already bound"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"cannot start: tried linking .hg/inotify.sock to a temporary socket but .hg/"
+"inotify.sock already exists"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -2641,9 +2639,6 @@
 msgid "unrecognized query type: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "finished setup\n"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "expand expressions into changelog and summaries"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2661,7 +2656,8 @@
 msgid ""
 "  [interhg]\n"
 "  issues = s!issue(\\d+)!<a href=\"http://bts/issue\\1\">issue\\1</a>!\n"
-"  bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!i\n"
+"  bugzilla = s!((?:bug|b=|(?=#?\\d{4,}))(?:\\s*#?)(\\d+))!<a..=\\2\">\\1</a>!"
+"i\n"
 "  boldify = s!(^|\\s)#(\\d+)\\b! <b>#\\2</b>!\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2688,8 +2684,13 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"Configuration is done in the [keyword] and [keywordmaps] sections of\n"
-"hgrc files."
+"Keywords expand to the changeset data pertaining to the latest change\n"
+"relative to the working directory parent of each file."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Configuration is done in the [keyword], [keywordset] and [keywordmaps]\n"
+"sections of hgrc files."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Example::"
@@ -2703,43 +2704,47 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"NOTE: the more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
-"lose speed in huge repositories."
+"    [keywordset]\n"
+"    # prefer svn- over cvs-like default keywordmaps\n"
+"    svn = True"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+".. note::\n"
+"   The more specific you are in your filename patterns the less you\n"
+"   lose speed in huge repositories."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "For [keywordmaps] template mapping and expansion demonstration and\n"
-"control run \"hg kwdemo\". See \"hg help templates\" for a list of\n"
+"control run :hg:`kwdemo`. See :hg:`help templates` for a list of\n"
 "available templates and filters."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid ""
-"An additional date template filter {date|utcdate} is provided. It\n"
-"returns a date like \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"The default template mappings (view with \"hg kwdemo -d\") can be\n"
-"replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run \"hg\n"
-"kwdemo\" to control the results of your config changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Before changing/disabling active keywords, run \"hg kwshrink\" to avoid\n"
+msgid "Three additional date template filters are provided::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    utcdate      \"2006/09/18 15:13:13\"\n"
+"    svnutcdate   \"2006-09-18 15:13:13Z\"\n"
+"    svnisodate   \"2006-09-18 08:13:13 -700 (Mon, 18 Sep 2006)\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The default template mappings (view with :hg:`kwdemo -d`) can be\n"
+"replaced with customized keywords and templates. Again, run\n"
+":hg:`kwdemo` to control the results of your config changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Before changing/disabling active keywords, run :hg:`kwshrink` to avoid\n"
 "the risk of inadvertently storing expanded keywords in the change\n"
 "history."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "To force expansion after enabling it, or a configuration change, run\n"
-"\"hg kwexpand\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Also, when committing with the record extension or using mq's qrecord,\n"
-"be aware that keywords cannot be updated. Again, run \"hg kwexpand\" on\n"
-"the files in question to update keyword expansions after all changes\n"
-"have been checked in."
+":hg:`kwexpand`."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -2779,7 +2784,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    See \"hg help templates\" for information on templates and filters.\n"
+"    See :hg:`help templates` for information on templates and filters.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2817,7 +2822,7 @@
 "keywords written to %s:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "unhooked all commit hooks\n"
+msgid "hg keyword configuration and expansion example"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -2851,7 +2856,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    See \"hg help keyword\" on how to construct patterns both for\n"
+"    See :hg:`help keyword` on how to construct patterns both for\n"
 "    inclusion and exclusion of files."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2873,7 +2878,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    Run before changing/disabling active keywords or if you experience\n"
-"    problems with \"hg import\" or \"hg merge\"."
+"    problems with :hg:`import` or :hg:`merge`."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -2902,12 +2907,6 @@
 msgid "only show unknown (not tracked) files"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "show keyword status flags of all files (DEPRECATED)"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "only show untracked files (DEPRECATED)"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "hg kwfiles [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2928,11 +2927,10 @@
 "directory. Applied patches are both patch files and changesets."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Common tasks (use \"hg help command\" for more details)::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"  prepare repository to work with patches   qinit\n"
+msgid "Common tasks (use :hg:`help command` for more details)::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
 "  create new patch                          qnew\n"
 "  import existing patch                     qimport"
 msgstr ""
@@ -2945,7 +2943,34 @@
 msgid ""
 "  add known patch to applied stack          qpush\n"
 "  remove patch from applied stack           qpop\n"
-"  refresh contents of top applied patch     qrefresh\n"
+"  refresh contents of top applied patch     qrefresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"By default, mq will automatically use git patches when required to\n"
+"avoid losing file mode changes, copy records, binary files or empty\n"
+"files creations or deletions. This behaviour can be configured with::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [mq]\n"
+"  git = auto/keep/yes/no"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"If set to 'keep', mq will obey the [diff] section configuration while\n"
+"preserving existing git patches upon qrefresh. If set to 'yes' or\n"
+"'no', mq will override the [diff] section and always generate git or\n"
+"regular patches, possibly losing data in the second case."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"You will by default be managing a patch queue named \"patches\". You can\n"
+"create other, independent patch queues with the :hg:`qqueue` command.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "mq.git option can be auto/keep/yes/no got %s"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -3027,26 +3052,20 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "applying %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在套用 %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unable to read %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "imported patch %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"imported patch %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
 msgid "patch %s is empty\n"
 msgstr ""
 
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "repository commit failed"
+msgstr "找不到 %s 儲存庫"
+
 msgid "patch failed, rejects left in working dir\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3092,10 +3111,21 @@
 msgid "\"%s\" cannot be used as the name of a patch"
 msgstr ""
 
+#, fuzzy, python-format
+msgid "\"%s\" already exists as a directory"
+msgstr "佇列 %s 已存在"
+
 #, python-format
 msgid "patch \"%s\" already exists"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "cannot manage merge changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, fuzzy, python-format
+msgid "cannot write patch \"%s\": %s"
+msgstr "有缺陷的patch %s %s"
+
 #, python-format
 msgid "error unlinking %s\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3139,8 +3169,11 @@
 msgid "patch series already fully applied\n"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "please specify the patch to move"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "cleaning up working directory..."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在清理工作目錄..."
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "errors during apply, please fix and refresh %s\n"
@@ -3174,9 +3207,9 @@
 msgid "deletions found between repo revs"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
 msgid "popping %s\n"
-msgstr "合併 %s 中\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "patch queue now empty\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3184,7 +3217,9 @@
 msgid "cannot refresh a revision with children"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to recover)\n"
+msgid ""
+"refresh interrupted while patch was popped! (revert --all, qpush to "
+"recover)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "patch queue directory already exists"
@@ -3212,8 +3247,9 @@
 msgid "saved queue repository parents: %s %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "queue directory updating\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "updating queue directory\n"
+msgstr "更新工作目錄中\n"
 
 msgid "Unable to load queue repository\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3271,10 +3307,18 @@
 msgid "patch %s does not exist"
 msgstr ""
 
+#, python-format
+msgid "renaming %s to %s\n"
+msgstr "%s 改名字成 %s\n"
+
 msgid "need --name to import a patch from -"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "unable to read file %s"
+msgstr "不能讀檔案 %s"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "adding %s to series file\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3282,18 +3326,22 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. With\n"
+"    The patches must not be applied, and at least one patch is required. "
+"With\n"
 "    -k/--keep, the patch files are preserved in the patch directory."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    To stop managing a patch and move it into permanent history,\n"
-"    use the qfinish command."
+"    use the :hg:`qfinish` command."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "print the patches already applied"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "    Returns 0 on success."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "only one patch applied\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3339,11 +3387,21 @@
 msgid ""
 "    To import a patch from standard input, pass - as the patch file.\n"
 "    When importing from standard input, a patch name must be specified\n"
-"    using the --name flag.\n"
+"    using the --name flag."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    To import an existing patch while renaming it::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "      hg qimport -e existing-patch -n new-name"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 if import succeeded.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "init a new queue repository"
+msgid "init a new queue repository (DEPRECATED)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -3354,6 +3412,11 @@
 "    qcommit to commit changes to this queue repository."
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid ""
+"    This command is deprecated. Without -c, it's implied by other relevant\n"
+"    commands. With -c, use :hg:`init --mq` instead."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "clone main and patch repository at same time"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3372,11 +3435,15 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    The patch directory must be a nested Mercurial repository, as\n"
-"    would be created by qinit -c.\n"
+"    would be created by :hg:`init --mq`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Return 0 on success.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "versioned patch repository not found (see qinit -c)"
+msgid "versioned patch repository not found (see init --mq)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "cloning main repository\n"
@@ -3391,7 +3458,10 @@
 msgid "updating destination repository\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "commit changes in the queue repository"
+msgid "commit changes in the queue repository (DEPRECATED)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    This command is deprecated; use :hg:`commit --mq` instead."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "print the entire series file"
@@ -3411,9 +3481,8 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    qnew creates a new patch on top of the currently-applied patch (if\n"
-"    any). It will refuse to run if there are any outstanding changes\n"
-"    unless -f/--force is specified, in which case the patch will be\n"
-"    initialized with them. You may also use -I/--include,\n"
+"    any). The patch will be initialized with any outstanding changes\n"
+"    in the working directory. You may also use -I/--include,\n"
 "    -X/--exclude, and/or a list of files after the patch name to add\n"
 "    only changes to matching files to the new patch, leaving the rest\n"
 "    as uncommitted modifications."
@@ -3435,7 +3504,11 @@
 "    Use the -g/--git option to keep the patch in the git extended diff\n"
 "    format. Read the diffs help topic for more information on why this\n"
 "    is important for preserving permission changes and copy/rename\n"
-"    information.\n"
+"    information."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on successful creation of a new patch.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3454,11 +3527,18 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
+"    If -e/--edit is specified, Mercurial will start your configured editor "
+"for\n"
+"    you to enter a message. In case qrefresh fails, you will find a backup "
+"of\n"
+"    your message in ``.hg/last-message.txt``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
 "    hg add/remove/copy/rename work as usual, though you might want to\n"
 "    use git-style patches (-g/--git or [diff] git=1) to track copies\n"
 "    and renames. See the diffs help topic for more information on the\n"
-"    git diff format.\n"
-"    "
+"    git diff format."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "option \"-e\" incompatible with \"-m\" or \"-l\""
@@ -3475,11 +3555,10 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    Use 'hg diff' if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
-"    last qrefresh, or 'hg export qtip' if you want to see changes made\n"
-"    by the current patch without including changes made since the\n"
-"    qrefresh.\n"
-"    "
+"    Use :hg:`diff` if you only want to see the changes made since the\n"
+"    last qrefresh, or :hg:`export qtip` if you want to see changes\n"
+"    made by the current patch without including changes made since the\n"
+"    qrefresh."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "fold the named patches into the current patch"
@@ -3496,17 +3575,14 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    The header for each folded patch will be concatenated with the\n"
-"    current patch header, separated by a line of '* * *'."
+"    current patch header, separated by a line of ``* * *``."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "qfold requires at least one patch name"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "No patches applied"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "Skipping already folded patch %s"
+#, python-format
+msgid "Skipping already folded patch %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -3514,7 +3590,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "Error folding patch %s"
+msgid "error folding patch %s"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "push or pop patches until named patch is at top of stack"
@@ -3526,21 +3602,26 @@
 msgid ""
 "    Guards control whether a patch can be pushed. A patch with no\n"
 "    guards is always pushed. A patch with a positive guard (\"+foo\") is\n"
-"    pushed only if the qselect command has activated it. A patch with\n"
-"    a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the qselect command\n"
+"    pushed only if the :hg:`qselect` command has activated it. A patch with\n"
+"    a negative guard (\"-foo\") is never pushed if the :hg:`qselect` "
+"command\n"
 "    has activated it."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    With no arguments, print the currently active guards.\n"
-"    With arguments, set guards for the named patch.\n"
-"    NOTE: Specifying negative guards now requires '--'."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"    To set guards on another patch:\n"
-"      hg qguard -- other.patch +2.6.17 -stable\n"
-"    "
+"    With arguments, set guards for the named patch."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    .. note::\n"
+"       Specifying negative guards now requires '--'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    To set guards on another patch::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "      hg qguard other.patch -- +2.6.17 -stable"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "cannot mix -l/--list with options or arguments"
@@ -3561,7 +3642,11 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    When -f/--force is applied, all local changes in patched files\n"
-"    will be lost.\n"
+"    will be lost."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Return 0 on succces.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3578,8 +3663,7 @@
 msgid ""
 "    By default, pops off the top of the patch stack. If given a patch\n"
 "    name, keeps popping off patches until the named patch is at the\n"
-"    top of the stack.\n"
-"    "
+"    top of the stack."
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -3602,10 +3686,13 @@
 msgid "A patch named %s already exists in the series file"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "restore the queue state saved by a revision"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "save current queue state"
+msgid "restore the queue state saved by a revision (DEPRECATED)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    This command is deprecated, use :hg:`rebase` instead."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "save current queue state (DEPRECATED)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -3620,25 +3707,48 @@
 msgid "copy %s to %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "strip a revision and all its descendants from the repository"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"    If one of the working directory's parent revisions is stripped, the\n"
-"    working directory will be updated to the parent of the stripped\n"
-"    revision.\n"
-"    "
+msgid "strip changesets and all their descendants from the repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    The strip command removes the specified changesets and all their\n"
+"    descendants. If the working directory has uncommitted changes,\n"
+"    the operation is aborted unless the --force flag is supplied."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    If a parent of the working directory is stripped, then the working\n"
+"    directory will automatically be updated to the most recent\n"
+"    available ancestor of the stripped parent after the operation\n"
+"    completes."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Any stripped changesets are stored in ``.hg/strip-backup`` as a\n"
+"    bundle (see :hg:`help bundle` and :hg:`help unbundle`). They can\n"
+"    be restored by running :hg:`unbundle .hg/strip-backup/BUNDLE`,\n"
+"    where BUNDLE is the bundle file created by the strip. Note that\n"
+"    the local revision numbers will in general be different after the\n"
+"    restore."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Use the --no-backup option to discard the backup bundle once the\n"
+"    operation completes."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "empty revision set"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "set or print guarded patches to push"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    Use the qguard command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n"
+"    Use the :hg:`qguard` command to set or print guards on patch, then use\n"
 "    qselect to tell mq which guards to use. A patch will be pushed if\n"
 "    it has no guards or any positive guards match the currently\n"
 "    selected guard, but will not be pushed if any negative guards\n"
-"    match the current guard. For example:"
+"    match the current guard. For example::"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -3725,13 +3835,71 @@
 msgid ""
 "    This can be especially useful if your changes have been applied to\n"
 "    an upstream repository, or if you are about to push your changes\n"
-"    to upstream.\n"
-"    "
+"    to upstream."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "no revisions specified"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "manage multiple patch queues"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Supports switching between different patch queues, as well as creating\n"
+"    new patch queues and deleting existing ones."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Omitting a queue name or specifying -l/--list will show you the "
+"registered\n"
+"    queues - by default the \"normal\" patches queue is registered. The "
+"currently\n"
+"    active queue will be marked with \"(active)\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    To create a new queue, use -c/--create. The queue is automatically made\n"
+"    active, except in the case where there are applied patches from the\n"
+"    currently active queue in the repository. Then the queue will only be\n"
+"    created and switching will fail."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    To delete an existing queue, use --delete. You cannot delete the "
+"currently\n"
+"    active queue."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "patches applied - cannot set new queue active"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot delete queue that does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot delete currently active queue"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " (active)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "invalid queue name, may not contain the characters \":\\/.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "queue \"%s\" already exists"
+msgstr "佇列 %s 已存在"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "can't rename \"%s\" to its current name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "non-queue directory \"%s\" already exists"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use --create to create a new queue"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "cannot commit over an applied mq patch"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3749,6 +3917,29 @@
 msgid "cannot import over an applied patch"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "only a local queue repository may be initialized"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "there is no Mercurial repository here (.hg not found)"
+msgstr "這邊沒有Mercurial 儲存庫(找不到 .hg)"
+
+msgid "no queue repository"
+msgstr "沒有佇列儲存庫"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d applied"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d unapplied"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "mq:     (empty queue)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "operate on patch repository"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "print first line of patch header"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3767,6 +3958,9 @@
 msgid "use uncompressed transfer (fast over LAN)"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "REPO"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "location of source patch repository"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -3785,7 +3979,7 @@
 msgid "stop managing a revision (DEPRECATED)"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "hg qdelete [-k] [-r REV]... [PATCH]..."
+msgid "hg qdelete [-k] [PATCH]..."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "edit patch header"
@@ -3809,7 +4003,7 @@
 msgid "drop all guards"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "hg qguard [-l] [-n] -- [PATCH] [+GUARD]... [-GUARD]..."
+msgid "hg qguard [-l] [-n] [PATCH] [-- [+GUARD]... [-GUARD]...]"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "hg qheader [PATCH]"
@@ -3842,22 +4036,25 @@
 msgid "hg qinit [-c]"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "import uncommitted changes into patch"
+msgid "import uncommitted changes (DEPRECATED)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "add \"From: <current user>\" to patch"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "add \"From: <given user>\" to patch"
+msgid "USER"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add \"From: <USER>\" to patch"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "add \"Date: <current date>\" to patch"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "add \"Date: <given date>\" to patch"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "hg qnew [-e] [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] [-f] PATCH [FILE]..."
+msgid "add \"Date: <DATE>\" to patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qnew [-e] [-m TEXT] [-l FILE] PATCH [FILE]..."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "hg qnext [-s]"
@@ -3869,16 +4066,16 @@
 msgid "pop all patches"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "queue name to pop"
+msgid "queue name to pop (DEPRECATED)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "forget any local changes to patched files"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "hg qpop [-a] [-n NAME] [-f] [PATCH | INDEX]"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "apply if the patch has rejects"
+msgid "hg qpop [-a] [-f] [PATCH | INDEX]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "apply on top of local changes"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "list patch name in commit text"
@@ -3887,13 +4084,16 @@
 msgid "apply all patches"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "merge from another queue"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "merge queue name"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "hg qpush [-f] [-l] [-a] [-m] [-n NAME] [PATCH | INDEX]"
+msgid "merge from another queue (DEPRECATED)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "merge queue name (DEPRECATED)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "reorder patch series and apply only the patch"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg qpush [-f] [-l] [-a] [--move] [PATCH | INDEX]"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "refresh only files already in the patch and specified files"
@@ -3962,16 +4162,26 @@
 msgid "hg qseries [-ms]"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "force removal with local changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "bundle unrelated changesets"
+msgid ""
+"force removal of changesets even if the working directory has uncommitted "
+"changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"bundle only changesets with local revision number greater than REV which are "
+"not descendants of REV (DEPRECATED)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "no backups"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "hg strip [-f] [-b] [-n] REV"
+msgid "no backups (DEPRECATED)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "do not modify working copy during strip"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg strip [-k] [-f] [-n] REV..."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "hg qtop [-s]"
@@ -3989,6 +4199,24 @@
 msgid "hg qfinish [-a] [REV]..."
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "list all available queues"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "create new queue"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rename active queue"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "delete reference to queue"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "delete queue, and remove patch dir"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION] [QUEUE]"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "hooks for sending email notifications at commit/push time"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4040,7 +4268,8 @@
 "  maxdiff = 300          # max lines of diffs to include (0=none, -1=all)\n"
 "  maxsubject = 67        # truncate subject line longer than this\n"
 "  diffstat = True        # add a diffstat before the diff content\n"
-"  sources = serve        # notify if source of incoming changes in this list\n"
+"  sources = serve        # notify if source of incoming changes in this "
+"list\n"
 "                         # (serve == ssh or http, push, pull, bundle)\n"
 "  merge = False          # send notification for merges (default True)\n"
 "  [email]\n"
@@ -4055,9 +4284,6 @@
 "handier for you."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "::"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid ""
 "  [usersubs]\n"
 "  # key is subscriber email, value is \",\"-separated list of glob patterns\n"
@@ -4110,7 +4336,7 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "  [pager]\n"
-"  pager = LESS='FSRX' less"
+"  pager = less -FRSX"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -4140,20 +4366,34 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "You can also enable the pager only for certain commands using\n"
-"pager.attend::"
+"pager.attend. Below is the default list of commands to be paged::"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "  [pager]\n"
-"  attend = log"
+"  attend = annotate, cat, diff, export, glog, log, qdiff"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Setting pager.attend to an empty value will cause all commands to be\n"
+"paged."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "If pager.attend is present, pager.ignore will be ignored."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"To ignore global commands like \"hg version\" or \"hg help\", you have to\n"
-"specify them in the global .hgrc\n"
+"To ignore global commands like :hg:`version` or :hg:`help`, you have\n"
+"to specify them in your user configuration file."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The --pager=... option can also be used to control when the pager is\n"
+"used. Use a boolean value like yes, no, on, off, or use auto for\n"
+"normal behavior.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "when to paginate (boolean, always, auto, or never)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "interpret suffixes to refer to ancestor revisions"
@@ -4199,7 +4439,7 @@
 msgid ""
 "- The changeset description.\n"
 "- [Optional] The result of running diffstat on the patch.\n"
-"- The patch itself, as generated by \"hg export\"."
+"- The patch itself, as generated by :hg:`export`."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -4209,12 +4449,6 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"With the -d/--diffstat option, you will be prompted for each changeset\n"
-"with a diffstat summary and the changeset summary, so you can be sure\n"
-"you are sending the right changes."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
 "To configure other defaults, add a section like this to your hgrc\n"
 "file::"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4224,45 +4458,18 @@
 "  from = My Name <my@email>\n"
 "  to = recipient1, recipient2, ...\n"
 "  cc = cc1, cc2, ...\n"
-"  bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ..."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Then you can use the \"hg email\" command to mail a series of changesets\n"
-"as a patchbomb."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"To avoid sending patches prematurely, it is a good idea to first run\n"
-"the \"email\" command with the \"-n\" option (test only). You will be\n"
-"prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and an introductory\n"
-"message describing the patches of your patchbomb. Then when all is\n"
-"done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the PAGER environment\n"
-"variable is set, your pager will be fired up once for each patchbomb\n"
-"message, so you can verify everything is alright."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"The -m/--mbox option is also very useful. Instead of previewing each\n"
-"patchbomb message in a pager or sending the messages directly, it will\n"
-"create a UNIX mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file\n"
-"can be previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
-"files, e.g. with mutt::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "  % mutt -R -f mbox"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"When you are previewing the patchbomb messages, you can use ``formail``\n"
-"(a utility that is commonly installed as part of the procmail\n"
-"package), to send each message out::"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "  % formail -s sendmail -bm -t < mbox"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "That should be all. Now your patchbomb is on its way out."
+"  bcc = bcc1, bcc2, ...\n"
+"  reply-to = address1, address2, ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Use ``[patchbomb]`` as configuration section name if you need to\n"
+"override global ``[email]`` address settings."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Then you can use the :hg:`email` command to mail a series of\n"
+"changesets as a patchbomb."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -4274,35 +4481,40 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "%sPlease enter a valid value"
+msgid "%s Please enter a valid value"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Please enter a valid value.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "does the diffstat above look okay? "
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "diffstat rejected"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "send changesets by email"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by hg export,\n"
-"    one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0 of N]\"\n"
-"    introduction, which describes the series as a whole."
+"    By default, diffs are sent in the format generated by\n"
+"    :hg:`export`, one per message. The series starts with a \"[PATCH 0\n"
+"    of N]\" introduction, which describes the series as a whole."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    Each patch email has a Subject line of \"[PATCH M of N] ...\", using\n"
 "    the first line of the changeset description as the subject text.\n"
 "    The message contains two or three parts. First, the changeset\n"
-"    description. Next, (optionally) if the diffstat program is\n"
-"    installed and -d/--diffstat is used, the result of running\n"
-"    diffstat on the patch. Finally, the patch itself, as generated by\n"
-"    \"hg export\"."
+"    description."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    With the -d/--diffstat option, if the diffstat program is\n"
+"    installed, the result of running diffstat on the patch is inserted."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Finally, the patch itself, as generated by :hg:`export`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    With the -d/--diffstat or -c/--confirm options, you will be presented\n"
+"    with a final summary of all messages and asked for confirmation before\n"
+"    the messages are sent."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -4325,6 +4537,23 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
+"    With -m/--mbox, instead of previewing each patchbomb message in a\n"
+"    pager or sending the messages directly, it will create a UNIX\n"
+"    mailbox file with the patch emails. This mailbox file can be\n"
+"    previewed with any mail user agent which supports UNIX mbox\n"
+"    files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    With -n/--test, all steps will run, but mail will not be sent.\n"
+"    You will be prompted for an email recipient address, a subject and\n"
+"    an introductory message describing the patches of your patchbomb.\n"
+"    Then when all is done, patchbomb messages are displayed. If the\n"
+"    PAGER environment variable is set, your pager will be fired up once\n"
+"    for each patchbomb message, so you can verify everything is alright."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
 "      hg email -r 3000          # send patch 3000 only\n"
 "      hg email -r 3000 -r 3001  # send patches 3000 and 3001\n"
 "      hg email -r 3000:3005     # send patches 3000 through 3005\n"
@@ -4341,16 +4570,29 @@
 msgid ""
 "      hg email -b               # send bundle of all patches not in default\n"
 "      hg email -b DEST          # send bundle of all patches not in DEST\n"
-"      hg email -b -r 3000       # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in default\n"
+"      hg email -b -r 3000       # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in "
+"default\n"
 "      hg email -b -r 3000 DEST  # bundle of all ancestors of 3000 not in DEST"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
+"      hg email -o -m mbox &&    # generate an mbox file...\n"
+"        mutt -R -f mbox         # ... and view it with mutt\n"
+"      hg email -o -m mbox &&    # generate an mbox file ...\n"
+"        formail -s sendmail \\   # ... and use formail to send from the "
+"mbox\n"
+"          -bm -t < mbox         # ... using sendmail"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
 "    Before using this command, you will need to enable email in your\n"
 "    hgrc. See the [email] section in hgrc(5) for details.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "no changes found\n"
+msgstr "找不到變更\n"
+
 msgid "specify at least one changeset with -r or -o"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4370,19 +4612,39 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "This patch series consists of %d patches."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Final summary:\n"
+msgstr "這一系列的patch 包含了 %d 個patch"
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Final summary:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "are you sure you want to send (yn)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&No"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "&Yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "patchbomb canceled"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Displaying "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "顯示中"
 
 msgid "Writing "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "寫入中"
+
+msgid "writing"
+msgstr "寫入中"
 
 msgid "Sending "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "傳送中"
+
+msgid "sending"
+msgstr "傳送中"
 
 msgid "send patches as attachments"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4396,6 +4658,9 @@
 msgid "email addresses of copy recipients"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "ask for confirmation before sending"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "add diffstat output to messages"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4414,6 +4679,9 @@
 msgid "write messages to mbox file instead of sending them"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "email addresses replies should be sent to"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "subject of first message (intro or single patch)"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4453,6 +4721,39 @@
 msgid "hg email [OPTION]... [DEST]..."
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "show progress bars for some actions"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"This extension uses the progress information logged by hg commands\n"
+"to draw progress bars that are as informative as possible. Some progress\n"
+"bars only offer indeterminate information, while others have a definite\n"
+"end point."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "The following settings are available::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [progress]\n"
+"  delay = 3 # number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar\n"
+"  refresh = 0.1 # time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar\n"
+"  format = topic bar number # format of the progress bar\n"
+"  width = <none> # if set, the maximum width of the progress information\n"
+"                 # (that is, min(width, term width) will be used)\n"
+"  clear-complete = True # clear the progress bar after it's done\n"
+"  disable = False # if true, don't show a progress bar\n"
+"  assume-tty = False # if true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless\n"
+"                     # disable is given"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Valid entries for the format field are topic, bar, number, unit, and\n"
+"item. item defaults to the last 20 characters of the item, but this\n"
+"can be changed by adding either ``-<num>`` which would take the last\n"
+"num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the first num characters.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "command to delete untracked files from the working directory"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4468,7 +4769,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by \"hg status\"\n"
+"    - Unknown files: files marked with \"?\" by :hg:`status`\n"
 "    - Empty directories: in fact Mercurial ignores directories unless\n"
 "      they contain files under source control management"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4479,7 +4780,7 @@
 msgid ""
 "    - Modified and unmodified tracked files\n"
 "    - Ignored files (unless --all is specified)\n"
-"    - New files added to the repository (with \"hg add\")"
+"    - New files added to the repository (with :hg:`add`)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -4544,13 +4845,63 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    Rebase uses repeated merging to graft changesets from one part of\n"
-"    history onto another. This can be useful for linearizing local\n"
-"    changes relative to a master development tree."
+"    history (the source) onto another (the destination). This can be\n"
+"    useful for linearizing *local* changes relative to a master\n"
+"    development tree."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    You should not rebase changesets that have already been shared\n"
+"    with others. Doing so will force everybody else to perform the\n"
+"    same rebase or they will end up with duplicated changesets after\n"
+"    pulling in your rebased changesets."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    If you don't specify a destination changeset (``-d/--dest``),\n"
+"    rebase uses the tipmost head of the current named branch as the\n"
+"    destination. (The destination changeset is not modified by\n"
+"    rebasing, but new changesets are added as its descendants.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    You can specify which changesets to rebase in two ways: as a\n"
+"    \"source\" changeset or as a \"base\" changeset. Both are shorthand\n"
+"    for a topologically related set of changesets (the \"source\n"
+"    branch\"). If you specify source (``-s/--source``), rebase will\n"
+"    rebase that changeset and all of its descendants onto dest. If you\n"
+"    specify base (``-b/--base``), rebase will select ancestors of base\n"
+"    back to but not including the common ancestor with dest. Thus,\n"
+"    ``-b`` is less precise but more convenient than ``-s``: you can\n"
+"    specify any changeset in the source branch, and rebase will select\n"
+"    the whole branch. If you specify neither ``-s`` nor ``-b``, rebase\n"
+"    uses the parent of the working directory as the base."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    By default, rebase recreates the changesets in the source branch\n"
+"    as descendants of dest and then destroys the originals. Use\n"
+"    ``--keep`` to preserve the original source changesets. Some\n"
+"    changesets in the source branch (e.g. merges from the destination\n"
+"    branch) may be dropped if they no longer contribute any change."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    One result of the rules for selecting the destination changeset\n"
+"    and source branch is that, unlike ``merge``, rebase will do\n"
+"    nothing if you are at the latest (tipmost) head of a named branch\n"
+"    with two heads. You need to explicitly specify source and/or\n"
+"    destination (or ``update`` to the other head, if it's the head of\n"
+"    the intended source branch)."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    If a rebase is interrupted to manually resolve a merge, it can be\n"
-"    continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a.\n"
+"    continued with --continue/-c or aborted with --abort/-a."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing to rebase.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4560,18 +4911,40 @@
 msgid "cannot use collapse with continue or abort"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "cannot use detach with continue or abort"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "abort and continue do not allow specifying revisions"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "cannot specify both a revision and a base"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "detach requires a revision to be specified"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot specify a base with detach"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "nothing to rebase\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "cannot use both keepbranches and extrafn"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "rebasing"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "changesets"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "fix unresolved conflicts with hg resolve then run hg rebase --continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no changes, revision %d skipped\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "rebase merging completed\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4585,11 +4958,7 @@
 msgid "%d revisions have been skipped\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "fix unresolved conflicts with hg resolve then run hg rebase --continue"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "no changes, revision %d skipped\n"
+msgid "unable to collapse, there is more than one external parent"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -4599,11 +4968,11 @@
 msgid "no rebase in progress"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "warning: new changesets detected on target branch, not stripping\n"
+msgid "warning: new changesets detected on target branch, can't abort\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "rebase aborted\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "rebase 中止了\n"
 
 msgid "cannot rebase onto an applied mq patch"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4614,19 +4983,18 @@
 msgid "source is descendant of destination"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "unable to collapse, there is more than one external parent"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "rebase working directory to branch head"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "rebase from a given revision"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "rebase from the base of a given revision"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "rebase onto a given revision"
+msgid "rebase from the specified changeset"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"rebase from the base of the specified changeset (up to greatest common "
+"ancestor of base and dest)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rebase onto the specified changeset"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "collapse the rebased changesets"
@@ -4638,13 +5006,18 @@
 msgid "keep original branch names"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "force detaching of source from its original branch"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "continue an interrupted rebase"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "abort an interrupted rebase"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [--collapse] [--keep] [--keepbranches] | [-c] | [-a]"
+msgid ""
+"hg rebase [-s REV | -b REV] [-d REV] [options]\n"
+"hg rebase {-a|-c}"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "commands to interactively select changes for commit/qrefresh"
@@ -4654,7 +5027,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "this is a binary file\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "這是一個二進位檔\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d hunks, %d lines changed\n"
@@ -4687,9 +5060,6 @@
 msgid "&?"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "y - record this change"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "user quit"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4700,9 +5070,6 @@
 msgid " and "
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "y"
-msgstr ""
-
 #, python-format
 msgid "record this change to %r?"
 msgstr ""
@@ -4715,13 +5082,10 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
+"    If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by :hg:`status`\n"
 "    will be candidates for recording."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "    See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid ""
 "    You will be prompted for whether to record changes to each\n"
 "    modified file, and for files with multiple changes, for each\n"
@@ -4748,29 +5112,172 @@
 msgid "      ? - display help"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "    This command is not available when committing a merge."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "'mq' extension not loaded"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "running non-interactively, use commit instead"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "cannot partially commit a merge (use hg commit instead)"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "no changes to record\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "patch failed to apply"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "hg record [OPTION]... [FILE]..."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "hg qrecord [OPTION]... PATCH [FILE]..."
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "recreates hardlinks between repository clones"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "recreate hardlinks between two repositories"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    When repositories are cloned locally, their data files will be\n"
+"    hardlinked so that they only use the space of a single repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Unfortunately, subsequent pulls into either repository will break\n"
+"    hardlinks for any files touched by the new changesets, even if\n"
+"    both repositories end up pulling the same changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Similarly, passing --rev to \"hg clone\" will fail to use any\n"
+"    hardlinks, falling back to a complete copy of the source\n"
+"    repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    This command lets you recreate those hardlinks and reclaim that\n"
+"    wasted space."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    This repository will be relinked to share space with ORIGIN, which\n"
+"    must be on the same local disk. If ORIGIN is omitted, looks for\n"
+"    \"default-relink\", then \"default\", in [paths]."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Do not attempt any read operations on this repository while the\n"
+"    command is running. (Both repositories will be locked against\n"
+"    writes.)\n"
+"    "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hardlinks are not supported on this system"
+msgstr "硬式連結不被支援"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "relinking %s to %s\n"
+msgstr "%s 重新連結到 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "tip has %d files, estimated total number of files: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "collecting"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "files"
+msgstr "檔案"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "collected %d candidate storage files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "source and destination are on different devices"
+msgstr "來源跟目的在不同的裝置上"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "not linkable: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pruning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "pruned down to %d probably relinkable files\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "relinking"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "relinked %d files (%d bytes reclaimed)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[ORIGIN]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"This extension allows you to specify shortcuts for parent URLs with a\n"
+"lot of repositories to act like a scheme, for example::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [schemes]\n"
+"  py = http://code.python.org/hg/"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "After that you can use it like::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "  hg clone py://trunk/"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Additionally there is support for some more complex schemas, for\n"
+"example used by Google Code::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [schemes]\n"
+"  gcode = http://{1}.googlecode.com/hg/"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The syntax is taken from Mercurial templates, and you have unlimited\n"
+"number of variables, starting with ``{1}`` and continuing with\n"
+"``{2}``, ``{3}`` and so on. This variables will receive parts of URL\n"
+"supplied, split by ``/``. Anything not specified as ``{part}`` will be\n"
+"just appended to an URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "For convenience, the extension adds these schemes by default::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [schemes]\n"
+"  py = http://hg.python.org/\n"
+"  bb = https://bitbucket.org/\n"
+"  bb+ssh = ssh://[e-mail]/\n"
+"  gcode = https://{1}.googlecode.com/hg/\n"
+"  kiln = https://{1}.kilnhg.com/Repo/"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"You can override a predefined scheme by defining a new scheme with the\n"
+"same name.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "share a common history between several working directories"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "create a new shared repository (experimental)"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "create a new shared repository"
+msgstr "建立新的共享儲存庫"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Initialize a new repository and working directory that shares its\n"
@@ -4778,8 +5285,16 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    NOTE: actions that change history such as rollback or moving the\n"
-"    source may confuse sharers.\n"
+"    .. note::\n"
+"       using rollback or extensions that destroy/modify history (mq,\n"
+"       rebase, etc.) can cause considerable confusion with shared\n"
+"       clones. In particular, if two shared clones are both updated to\n"
+"       the same changeset, and one of them destroys that changeset\n"
+"       with rollback, the other clone will suddenly stop working: all\n"
+"       operations will fail with \"abort: working directory has unknown\n"
+"       parent\". The only known workaround is to use debugsetparents on\n"
+"       the broken clone to reset it to a changeset that still exists\n"
+"       (e.g. tip).\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4830,7 +5345,7 @@
 msgid "%s: empty changeset"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Fix up the merge and run hg transplant --continue"
+msgid "fix up the merge and run hg transplant --continue"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -4847,9 +5362,22 @@
 msgid "commit failed"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid ""
+"y: transplant this changeset\n"
+"n: skip this changeset\n"
+"m: merge at this changeset\n"
+"p: show patch\n"
+"c: commit selected changesets\n"
+"q: cancel transplant\n"
+"?: show this help\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "apply changeset? [ynmpcq?]:"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "no such option\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "transplant changesets from another branch"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4878,7 +5406,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    hg transplant --branch REVISION --all will rebase the selected\n"
+"    :hg:`transplant --branch REVISION --all` will rebase the selected\n"
 "    branch (up to the named revision) onto your current working\n"
 "    directory."
 msgstr ""
@@ -4891,14 +5419,14 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"    If no merges or revisions are provided, hg transplant will start\n"
-"    an interactive changeset browser."
+"    If no merges or revisions are provided, :hg:`transplant` will\n"
+"    start an interactive changeset browser."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    If a changeset application fails, you can fix the merge by hand\n"
-"    and then resume where you left off by calling hg transplant\n"
-"    --continue/-c.\n"
+"    and then resume where you left off by calling :hg:`transplant\n"
+"    --continue/-c`.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -4923,7 +5451,15 @@
 msgid "outstanding local changes"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "pull patches from REPOSITORY"
+msgid ""
+"``transplanted(set)``\n"
+"    Transplanted changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "pull patches from REPO"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "BRANCH"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "pull patches from branch BRANCH"
@@ -4944,10 +5480,10 @@
 msgid "continue last transplant session after repair"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "filter changesets through FILTER"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "hg transplant [-s REPOSITORY] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
+msgid "filter changesets through command"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hg transplant [-s REPO] [-b BRANCH [-a]] [-p REV] [-m REV] [REV]..."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings"
@@ -4983,16 +5519,21 @@
 msgid "Note that there are some limitations on using this extension:"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid ""
-"- You should use single encoding in one repository.\n"
-"- You should set same encoding for the repository by locale or\n"
-"  HGENCODING."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid ""
-"Path encoding conversion are done between Unicode and\n"
-"encoding.encoding which is decided by Mercurial from current locale\n"
-"setting or HGENCODING.\n"
+msgid "- You should use single encoding in one repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"By default, win32mbcs uses encoding.encoding decided by Mercurial.\n"
+"You can specify the encoding by config option::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+" [win32mbcs]\n"
+" encoding = sjis"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "It is useful for the users who want to commit with UTF-8 log message.\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -5005,6 +5546,18 @@
 msgid "perform automatic newline conversion"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid ""
+"  Deprecation: The win32text extension requires each user to configure\n"
+"  the extension again and again for each clone since the configuration\n"
+"  is not copied when cloning."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  We have therefore made the ``eol`` as an alternative. The ``eol``\n"
+"  uses a version controlled file for its configuration and each clone\n"
+"  will therefore use the right settings from the start."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "To perform automatic newline conversion, use::"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5022,7 +5575,8 @@
 "  # or ** = macdecode:"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident::"
+msgid ""
+"If not doing conversion, to make sure you do not commit CRLF/CR by accident::"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -5085,18 +5639,23 @@
 "** = %sdecode:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid ""
+"win32text is deprecated: http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/"
+"Win32TextExtension\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "discover and advertise repositories on the local network"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"Zeroconf enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n"
+"Zeroconf-enabled repositories will be announced in a network without\n"
 "the need to configure a server or a service. They can be discovered\n"
 "without knowing their actual IP address."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
-"To allow other people to discover your repository using run \"hg serve\"\n"
-"in your repository::"
+"To allow other people to discover your repository using run\n"
+":hg:`serve` in your repository::"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -5104,7 +5663,9 @@
 "  $ hg serve"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "You can discover zeroconf enabled repositories by running \"hg paths\"::"
+msgid ""
+"You can discover Zeroconf-enabled repositories by running\n"
+":hg:`paths`::"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
@@ -5132,18 +5693,6 @@
 msgid "integrity check failed on %s:%d"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s: not a Mercurial bundle file"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s: unknown bundle version"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s: unknown bundle compression type"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "cannot create new bundle repository"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5151,11 +5700,23 @@
 msgid "premature EOF reading chunk (got %d bytes, expected %d)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: not a Mercurial bundle"
+msgstr "%s 不是一個Mercurial bundle"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: unknown bundle version %s"
+msgstr "%s: 未知的bundle 版本 %s"
+
 msgid "empty username"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用者名稱是空白的"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "username %s contains a newline"
+msgstr "使用者名稱 %s 包含一個換行字元"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "the name '%s' is reserved"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "options --message and --logfile are mutually exclusive"
@@ -5163,7 +5724,7 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "can't read commit message '%s': %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不能讀取提交訊息'%s': %s"
 
 msgid "limit must be a positive integer"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5171,26 +5732,27 @@
 msgid "limit must be positive"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "too many revisions specified"
-msgstr ""
-
 #, python-format
 msgid "invalid format spec '%%%s' in output filename"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "adding %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "新增 %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "removing %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在刪除 %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "recording removal of %s as rename to %s (%d%% similar)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "%s has not been committed yet, so no copy data will be stored for %s.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "%s: not copying - file is not managed\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5204,33 +5766,37 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s: not overwriting - file exists\n"
+msgstr "%s: 不能蓋寫 - 檔案存在\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: not recording move - %s does not exist\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s: not recording copy - %s does not exist\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s: deleted in working copy\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s:在工作複本裡被刪除了\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s: cannot copy - %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s: 不能複製 - %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "moving %s to %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 搬移到 %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "copying %s to %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s has not been committed yet, so no copy data will be stored for %s.\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 複製到 %s\n"
 
 msgid "no source or destination specified"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "沒有描述來源或目的"
 
 msgid "no destination specified"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "沒有描述目的"
 
 msgid "with multiple sources, destination must be an existing directory"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5240,78 +5806,77 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "no files to copy"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "沒有檔案可複製"
 
 msgid "(consider using --after)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "child process failed to start"
+msgstr ""
+
 #, python-format
 msgid "changeset:   %d:%s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "changeset:\t%d:%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "branch:      %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "分支:\t\t%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "tag:         %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "標記:\t\t%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "parent:      %d:%s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "母系:\t\t%d:%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "manifest:    %d:%s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "manifest:\t%d:%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "user:        %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用者:\t\t%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "date:        %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "日期:\t\t%s\n"
 
 msgid "files+:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檔案+:"
 
 msgid "files-:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檔案-:"
 
 msgid "files:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檔案:"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "files:       %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檔案:\t\t%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "copies:      %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "複製:\t\t%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "extra:       %s=%s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "額外:\t\t%s=%s\n"
 
 msgid "description:\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "描述:\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "summary:     %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "提交摘要:\t%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s: no key named '%s'"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "%s: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
 msgid "Found revision %s from %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找到修定版 %s (從 %s 那邊)\n"
 
 msgid "revision matching date not found"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5320,29 +5885,29 @@
 msgid "cannot follow nonexistent file: \"%s\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s:%s copy source revision cannot be found!\n"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "can only follow copies/renames for explicit filenames"
 msgstr ""
 
+#, python-format
+msgid "skipping missing subrepository: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "HG: Enter commit message.  Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "HG: 輸入提交訊息.'HG:'開頭的行到時候都會被拿掉"
 
 msgid "HG: Leave message empty to abort commit."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "HG: 如果想要取消提交,不要輸入任何訊息然後離開."
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "HG: user: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "HG: 使用者 : %s"
 
 msgid "HG: branch merge"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "HG: branch '%s'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "HG: 分支 '%s'"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "HG: subrepo %s"
@@ -5350,53 +5915,71 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "HG: added %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "HG: 新增 %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "HG: changed %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "HG: 更改 %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "HG: removed %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "HG: 移除 %s"
 
 msgid "HG: no files changed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "HG: 沒有檔案被改變"
 
 msgid "empty commit message"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "空白的提交訊息"
+
 msgid "add the specified files on the next commit"
-msgstr "新增下次要 commit 的檔案"
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "新增下次要提交的檔案"
+
 msgid ""
 "    Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the\n"
 "    repository."
-msgstr "    新增要納入版本控制並加到 repository 的檔案。"
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr ""
+"    新增要納入版本控制並加到儲存庫的檔案。\n"
+" "
+
 msgid ""
 "    The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To\n"
-"    undo an add before that, see hg forget."
-msgstr ""
-"    這些檔案將於下次 commit 時被加到 repository。\n"
-"    若想要回到新增檔案前的狀態，請參閱 hg revert 命令。"
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    If no names are given, add all files to the repository.\n"
+"    undo an add before that, see :hg:`forget`."
+msgstr ""
+"    這些檔案將於下次提交時被加到儲存庫\n"
+"    若想要回到新增檔案前的狀態，請參閱 :hg:`forget`."
+
+msgid "    If no names are given, add all files to the repository."
+msgstr "    如果沒有指定檔案,所有的檔案都將會加到儲存庫"
+
+msgid "    .. container:: verbose"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"       An example showing how new (unknown) files are added\n"
+"       automatically by :hg:`add`::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"         $ ls\n"
+"         foo.c\n"
+"         $ hg status\n"
+"         ? foo.c\n"
+"         $ hg add\n"
+"         adding foo.c\n"
+"         $ hg status\n"
+"         A foo.c"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 if all files are successfully added.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    如果沒有指定檔案，則會將所有的檔案都標示為加到 repository。\n"
+"    如果所有檔案新增成功的話就返回0\n"
 "    "
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "add all new files, delete all missing files"
 msgstr "新增所有未受版本控制的檔案，並刪除所有消失的檔案。"
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "    Add all new files and remove all missing files from the\n"
 "    repository."
@@ -5404,7 +5987,6 @@
 "    新增所有未加到 repository 的檔案，並移除已加到 repository\n"
 "    卻消失的檔案。"
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "    New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in\n"
 "    .hgignore. As with add, these changes take effect at the next\n"
@@ -5413,15 +5995,14 @@
 "    如果新的檔案中檔名有符合任一存在於 .hgignore 的樣式，\n"
 "    則該檔將被忽略。如同 add 命令，這些變更將於下次提交時發生效用。"
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "    Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. With a\n"
 "    parameter greater than 0, this compares every removed file with\n"
 "    every added file and records those similar enough as renames. This\n"
 "    option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must\n"
 "    be identical) as its parameter. Detecting renamed files this way\n"
-"    can be expensive.\n"
-"    "
+"    can be expensive. After using this option, :hg:`status -C` can be\n"
+"    used to check which files were identified as moved or renamed."
 msgstr ""
 "    可使用 -s/--similarity 選項去偵測更名的檔案。後面接著的是一個\n"
 "    大於 0 的參數，可用來比對每個被新增或移除的檔案，並試圖找出其\n"
@@ -5443,28 +6024,18 @@
 "    List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
 "    each line"
 msgstr ""
-"    List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for\n"
-"    each line"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
 "    by whom."
 msgstr ""
-"    This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and\n"
-"    by whom."
 
 msgid ""
 "    Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
 "    it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
 "    anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
-"    nor desirable.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files\n"
-"    it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file\n"
-"    anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful\n"
-"    nor desirable.\n"
-"    "
+"    nor desirable."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "at least one filename or pattern is required"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5476,66 +6047,45 @@
 msgid "%s: binary file\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "create an unversioned archive of a repository revision"
 msgstr "建立一個沒有版本控制的版本封存"
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "    By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
 "    directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision."
 msgstr ""
-"    By default, the revision used is the parent of the working\n"
-"    directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
-"    types are::"
-msgstr ""
-"    To specify the type of archive to create, use -t/--type. Valid\n"
-"    types are:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"      \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
-"      \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
-"      \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
-"      \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
-"      \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
-"      \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate"
-msgstr ""
-"    \"files\" (default): a directory full of files\n"
-"    \"tar\": tar archive, uncompressed\n"
-"    \"tbz2\": tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
-"    \"tgz\": tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
-"    \"uzip\": zip archive, uncompressed\n"
-"    \"zip\": zip archive, compressed using deflate"
-
-#, fuzzy
+
+msgid ""
+"    The archive type is automatically detected based on file\n"
+"    extension (or override using -t/--type)."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Valid types are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    :``files``: a directory full of files (default)\n"
+"    :``tar``:   tar archive, uncompressed\n"
+"    :``tbz2``:  tar archive, compressed using bzip2\n"
+"    :``tgz``:   tar archive, compressed using gzip\n"
+"    :``uzip``:  zip archive, uncompressed\n"
+"    :``zip``:   zip archive, compressed using deflate"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
-"    using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details."
-msgstr ""
-"    The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given\n"
-"    using a format string; see 'hg help export' for details."
-
-#, fuzzy
+"    using a format string; see :hg:`help export` for details."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
 "    prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
 "    prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
-"    removed.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix\n"
-"    prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the\n"
-"    prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes\n"
-"    removed.\n"
-"    "
+"    removed."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "no working directory: please specify a revision"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "沒有工作目錄:請描述一個版次"
 
 msgid "repository root cannot be destination"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5547,31 +6097,33 @@
 msgstr "回復先前 changeset 所作的變更"
 
 msgid ""
-"    Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
-"    changeset is a child of the backed out changeset."
-msgstr ""
-"    Commit the backed out changes as a new changeset. The new\n"
-"    changeset is a child of the backed out changeset."
-
-msgid ""
-"    If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
-"    created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
-"    backout changeset with another head."
-msgstr ""
-"    If you backout a changeset other than the tip, a new head is\n"
-"    created. This head will be the new tip and you should merge this\n"
-"    backout changeset with another head."
-
-msgid ""
+"    The backout command merges the reverse effect of the reverted\n"
+"    changeset into the working directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    With the --merge option, it first commits the reverted changes\n"
+"    as a new changeset. This new changeset is a child of the reverted\n"
+"    changeset.\n"
 "    The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
 "    before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
-"    changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
-"    The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge."
-msgstr ""
-"    The --merge option remembers the parent of the working directory\n"
-"    before starting the backout, then merges the new head with that\n"
-"    changeset afterwards. This saves you from doing the merge by hand.\n"
-"    The result of this merge is not committed, as with a normal merge."
+"    changeset afterwards.\n"
+"    This will result in an explicit merge in the history."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    If you backout a changeset other than the original parent of the\n"
+"    working directory, the result of this merge is not committed,\n"
+"    as with a normal merge. Otherwise, no merge is needed and the\n"
+"    commit is automatic."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Note that the default behavior (without --merge) has changed in\n"
+"    version 1.7. To restore the previous default behavior, use\n"
+"    :hg:`backout --merge` and then :hg:`update --clean .` to get rid of\n"
+"    the ongoing merge."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "please specify just one revision"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5603,12 +6155,6 @@
 msgid "merging with changeset %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "the backout changeset is a new head - do not forget to merge\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "(use \"backout --merge\" if you want to auto-merge)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "subdivision search of changesets"
 msgstr "對 changesets 作二分法搜尋"
 
@@ -5622,36 +6168,19 @@
 "    bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
 "    or announce that it has found the bad revision."
 msgstr ""
-"    This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To\n"
-"    use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as\n"
-"    bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem\n"
-"    as good. Bisect will update your working directory to a revision\n"
-"    for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once\n"
-"    you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or\n"
-"    bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset\n"
-"    or announce that it has found the bad revision."
 
 msgid ""
 "    As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
 "    revision as good or bad without checking it out first."
 msgstr ""
-"    As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a\n"
-"    revision as good or bad without checking it out first."
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
 "    Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
 "    status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
 "    (command not found) will abort the bisection, and any other\n"
-"    non-zero exit status means the revision is bad.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection.\n"
-"    Its exit status will be used to mark revisions as good or bad:\n"
-"    status 0 means good, 125 means to skip the revision, 127\n"
-"    (command not found) will abort the bisection, and any other\n"
-"    non-zero exit status means the revision is bad.\n"
-"    "
+"    non-zero exit status means the revision is bad."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "The first good revision is:\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5659,6 +6188,12 @@
 msgid "The first bad revision is:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Not all ancestors of this changeset have been checked.\n"
+"To check the other ancestors, start from the common ancestor, %s.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "Due to skipped revisions, the first good revision could be any of:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -5693,11 +6228,9 @@
 msgid "Testing changeset %d:%s (%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "set or show the current branch name"
-msgstr "設定或顯示目前的 branch 名稱"
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "設定或顯示目前的分支名稱"
+
 msgid ""
 "    With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
 "    set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
@@ -5705,236 +6238,100 @@
 "    recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
 "    branch."
 msgstr ""
-"    With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument,\n"
-"    set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist\n"
-"    in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice\n"
-"    recommends that primary development take place on the 'default'\n"
-"    branch."
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
 "    branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive."
 msgstr ""
-"    Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a\n"
-"    branch name that already exists, even if it's inactive."
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
 "    the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
 "    change."
 msgstr ""
-"    Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of\n"
-"    the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch\n"
-"    change."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
-"    'hg commit --close-branch' to mark this branch as closed.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
-"    "
+
+msgid ""
+"    Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. Use\n"
+"    :hg:`commit --close-branch` to mark this branch as closed."
+msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "reset working directory to branch %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "a branch of the same name already exists (use --force to override)"
+msgstr "重置工作目錄到%s分支\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"a branch of the same name already exists (use 'hg update' to switch to it)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "marked working directory as branch %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "標記工作目錄為%s分支\n"
+
 msgid "list repository named branches"
 msgstr "顯示 repository 的 named branches"
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "    List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
 "    inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have\n"
-"    been marked closed (see hg commit --close-branch)."
-msgstr ""
-"    List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are\n"
-"    inactive. If active is specified, only show active branches."
-
-#, fuzzy
+"    been marked closed (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`)."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    If -a/--active is specified, only show active branches. A branch\n"
 "    is considered active if it contains repository heads."
-msgstr "    A branch is considered active if it contains repository heads."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    Use the command 'hg update' to switch to an existing branch.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
+msgid " (closed)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid " (inactive)"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "create a changegroup file"
-msgstr ""
-"建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
-"    known to be in another repository.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
-"    assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
-"    parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
-"    -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
-"    applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
-"    compressed using bz2).\n"
-"\n"
-"    The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
-"    and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
-"    command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
-"    available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
-"    permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "建立一個 changegroup 檔案"
+
 msgid ""
 "    Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
 "    known to be in another repository."
 msgstr ""
-"建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
-"    known to be in another repository.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
-"    assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
-"    parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
-"    -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
-"    applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
-"    compressed using bz2).\n"
-"\n"
-"    The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
-"    and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
-"    command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
-"    available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
-"    permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
-"    assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"    If you omit the destination repository, then hg assumes the\n"
+"    destination will have all the nodes you specify with --base\n"
 "    parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
 "    -a/--all (or --base null)."
 msgstr ""
-"建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
-"    known to be in another repository.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
-"    assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
-"    parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
-"    -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
-"    applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
-"    compressed using bz2).\n"
-"\n"
-"    The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
-"    and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
-"    command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
-"    available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
-"    permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    You can change compression method with the -t/--type option.\n"
 "    The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, and\n"
 "    gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2)."
 msgstr ""
-"建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
-"    known to be in another repository.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
-"    assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
-"    parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
-"    -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
-"    applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
-"    compressed using bz2).\n"
-"\n"
-"    The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
-"    and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
-"    command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
-"    available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
-"    permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
 "    and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
 "    command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
 "    available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable."
 msgstr ""
-"建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
-"    known to be in another repository.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
-"    assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
-"    parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
-"    -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
-"    applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
-"    compressed using bz2).\n"
-"\n"
-"    The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
-"    and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
-"    command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
-"    available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
-"    permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
-"    permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
+"    permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success, 1 if no changes found.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"建立一個 changegroup 檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not\n"
-"    known to be in another repository.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination repository is specified the destination is\n"
-"    assumed to have all the nodes specified by one or more --base\n"
-"    parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use\n"
-"    -a/--all (or --base null). To change the compression method\n"
-"    applied, use the -t/--type option (by default, bundles are\n"
-"    compressed using bz2).\n"
-"\n"
-"    The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means\n"
-"    and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull\n"
-"    command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not\n"
-"    available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including\n"
-"    permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history.\n"
-"    "
 
 msgid "--base is incompatible with specifying a destination"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5942,704 +6339,148 @@
 msgid "unknown bundle type specified with --type"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "output the current or given revision of files"
-msgstr "輸出目前或是特定 revision 的檔案內容"
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "輸出目前或是特定修定版的檔案內容"
+
 msgid ""
 "    Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
 "    no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
 "    or tip if no revision is checked out."
 msgstr ""
-"    Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If\n"
-"    no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used,\n"
-"    or tip if no revision is checked out."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
-"    given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
-"    for the export command, with the following additions::"
-msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
 "    Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
 "    given using a format string. The formatting rules are the same as\n"
 "    for the export command, with the following additions:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"      %s   basename of file being printed\n"
-"      %d   dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
-"      %p   root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    %s   basename of file being printed\n"
-"    %d   dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
-"    %p   root-relative path name of file being printed\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    :``%s``: basename of file being printed\n"
+"    :``%d``: dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root\n"
+"    :``%p``: root-relative path name of file being printed"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "make a copy of an existing repository"
-msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "對已存在的 repository 複製一份"
+
 msgid "    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory."
 msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
 "    basename of the source."
 msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
 "    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls."
 msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories."
-msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
+
+msgid "    See :hg:`help urls` for valid source format details."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination, but no\n"
 "    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision)."
-msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details."
-msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs."
-msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+"    Please see :hg:`help urls` for important details about ``ssh://`` URLs."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    A set of changesets (tags, or branch names) to pull may be specified\n"
+"    by listing each changeset (tag, or branch name) with -r/--rev.\n"
+"    If -r/--rev is used, the cloned repository will contain only a subset\n"
+"    of the changesets of the source repository. Only the set of changesets\n"
+"    defined by all -r/--rev options (including all their ancestors)\n"
+"    will be pulled into the destination repository.\n"
+"    No subsequent changesets (including subsequent tags) will be present\n"
+"    in the destination."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Using -r/--rev (or 'clone src#rev dest') implies --pull, even for\n"
+"    local source repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
 "    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
+"    to the repository data, not to the working directory). Some\n"
 "    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
 "    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
 "    avoid hardlinking."
 msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and the working directory\n"
 "    using full hardlinks with ::"
 msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid "      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE"
 msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
 "    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
 "    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
 "    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
 "    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"對已存在的 repository 複製一份\n"
-"\n"
-"    Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the\n"
-"    basename of the source.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The location of the source is added to the new repository's\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc file, as the default to be used for future pulls.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If you use the -r/--rev option to clone up to a specific revision,\n"
-"    no subsequent revisions (including subsequent tags) will be\n"
-"    present in the cloned repository. This option implies --pull, even\n"
-"    on local repositories.\n"
-"\n"
-"    By default, clone will check out the head of the 'default' branch.\n"
-"    If the -U/--noupdate option is used, the new clone will contain\n"
-"    only a repository (.hg) and no working copy (the working copy\n"
-"    parent is the null revision).\n"
-"\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for valid source format details.\n"
-"\n"
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination, but no\n"
-"    .hg/hgrc and working directory will be created on the remote side.\n"
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh:// URLs.\n"
-"\n"
-"    For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the source\n"
-"    and destination are on the same filesystem (note this applies only\n"
-"    to the repository data, not to the checked out files). Some\n"
-"    filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking incorrectly, but\n"
-"    do not report errors. In these cases, use the --pull option to\n"
-"    avoid hardlinking.\n"
-"\n"
-"    In some cases, you can clone repositories and checked out files\n"
-"    using full hardlinks with\n"
-"\n"
-"      $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE\n"
-"\n"
-"    This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The\n"
-"    operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during\n"
-"    the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your editor\n"
-"    breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do so). Also,\n"
-"    this is not compatible with certain extensions that place their\n"
-"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq.\n"
-"\n"
-"    "
+"    metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Mercurial will update the working directory to the first applicable\n"
+"    revision from this list:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    a) null if -U or the source repository has no changesets\n"
+"    b) if -u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of\n"
+"       the source repository's working directory\n"
+"    c) the changeset specified with -u (if a branch name, this means the\n"
+"       latest head of that branch)\n"
+"    d) the changeset specified with -r\n"
+"    e) the tipmost head specified with -b\n"
+"    f) the tipmost head specified with the url#branch source syntax\n"
+"    g) the tipmost head of the default branch\n"
+"    h) tip"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "cannot specify both --noupdate and --updaterev"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "commit the specified files or all outstanding changes"
 msgstr "將指定的檔案或是目前的變更 commit"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
-"    centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
-"    for a way to actively distribute your changes."
-msgstr ""
-"    Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a\n"
-"    centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See hg push\n"
-"    for a way to actively distribute your changes."
-
-msgid ""
-"    If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
+"    centralized RCS, this operation is a local operation. See\n"
+"    :hg:`push` for a way to actively distribute your changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by :hg:`status`\n"
 "    will be committed."
 msgstr ""
-"    If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by \"hg status\"\n"
-"    will be committed."
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
 "    filenames or -I/-X filters."
 msgstr ""
-"    If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any\n"
-"    filenames or -I/-X filters."
-
-msgid ""
-"    If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
-"    started to prompt you for a message."
-msgstr ""
-"    If no commit message is specified, the configured editor is\n"
-"    started to prompt you for a message."
+
+msgid ""
+"    If no commit message is specified, Mercurial starts your\n"
+"    configured editor where you can enter a message. In case your\n"
+"    commit fails, you will find a backup of your message in\n"
+"    ``.hg/last-message.txt``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed.\n"
+"    "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "can only close branch heads"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "nothing changed\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6648,6 +6489,10 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "reopening closed branch head %d\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "committed changeset %d:%s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -6659,40 +6504,96 @@
 "    directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
 "    the source must be a single file."
 msgstr ""
-"    Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a\n"
-"    directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file,\n"
-"    the source must be a single file."
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
 "    exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
 "    operation is recorded, but no copying is performed."
 msgstr ""
-"    By default, this command copies the contents of files as they\n"
-"    exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the\n"
-"    operation is recorded, but no copying is performed."
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
-"    before that, see hg revert.\n"
+"    before that, see :hg:`revert`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy\n"
-"    before that, see hg revert.\n"
-"    "
 
 msgid "find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "There is no Mercurial repository here (.hg not found)"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "either two or three arguments required"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "builds a repo with a given dag from scratch in the current empty repo"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Elements:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"     - \"+n\" is a linear run of n nodes based on the current default "
+"parent\n"
+"     - \".\" is a single node based on the current default parent\n"
+"     - \"$\" resets the default parent to null (implied at the start);\n"
+"           otherwise the default parent is always the last node created\n"
+"     - \"<p\" sets the default parent to the backref p\n"
+"     - \"*p\" is a fork at parent p, which is a backref\n"
+"     - \"*p1/p2\" is a merge of parents p1 and p2, which are backrefs\n"
+"     - \"/p2\" is a merge of the preceding node and p2\n"
+"     - \":tag\" defines a local tag for the preceding node\n"
+"     - \"@branch\" sets the named branch for subsequent nodes\n"
+"     - \"!command\" runs the command using your shell\n"
+"     - \"!!my command\\n\" is like \"!\", but to the end of the line\n"
+"     - \"#...\\n\" is a comment up to the end of the line"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Whitespace between the above elements is ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    A backref is either"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"     - a number n, which references the node curr-n, where curr is the "
+"current\n"
+"       node, or\n"
+"     - the name of a local tag you placed earlier using \":tag\", or\n"
+"     - empty to denote the default parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    All string valued-elements are either strictly alphanumeric, or must\n"
+"    be enclosed in double quotes (\"...\"), with \"\\\" as escape character."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Note that the --overwritten-file and --appended-file options imply the\n"
+"    use of \"HGMERGE=internal:local\" during DAG buildup.\n"
+"    "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "need at least one of -m, -a, -o, -n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "repository is not empty"
+msgstr "儲存庫不是空白的"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s command %s"
+msgstr "%s 命令 %s"
+
+msgid "list all available commands and options"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "returns the completion list associated with the given command"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "show information detected about current filesystem"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given revision"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -6722,41 +6623,51 @@
 msgstr "顯示合併自所有 hgrc 檔案內容的設定值"
 
 msgid "    With no arguments, print names and values of all config items."
-msgstr "    With no arguments, print names and values of all config items."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
 "    of that config item."
 msgstr ""
-"    With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value\n"
-"    of that config item."
 
 msgid ""
 "    With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
 "    items with matching section names."
 msgstr ""
-"    With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config\n"
-"    items with matching section names."
 
 msgid ""
 "    With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
-"    for each config item.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed\n"
-"    for each config item.\n"
-"    "
+"    for each config item."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "read config from: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "only one config item permitted"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "access the pushkey key/value protocol"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    With two args, list the keys in the given namespace."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    With five args, set a key to new if it currently is set to old.\n"
+"    Reports success or failure.\n"
+"    "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "parse and apply a revision specification"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "manually set the parents of the current working directory"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should\n"
-"    be used with care.\n"
-"    "
+"    be used with care."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "show the contents of the current dirstate"
@@ -6766,6 +6677,22 @@
 msgid "copy: %s -> %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "format the changelog or an index DAG as a concise textual description"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    If you pass a revlog index, the revlog's DAG is emitted. If you list\n"
+"    revision numbers, they get labelled in the output as rN."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Otherwise, the changelog DAG of the current repo is emitted.\n"
+"    "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "need repo for changelog dag"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "dump the contents of a data file revision"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -6792,8 +6719,9 @@
 msgid " (check that your locale is properly set)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Checking extensions...\n"
-msgstr ""
+#, python-format
+msgid "Checking installed modules (%s)...\n"
+msgstr "正在檢查安裝的模組 (%s)...\n"
 
 msgid " One or more extensions could not be found"
 msgstr ""
@@ -6817,183 +6745,152 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid " patch test failed!\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid " (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. Please check your .hgrc file)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid " Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n"
+msgstr "路徑測試失敗!\n"
+
+msgid ""
+" (Current patch tool may be incompatible with patch, or misconfigured. "
+"Please check your configuration file)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+" Internal patcher failure, please report this error to http://mercurial."
+"selenic.com/wiki/BugTracker\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Checking commit editor...\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檢查提交訊息編輯器...\n"
 
 msgid " No commit editor set and can't find vi in PATH\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid " (specify a commit editor in your .hgrc file)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "沒有設定提交訊息編輯器,然後在PATH中也沒有vi\n"
+
+msgid " (specify a commit editor in your configuration file)\n"
+msgstr "(在你的設定檔指明一個用來編輯提交訊息的編輯器)\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid " Can't find editor '%s' in PATH\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在PATH中找不到編輯器 '%s'\n"
 
 msgid "Checking username...\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid " (specify a username in your .hgrc file)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檢查使用者名稱...\n"
+
+msgid " (specify a username in your configuration file)\n"
+msgstr "(在你的設定檔指明一個使用者名稱)\n"
 
 msgid "No problems detected\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "查不到問題\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s problems detected, please check your install!\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "查到%s問題,請檢查你的安裝!\n"
 
 msgid "dump rename information"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "倒出改名資訊"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s renamed from %s:%s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 改名字從%s:%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s not renamed\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 沒有被改名\n"
 
 msgid "show how files match on given patterns"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "diff repository (or selected files)"
-msgstr "diff repository (或是所選擇的檔案)"
+msgstr "diff 儲存庫 (或是所選擇的檔案)"
 
 msgid "    Show differences between revisions for the specified files."
-msgstr "    Show differences between revisions for the specified files."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "    Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format."
-msgstr "    Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format."
-
-msgid ""
-"    NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
-"    default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
-"    changeset if no revisions are specified."
-msgstr ""
-"    NOTE: diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
-"    default to comparing against the working directory's first parent\n"
-"    changeset if no revisions are specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    .. note::\n"
+"       diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will\n"
+"       default to comparing against the working directory's first\n"
+"       parent changeset if no revisions are specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see\n"
+"    the changes in that changeset relative to its first parent."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
 "    files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
 "    anyway, probably with undesirable results."
 msgstr ""
-"    Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of\n"
-"    files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff\n"
-"    anyway, probably with undesirable results."
 
 msgid ""
 "    Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
-"    format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
-"    format. For more information, read 'hg help diffs'.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+"    format. For more information, read :hg:`help diffs`."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets"
 msgstr "將一或多個 changesets 的 header 以及 diffs dump 出來"
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "    Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions."
-msgstr "    Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n"
-"    changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment."
-msgstr ""
-"    The information shown in the changeset header is: author,\n"
-"    changeset hash, parent(s) and commit comment."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
-"    changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
-"    first parent only."
-msgstr ""
-"    NOTE: export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
-"    changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
-"    first parent only."
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date,\n"
+"    branch name (if non-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit\n"
+"    comment."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    .. note::\n"
+"       export may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
+"       changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its\n"
+"       first parent only."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
-"    given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows::"
-msgstr ""
-"    Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is\n"
 "    given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"      %%   literal \"%\" character\n"
-"      %H   changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
-"      %N   number of patches being generated\n"
-"      %R   changeset revision number\n"
-"      %b   basename of the exporting repository\n"
-"      %h   short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
-"      %n   zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
-"      %r   zero-padded changeset revision number"
-msgstr ""
-"    %%   literal \"%\" character\n"
-"    %H   changeset hash (40 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
-"    %N   number of patches being generated\n"
-"    %R   changeset revision number\n"
-"    %b   basename of the exporting repository\n"
-"    %h   short-form changeset hash (12 bytes of hexadecimal)\n"
-"    %n   zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
-"    %r   zero-padded changeset revision number"
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    :``%%``: literal \"%\" character\n"
+"    :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits)\n"
+"    :``%N``: number of patches being generated\n"
+"    :``%R``: changeset revision number\n"
+"    :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository\n"
+"    :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits)\n"
+"    :``%n``: zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1\n"
+"    :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
 "    of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
 "    diff anyway, probably with undesirable results."
 msgstr ""
-"    Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs\n"
-"    of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a\n"
-"    diff anyway, probably with undesirable results."
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
-"    format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information."
-msgstr ""
-"    Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff\n"
-"    format. See 'hg help diffs' for more information."
-
-#, fuzzy
+"    format. See :hg:`help diffs` for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
-"    second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the\n"
-"    second parent. It can be useful to review a merge.\n"
-"    "
+"    second parent. It can be useful to review a merge."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "export requires at least one changeset"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "exporting patches:\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "匯出路徑(s):\n"
 
 msgid "exporting patch:\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "匯出路徑:\n"
 
 msgid "forget the specified files on the next commit"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "下次提交時忘記指定的檔案"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked\n"
@@ -7006,9 +6903,7 @@
 "    working directory."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid ""
-"    To undo a forget before the next commit, see hg add.\n"
-"    "
+msgid "    To undo a forget before the next commit, see :hg:`add`."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "no files specified"
@@ -7019,10 +6914,10 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "search for a pattern in specified files and revisions"
-msgstr "從指定的檔案或 revisions 搜尋樣式"
+msgstr "從指定的檔案或修定版搜尋樣式"
 
 msgid "    Search revisions of files for a regular expression."
-msgstr "    Search revisions of files for a regular expression."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
@@ -7030,257 +6925,96 @@
 "    working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
 "    match appears."
 msgstr ""
-"    This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts\n"
-"    Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the\n"
-"    working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a\n"
-"    match appears."
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
 "    file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
 "    that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
 "    becomes a non-match, or \"+\" for a non-match that becomes a match),\n"
-"    use the --all flag.\n"
+"    use the --all flag."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a\n"
-"    file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision\n"
-"    that contains a change in match status (\"-\" for a match that\n"
-"    becomes a non-match, or \"+\" for a non-match that becomes a match),\n"
-"    use the --all flag.\n"
-"    "
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "show current repository heads or show branch heads"
-msgstr ""
-"顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
-"\n"
-"    With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
-"    changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
-"    are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
-"    the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
-"    branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
-"    any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
-"    or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
-"    was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
-"    is considered inactive.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
-"    are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "    With no arguments, show all repository head changesets."
-msgstr ""
-"顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
-"\n"
-"    With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
-"    changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
-"    are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
-"    the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
-"    branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
-"    any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
-"    or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
-"    was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
-"    is considered inactive.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
-"    are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads"
+
+msgid "    With no arguments, show all repository branch heads."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    Repository \"heads\" are changesets with no child changesets. They are\n"
 "    where development generally takes place and are the usual targets\n"
-"    for update and merge operations."
-msgstr ""
-"顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
-"\n"
-"    With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
-"    changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
-"    are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
-"    the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
-"    branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
-"    any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
-"    or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
-"    was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
-"    is considered inactive.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
-"    are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
-"    the named branch associated with the specified changeset(s)."
-msgstr ""
-"顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
-"\n"
-"    With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
-"    changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
-"    are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
-"    the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
-"    branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
-"    any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
-"    or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
-"    was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
-"    is considered inactive.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
-"    are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    Branch heads are changesets on a named branch with no descendants on\n"
-"    the same branch. A branch head could be a \"true\" (repository) head,\n"
-"    or it could be the last changeset on that branch before it was\n"
-"    merged into another branch, or it could be the last changeset on the\n"
-"    branch before a new branch was created. If none of the branch heads\n"
-"    are true heads, the branch is considered inactive."
-msgstr ""
-"顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
-"\n"
-"    With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
-"    changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
-"    are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
-"    the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
-"    branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
-"    any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
-"    or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
-"    was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
-"    is considered inactive.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
-"    are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+"    for update and merge operations. Branch heads are changesets that have\n"
+"    no child changeset on the same branch."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    If one or more REVs are given, only branch heads on the branches\n"
+"    associated with the specified changesets are shown."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed\n"
-"    (see hg commit --close-branch)."
-msgstr ""
-"顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
-"\n"
-"    With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
-"    changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
-"    are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
-"    the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
-"    branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
-"    any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
-"    or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
-"    was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
-"    is considered inactive.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
-"    are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+"    (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`)."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of\n"
-"    STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
+"    STARTREV will be displayed."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    If -t/--topo is specified, named branch mechanics will be ignored and "
+"only\n"
+"    changesets without children will be shown."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 if matching heads are found, 1 if not.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"顯示目前的 repository heads 或是 branch heads\n"
-"\n"
-"    With no arguments, show all repository head changesets.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Repository \"heads\" are changesets that don't have child\n"
-"    changesets. They are where development generally takes place and\n"
-"    are the usual targets for update and merge operations.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one or more REV is given, the \"branch heads\" will be shown for\n"
-"    the named branch associated with that revision. The name of the\n"
-"    branch is called the revision's branch tag.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Branch heads are revisions on a given named branch that do not have\n"
-"    any children on the same branch. A branch head could be a true head\n"
-"    or it could be the last changeset on a branch before a new branch\n"
-"    was created. If none of the branch heads are true heads, the branch\n"
-"    is considered inactive.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If STARTREV is specified only those heads (or branch heads) that\n"
-"    are descendants of STARTREV will be displayed.\n"
-"    "
-
-msgid "you must specify a branch to use --closed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "no open branch heads on branch %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "no changes on branch %s containing %s are reachable from %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "no changes on branch %s are reachable from %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "no open branch heads found on branches %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid " (started at %s)"
+msgstr "(開始在: %s)"
 
 msgid "show help for a given topic or a help overview"
 msgstr "顯示特定主題的 help 說明或是 help overview"
 
-msgid "    With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages."
-msgstr "    With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages."
+msgid ""
+"    With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
 "    topic."
 msgstr ""
-"    Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that\n"
-"    topic."
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 if successful.\n"
+"    "
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "global options:"
 msgstr "全域選項:"
 
 msgid "use \"hg help\" for the full list of commands"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用 'hg help' 列出全部的命令"
 
 msgid "use \"hg help\" for the full list of commands or \"hg -v\" for details"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用 'hg help' 列出全部的命令或 'hg -v'列出詳細資料"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "use \"hg -v help%s\" to show aliases and global options"
@@ -7304,25 +7038,49 @@
 msgid "(no help text available)"
 msgstr "(沒有可用的說明文字)"
 
+#, python-format
+msgid "shell alias for::"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "    %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "alias for: hg %s"
+msgstr "別名: hg %s"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"use \"hg -v help %s\" to show verbose help\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"使用 \"hg -v help %s\" 以顯示全域選項\n"
+
 msgid "options:\n"
 msgstr "選項:\n"
 
 msgid "no commands defined\n"
 msgstr "沒有定義的命令\n"
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "enabled extensions:"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"已啟用的擴充套件:\n"
-"\n"
-
 msgid "no help text available"
 msgstr "沒有可用的說明文字"
 
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
 msgid "%s extension - %s"
-msgstr "%s 擴充套件 - %s\n"
+msgstr "%s 擴充套件 - %s"
+
+msgid "use \"hg help extensions\" for information on enabling extensions\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is provided by the following extension:"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM\n"
 msgstr "Mercurial 分散式版本控制系統\n"
@@ -7330,6 +7088,22 @@
 msgid "basic commands:"
 msgstr "基本命令:"
 
+msgid "enabled extensions:"
+msgstr "已啟用的擴充套件:"
+
+msgid "VALUE"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "DEPRECATED"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"[+] marked option can be specified multiple times"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"有標記 [+] 的參數,可以表述多次"
+
 msgid ""
 "\n"
 "additional help topics:"
@@ -7338,52 +7112,38 @@
 "額外的說明主題:"
 
 msgid "identify the working copy or specified revision"
-msgstr "識別 working copy 或指定的 revision 完整性"
+msgstr "識別工作副本或描述的修定版"
 
 msgid ""
 "    With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
 "    repository."
 msgstr ""
-"    With no revision, print a summary of the current state of the\n"
-"    repository."
 
 msgid ""
 "    Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
 "    cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle."
 msgstr ""
-"    Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will\n"
-"    cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle."
 
 msgid ""
 "    This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
 "    parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
 "    uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
-"    this revision and a branch name for non-default branches.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    This summary identifies the repository state using one or two\n"
-"    parent hash identifiers, followed by a \"+\" if there are\n"
-"    uncommitted changes in the working directory, a list of tags for\n"
-"    this revision and a branch name for non-default branches.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+"    this revision and a branch name for non-default branches."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "import an ordered set of patches"
 msgstr "import 一組有順序的 patches"
 
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "    Import a list of patches and commit them individually."
-msgstr "    Import a list of patches and commit them individually."
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"    Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless\n"
+"    --no-commit is specified)."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
 "    will abort unless given the -f/--force flag."
 msgstr ""
-"    If there are outstanding changes in the working directory, import\n"
-"    will abort unless given the -f/--force flag."
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
 "    as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
@@ -7392,26 +7152,14 @@
 "    text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
 "    message."
 msgstr ""
-"    You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches\n"
-"    as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type\n"
-"    text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email\n"
-"    message are used as default committer and commit message. All\n"
-"    text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit\n"
-"    message."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"    If the imported patch was generated by :hg:`export`, user and\n"
 "    description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
 "    body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
 "    override these."
 msgstr ""
-"    If the imported patch was generated by hg export, user and\n"
-"    description from patch override values from message headers and\n"
-"    body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user\n"
-"    override these."
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
 "    the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
@@ -7419,36 +7167,20 @@
 "    the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
 "    deficiencies in the text patch format."
 msgstr ""
-"    If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to\n"
-"    the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the\n"
-"    resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in\n"
-"    the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other\n"
-"    deficiencies in the text patch format."
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
 "    copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'."
 msgstr ""
-"    With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and\n"
-"    copies in the patch in the same way as 'addremove'."
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name. If\n"
 "    a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it.\n"
-"    See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    To read a patch from standard input, use \"-\" as the patch name.\n"
-"    See 'hg help dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date.\n"
-"    "
-
-msgid "applying patch from stdin\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "no diffs found"
-msgstr ""
+"    See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "to working directory"
+msgstr "到工作目錄"
 
 msgid "not a Mercurial patch"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7456,6 +7188,16 @@
 msgid "patch is damaged or loses information"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "applying patch from stdin\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "applied %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "no diffs found"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "show new changesets found in source"
 msgstr "顯示來源端新的 changesets"
 
@@ -7464,23 +7206,22 @@
 "    pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
 "    if a pull at the time you issued this command."
 msgstr ""
-"    Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default\n"
-"    pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled\n"
-"    if a pull at the time you issued this command."
 
 msgid ""
 "    For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
 "    changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull."
 msgstr ""
-"    For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the\n"
-"    changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull."
-
-msgid ""
-"    See pull for valid source format details.\n"
+
+msgid "    See pull for valid source format details."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 if there are incoming changes, 1 otherwise.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    See pull for valid source format details.\n"
-"    "
+
+msgid "cannot combine --bundle and --subrepos"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "create a new repository in the given directory"
 msgstr "於指定的目錄建立新的 repository"
@@ -7489,20 +7230,14 @@
 "    Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
 "    directory does not exist, it will be created."
 msgstr ""
-"    Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given\n"
-"    directory does not exist, it will be created."
 
 msgid "    If no directory is given, the current directory is used."
-msgstr "    If no directory is given, the current directory is used."
-
-msgid ""
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    It is possible to specify an ssh:// URL as the destination.\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
-"    "
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination.\n"
+"    See :hg:`help urls` for more information."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "locate files matching specific patterns"
 msgstr "找出符合指定樣式的檔案"
@@ -7511,47 +7246,32 @@
 "    Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
 "    names match the given patterns."
 msgstr ""
-"    Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose\n"
-"    names match the given patterns."
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
 "    directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
 "    subdirectories, use \"--include .\"."
 msgstr ""
-"    By default, this command searches all directories in the working\n"
-"    directory. To search just the current directory and its\n"
-"    subdirectories, use \"--include .\"."
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
 "    of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory."
 msgstr ""
-"    If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names\n"
-"    of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory."
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
 "    command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
 "    will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
-"    contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    If you want to feed the output of this command into the \"xargs\"\n"
-"    command, use the -0 option to both this command and \"xargs\". This\n"
-"    will avoid the problem of \"xargs\" treating single filenames that\n"
-"    contain whitespace as multiple filenames.\n"
-"    "
+"    contain whitespace as multiple filenames."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "show revision history of entire repository or files"
-msgstr "顯示整個 repository 或特定檔案的 revision history"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
 "    project."
 msgstr ""
-"    Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire\n"
-"    project."
 
 msgid ""
 "    File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
@@ -7560,20 +7280,13 @@
 "    ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
 "    only follows the first parent of merge revisions."
 msgstr ""
-"    File history is shown without following rename or copy history of\n"
-"    files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across\n"
-"    renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show\n"
-"    ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. --follow-first\n"
-"    only follows the first parent of merge revisions."
-
-msgid ""
-"    If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"    If no revision range is specified, the default is ``tip:0`` unless\n"
 "    --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
-"    used as the starting revision."
-msgstr ""
-"    If no revision range is specified, the default is tip:0 unless\n"
-"    --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is\n"
-"    used as the starting revision."
+"    used as the starting revision. You can specify a revision set for\n"
+"    log, see :hg:`help revsets` for more information."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
@@ -7581,54 +7294,36 @@
 "    each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
 "    changed files and full commit message are shown."
 msgstr ""
-"    By default this command prints revision number and changeset id,\n"
-"    tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for\n"
-"    each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of\n"
-"    changed files and full commit message are shown."
-
-msgid ""
-"    NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
-"    changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
-"    its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
-"    will appear in files:.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    NOTE: log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
-"    changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
-"    its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
-"    will appear in files:.\n"
-"    "
+
+msgid ""
+"    .. note::\n"
+"       log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge\n"
+"       changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against\n"
+"       its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents\n"
+"       will appear in files:."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "output the current or given revision of the project manifest"
-msgstr "輸出 project manifest 目前或指定的 revision"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
 "    If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
 "    is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out."
 msgstr ""
-"    Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision.\n"
-"    If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory\n"
-"    is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out."
 
 msgid ""
 "    With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
-"    With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits.\n"
-"    With --debug, print file revision hashes.\n"
-"    "
+"    With --debug, print file revision hashes."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "merge working directory with another revision"
-msgstr "將 working directory 與其他的 revision 合併"
+msgstr "將工作目錄與其他的修定版合併"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
 "    the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision."
 msgstr ""
-"    The current working directory is updated with all changes made in\n"
-"    the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision."
 
 msgid ""
 "    Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
@@ -7636,30 +7331,44 @@
 "    updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
 "    two parents."
 msgstr ""
-"    Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for\n"
-"    the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further\n"
-"    updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have\n"
-"    two parents."
+
+msgid ""
+"    ``--tool`` can be used to specify the merge tool used for file\n"
+"    merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your\n"
+"    configuration files."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
 "    head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
 "    head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
-"    explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a\n"
-"    head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other\n"
-"    head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an\n"
-"    explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided.\n"
+"    explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    :hg:`resolve` must be used to resolve unresolved files."
+msgstr "hg `resolve`必須使用在解決未解決的檔案."
+
+msgid ""
+"    To undo an uncommitted merge, use :hg:`update --clean .` which\n"
+"    will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing\n"
+"    all changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files.\n"
 "    "
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "branch '%s' has %d heads - please merge with an explicit rev"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "branch '%s' has one head - please merge with an explicit rev"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"branch '%s' has %d heads - please merge with an explicit rev\n"
+"(run 'hg heads .' to see heads)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"branch '%s' has one head - please merge with an explicit rev\n"
+"(run 'hg heads' to see all heads)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "there is nothing to merge"
@@ -7669,45 +7378,38 @@
 msgid "%s - use \"hg update\" instead"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit rev"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "show changesets not found in destination"
-msgstr "顯示目的端沒有的 changesets"
+msgid ""
+"working dir not at a head rev - use \"hg update\" or merge with an explicit "
+"rev"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show changesets not found in the destination"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
 "    or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
 "    be pushed if a push was requested."
 msgstr ""
-"    Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository\n"
-"    or the default push location. These are the changesets that would\n"
-"    be pushed if a push was requested."
-
-msgid ""
-"    See pull for valid destination format details.\n"
+
+msgid "    See pull for details of valid destination formats."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 if there are outgoing changes, 1 otherwise.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    See pull for valid destination format details.\n"
-"    "
 
 msgid "show the parents of the working directory or revision"
-msgstr "顯示 working directory 或特定 revision 的 parents"
+msgstr "顯示工作目錄或修定版的母系"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
 "    given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
 "    If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
 "    last changed (before the working directory revision or the\n"
-"    argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is\n"
-"    given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed.\n"
-"    If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was\n"
-"    last changed (before the working directory revision or the\n"
-"    argument to --rev if given) is printed.\n"
-"    "
+"    argument to --rev if given) is printed."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "can only specify an explicit filename"
 msgstr ""
@@ -7723,22 +7425,28 @@
 "    Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
 "    show definition of all available names."
 msgstr ""
-"    Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given,\n"
-"    show definition of all available names."
-
-msgid ""
-"    Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
-"    and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too."
-msgstr ""
-"    Path names are defined in the [paths] section of /etc/mercurial/hgrc\n"
-"    and $HOME/.hgrc. If run inside a repository, .hg/hgrc is used, too."
-
-msgid ""
-"    See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
-"    "
+
+msgid ""
+"    Path names are defined in the [paths] section of your\n"
+"    configuration file and in ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. If run inside a\n"
+"    repository, ``.hg/hgrc`` is used, too."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    The path names ``default`` and ``default-push`` have a special\n"
+"    meaning.  When performing a push or pull operation, they are used\n"
+"    as fallbacks if no location is specified on the command-line.\n"
+"    When ``default-push`` is set, it will be used for push and\n"
+"    ``default`` will be used for pull; otherwise ``default`` is used\n"
+"    as the fallback for both.  When cloning a repository, the clone\n"
+"    source is written as ``default`` in ``.hg/hgrc``.  Note that\n"
+"    ``default`` and ``default-push`` apply to all inbound (e.g.\n"
+"    :hg:`incoming`) and outbound (e.g. :hg:`outgoing`, :hg:`email` and\n"
+"    :hg:`bundle`) operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    See :hg:`help urls` for more information."
+msgstr "\tSee 'hg help urls' for more information."
 
 msgid "not found!\n"
 msgstr "沒有找到！\n"
@@ -7753,7 +7461,7 @@
 msgstr "(執行 'hg update' 來取得 working copy)\n"
 
 msgid "pull changes from the specified source"
-msgstr "pull 指定來源端的 changes"
+msgstr "拉收指定來源端的變更"
 
 msgid "    Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one."
 msgstr "    Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one."
@@ -7764,79 +7472,74 @@
 "    -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
 "    project in the working directory."
 msgstr ""
-"    This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path\n"
-"    or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless\n"
-"    -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the\n"
-"    project in the working directory."
-
-msgid ""
-"    Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
-"    pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
-"    added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
-"    where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming."
-msgstr ""
-"    Use hg incoming if you want to see what would have been added by a\n"
-"    pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide to\n"
-"    added those changes to the repository, you should use pull -r X\n"
-"    where X is the last changeset listed by hg incoming."
+
+msgid ""
+"    Use :hg:`incoming` if you want to see what would have been added\n"
+"    by a pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide\n"
+"    to add those changes to the repository, you should use :hg:`pull\n"
+"    -r X` where ``X`` is the last changeset listed by :hg:`incoming`."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
+"    See :hg:`help urls` for more information."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used.\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
+msgid ""
+"other repository doesn't support revision lookup, so a rev cannot be "
+"specified."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "push changes to the specified destination"
-msgstr "將 changes push 至指定的目的端"
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "    Push changes from the local repository to the given destination."
-msgstr "    Push changes from the local repository to the given destination."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
-"    the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
-"    local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
-"    current one."
-msgstr ""
-"    This is the symmetrical operation for pull. It moves changes from\n"
-"    the current repository to a different one. If the destination is\n"
-"    local this is identical to a pull in that directory from the\n"
-"    current one."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
-"    increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
-"    user forgot to pull and merge before pushing."
-msgstr ""
-"    By default, push will refuse to run if it detects the result would\n"
-"    increase the number of remote heads. This generally indicates the\n"
-"    user forgot to pull and merge before pushing."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
-"    be pushed to the remote repository."
-msgstr ""
-"    If -r/--rev is used, the named revision and all its ancestors will\n"
-"    be pushed to the remote repository."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n"
-"    URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
+msgstr "將變更推送到至指定的目的端"
+
+msgid ""
+"    Push changesets from the local repository to the specified\n"
+"    destination."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    This operation is symmetrical to pull: it is identical to a pull\n"
+"    in the destination repository from the current one."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    By default, push will not allow creation of new heads at the\n"
+"    destination, since multiple heads would make it unclear which head\n"
+"    to use. In this situation, it is recommended to pull and merge\n"
+"    before pushing."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Use --new-branch if you want to allow push to create a new named\n"
+"    branch that is not present at the destination. This allows you to\n"
+"    only create a new branch without forcing other changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Use -f/--force to override the default behavior and push all\n"
+"    changesets on all branches."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    If -r/--rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors\n"
+"    will be pushed to the remote repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Please see :hg:`help urls` for important details about ``ssh://``\n"
+"    URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    Please see 'hg help urls' for important details about ssh://\n"
-"    URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used.\n"
-"    See 'hg help urls' for more information.\n"
-"    "
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "pushing to %s\n"
@@ -7846,28 +7549,25 @@
 msgstr "roll back 一個被中斷的 transaction"
 
 msgid "    Recover from an interrupted commit or pull."
-msgstr "    Recover from an interrupted commit or pull."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
 "    interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
-"    suggests it.\n"
+"    suggests it."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 if successful, 1 if nothing to recover or verify fails.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    This command tries to fix the repository status after an\n"
-"    interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial\n"
-"    suggests it.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid "remove the specified files on the next commit"
 msgstr "移除下次要 commit 的檔案"
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "    Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository."
-msgstr "    Schedule the indicated files for removal from the repository."
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
 "    entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
@@ -7875,27 +7575,15 @@
 "    force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
 "    revision without deleting them from the working directory."
 msgstr ""
-"    This only removes files from the current branch, not from the\n"
-"    entire project history. -A/--after can be used to remove only\n"
-"    files that have already been deleted, -f/--force can be used to\n"
-"    force deletion, and -Af can be used to remove files from the next\n"
-"    revision without deleting them from the working directory."
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
 "    file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
 "    states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] (as\n"
-"    reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from branch)\n"
-"    and Delete (from disk)::"
-msgstr ""
-"    The following table details the behavior of remove for different\n"
-"    file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file\n"
-"    states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!]\n"
-"    (as reported by hg status). The actions are Warn, Remove (from\n"
-"    branch) and Delete (from disk)."
-
-#, fuzzy
+"    reported by :hg:`status`). The actions are Warn, Remove (from\n"
+"    branch) and Delete (from disk)::"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "             A  C  M  !\n"
 "      none   W  RD W  R\n"
@@ -7903,37 +7591,32 @@
 "      -A     W  W  W  R\n"
 "      -Af    R  R  R  R"
 msgstr ""
-"           A  C  M  !\n"
-"    none   W  RD W  R\n"
-"    -f     R  RD RD R\n"
-"    -A     W  W  W  R\n"
-"    -Af    R  R  R  R"
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
-"    To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
+"    To undo a remove before that, see :hg:`revert`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit.\n"
-"    To undo a remove before that, see hg revert.\n"
-"    "
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "not removing %s: file is untracked\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "not removing %s: file %s (use -f to force removal)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "still exists"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "is modified"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "has been marked for add"
+msgid "not removing %s: file still exists (use -f to force removal)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "not removing %s: file is modified (use -f to force removal)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"not removing %s: file has been marked for add (use -f to force removal)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "rename files; equivalent of copy + remove"
@@ -7944,162 +7627,63 @@
 "    is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
 "    file, there can only be one source."
 msgstr ""
-"    Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest\n"
-"    is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a\n"
-"    file, there can only be one source."
 
 msgid ""
 "    This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
-"    before that, see hg revert.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename\n"
-"    before that, see hg revert.\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "retry file merges from a merge or update"
-msgstr ""
-"重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
-"    revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
-"    resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
-"    will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
-"    -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
-"    indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
-"    marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    U = unresolved\n"
-"    R = resolved\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
-"    revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
-"    resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch."
-msgstr ""
-"重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
-"    revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
-"    resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
-"    will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
-"    -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
-"    indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
-"    marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    U = unresolved\n"
-"    R = resolved\n"
+"    before that, see :hg:`revert`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "redo merges or set/view the merge status of files"
+msgstr "redo合併 或是 設定/觀看 檔案的合併狀況"
+
+msgid ""
+"    Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of\n"
+"    non-interactive merging using the ``internal:merge`` configuration\n"
+"    setting, or a command-line merge tool like ``diff3``. The resolve\n"
+"    command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after\n"
+"    :hg:`merge` has been run, and before :hg:`commit` is run (i.e. the\n"
+"    working directory must have two parents)."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    The resolve command can be used in the following ways:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    - :hg:`resolve [--tool TOOL] FILE...`: attempt to re-merge the "
+"specified\n"
+"      files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re-merging is not\n"
+"      performed for files already marked as resolved. Use ``--all/-a``\n"
+"      to selects all unresolved files. ``--tool`` can be used to specify\n"
+"      the merge tool used for the given files. It overrides the HGMERGE\n"
+"      environment variable and your configuration files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    - :hg:`resolve -m [FILE]`: mark a file as having been resolved\n"
+"      (e.g. after having manually fixed-up the files). The default is\n"
+"      to mark all unresolved files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    - :hg:`resolve -u [FILE]...`: mark a file as unresolved. The\n"
+"      default is to mark all resolved files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    - :hg:`resolve -l`: list files which had or still have conflicts.\n"
+"      In the printed list, ``U`` = unresolved and ``R`` = resolved."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Note that Mercurial will not let you commit files with unresolved\n"
+"    merge conflicts. You must use :hg:`resolve -m ...` before you can\n"
+"    commit after a conflicting merge."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt.\n"
 "    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
-"    will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
-"    -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved."
-msgstr ""
-"重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
-"    revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
-"    resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
-"    will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
-"    -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
-"    indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
-"    marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    U = unresolved\n"
-"    R = resolved\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
-"    indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
-"    marked as resolved before a commit is permitted."
-msgstr ""
-"重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
-"    revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
-"    resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
-"    will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
-"    -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
-"    indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
-"    marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    U = unresolved\n"
-"    R = resolved\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "    The codes used to show the status of files are::"
-msgstr ""
-"重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
-"    revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
-"    resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
-"    will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
-"    -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
-"    indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
-"    marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    U = unresolved\n"
-"    R = resolved\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"      U = unresolved\n"
-"      R = resolved\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command will cleanly retry unresolved file merges using file\n"
-"    revisions preserved from the last update or merge. To attempt to\n"
-"    resolve all unresolved files, use the -a/--all switch.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If a conflict is resolved manually, please note that the changes\n"
-"    will be overwritten if the merge is retried with resolve. The\n"
-"    -m/--mark switch should be used to mark the file as resolved.\n"
-"\n"
-"    This command also allows listing resolved files and manually\n"
-"    indicating whether or not files are resolved. All files must be\n"
-"    marked as resolved before a commit is permitted.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    U = unresolved\n"
-"    R = resolved\n"
-"    "
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "too many options specified"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8114,37 +7698,30 @@
 msgstr "將特定的檔案或目錄回復成較早的狀態"
 
 msgid ""
-"    (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
-"    change the working directory parents.)"
-msgstr ""
-"    (Use update -r to check out earlier revisions, revert does not\n"
-"    change the working directory parents.)"
+"    .. note::\n"
+"       This command is most likely not what you are looking for.\n"
+"       Revert will partially overwrite content in the working\n"
+"       directory without changing the working directory parents. Use\n"
+"       :hg:`update -r rev` to check out earlier revisions, or\n"
+"       :hg:`update --clean .` to undo a merge which has added another\n"
+"       parent."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
 "    to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
 "    This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
 "    state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
-"    working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n"
-"    revision to revert to."
-msgstr ""
-"    With no revision specified, revert the named files or directories\n"
-"    to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory.\n"
-"    This restores the contents of the affected files to an unmodified\n"
-"    state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the\n"
-"    working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify the\n"
-"    revision to revert to."
+"    working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify a\n"
+"    revision."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
 "    to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
-"    to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
-"    dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
-msgstr ""
-"    Using the -r/--rev option, revert the given files or directories\n"
-"    to their contents as of a specific revision. This can be helpful\n"
-"    to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See 'hg help\n"
-"    dates' for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
+"    to \"roll back\" some or all of an earlier change. See :hg:`help\n"
+"    dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
@@ -8153,34 +7730,21 @@
 "    directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
 "    afterwards."
 msgstr ""
-"    Revert modifies the working directory. It does not commit any\n"
-"    changes, or change the parent of the working directory. If you\n"
-"    revert to a revision other than the parent of the working\n"
-"    directory, the reverted files will thus appear modified\n"
-"    afterwards."
 
 msgid ""
 "    If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
 "    of a file was changed, it is reset."
 msgstr ""
-"    If a file has been deleted, it is restored. If the executable mode\n"
-"    of a file was changed, it is reset."
 
 msgid ""
 "    If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
 "    If no arguments are given, no files are reverted."
 msgstr ""
-"    If names are given, all files matching the names are reverted.\n"
-"    If no arguments are given, no files are reverted."
 
 msgid ""
 "    Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
-"    To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting.\n"
-"    To disable these backups, use --no-backup.\n"
-"    "
+"    To disable these backups, use --no-backup."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "you can't specify a revision and a date"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8194,7 +7758,7 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "reverting %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在復原 %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "undeleting %s\n"
@@ -8210,13 +7774,11 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "no changes needed to %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "roll back the last transaction"
-msgstr "roll back 最後一次的 transaction"
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "沒有變更需要去 %s\n"
+
+msgid "roll back the last transaction (dangerous)"
+msgstr "roll back 最後一次的 transaction(危險)"
+
 msgid ""
 "    This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
 "    rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
@@ -8224,122 +7786,82 @@
 "    any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter\n"
 "    the working directory."
 msgstr ""
-"    This command should be used with care. There is only one level of\n"
-"    rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also\n"
-"    restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing\n"
-"    any dirstate changes since that time."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
-"    that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
-"    repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
-"    and their effects can be rolled back::"
-msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
 "    Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands\n"
 "    that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a\n"
 "    repository. For example, the following commands are transactional,\n"
 "    and their effects can be rolled back:"
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"      commit\n"
-"      import\n"
-"      pull\n"
-"      push (with this repository as destination)\n"
-"      unbundle"
-msgstr ""
-"      commit\n"
-"      import\n"
-"      pull\n"
-"      push (with this repository as destination)\n"
-"      unbundle"
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    - commit\n"
+"    - import\n"
+"    - pull\n"
+"    - push (with this repository as the destination)\n"
+"    - unbundle"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
 "    changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
 "    back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
 "    the changes). Furthermore, a race is possible with readers of the\n"
 "    repository; for example an in-progress pull from the repository\n"
-"    may fail if a rollback is performed.\n"
+"    may fail if a rollback is performed."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success, 1 if no rollback data is available.\n"
 "    "
 msgstr ""
-"    This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once\n"
-"    changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction\n"
-"    back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled\n"
-"    the changes). Furthermore, a race is possible with readers of the\n"
-"    repository; for example an in-progress pull from the repository\n"
-"    may fail if a rollback is performed.\n"
-"    "
 
 msgid "print the root (top) of the current working directory"
-msgstr "顯示目前 working directory 的 root 目錄"
-
-msgid ""
-"    Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    Print the root directory of the current repository.\n"
-"    "
-
-msgid "export the repository via HTTP"
-msgstr "將 repository 經由 HTTP 發佈"
-
-msgid "    Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server."
-msgstr "    Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server."
+msgstr "顯示目前工作目錄的 root(top)"
+
+msgid "    Print the root directory of the current repository."
+msgstr "顯示目前儲存庫的 root 目錄"
+
+msgid "start stand-alone webserver"
+msgstr "啟動常駐web伺服器"
+
+msgid ""
+"    Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use\n"
+"    this for ad-hoc sharing and browing of repositories. It is\n"
+"    recommended to use a real web server to serve a repository for\n"
+"    longer periods of time."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Please note that the server does not implement access control.\n"
+"    This means that, by default, anybody can read from the server and\n"
+"    nobody can write to it by default. Set the ``web.allow_push``\n"
+"    option to ``*`` to allow everybody to push to the server. You\n"
+"    should use a real web server if you need to authenticate users."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
 "    stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
-"    files.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to\n"
-"    stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to\n"
-"    files.\n"
-"    "
+"    files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    To have the server choose a free port number to listen on, specify\n"
+"    a port number of 0; in this case, the server will print the port\n"
+"    number it uses."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "There is no Mercurial repository here (.hg not found)"
+msgstr "這邊沒有Mercurial 儲存庫(找不到 .hg)"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "listening at http://%s%s/%s (bound to %s:%d)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "show changed files in the working directory"
-msgstr ""
-"顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
-"    files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
-"    the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
-"    -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
-"    Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
-"    options -mardu are used.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
-"    unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
-"\n"
-"    NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
-"    changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
-"    report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
-"    to one merge parent.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
-"    If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
-"    shown.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    M = modified\n"
-"    A = added\n"
-"    R = removed\n"
-"    C = clean\n"
-"    ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
-"    ? = not tracked\n"
-"    I = ignored\n"
-"      = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "顯示工作目錄的狀態"
+
 msgid ""
 "    Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
 "    files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
@@ -8348,153 +7870,30 @@
 "    Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
 "    options -mardu are used."
 msgstr ""
-"顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
-"    files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
-"    the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
-"    -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
-"    Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
-"    options -mardu are used.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
-"    unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
-"\n"
-"    NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
-"    changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
-"    report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
-"    to one merge parent.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
-"    If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
-"    shown.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    M = modified\n"
-"    A = added\n"
-"    R = removed\n"
-"    C = clean\n"
-"    ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
-"    ? = not tracked\n"
-"    I = ignored\n"
-"      = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
 msgid ""
 "    Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
 "    unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored."
 msgstr ""
-"顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
-"    files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
-"    the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
-"    -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
-"    Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
-"    options -mardu are used.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
-"    unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
-"\n"
-"    NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
-"    changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
-"    report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
-"    to one merge parent.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
-"    If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
-"    shown.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    M = modified\n"
-"    A = added\n"
-"    R = removed\n"
-"    C = clean\n"
-"    ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
-"    ? = not tracked\n"
-"    I = ignored\n"
-"      = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
-"    changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
-"    report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
-"    to one merge parent."
-msgstr ""
-"顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
-"    files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
-"    the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
-"    -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
-"    Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
-"    options -mardu are used.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
-"    unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
-"\n"
-"    NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
-"    changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
-"    report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
-"    to one merge parent.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
-"    If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
-"    shown.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    M = modified\n"
-"    A = added\n"
-"    R = removed\n"
-"    C = clean\n"
-"    ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
-"    ? = not tracked\n"
-"    I = ignored\n"
-"      = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+
+msgid ""
+"    .. note::\n"
+"       status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
+"       changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does\n"
+"       not report permission changes and diff only reports changes\n"
+"       relative to one merge parent."
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "    If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
 "    If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
-"    shown."
-msgstr ""
-"顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
-"    files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
-"    the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
-"    -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
-"    Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
-"    options -mardu are used.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
-"    unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
-"\n"
-"    NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
-"    changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
-"    report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
-"    to one merge parent.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
-"    If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
-"    shown.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    M = modified\n"
-"    A = added\n"
-"    R = removed\n"
-"    C = clean\n"
-"    ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
-"    ? = not tracked\n"
-"    I = ignored\n"
-"      = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
-"    "
-
-#, fuzzy
+"    shown. The --change option can also be used as a shortcut to list\n"
+"    the changed files of a revision from its first parent."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    The codes used to show the status of files are::"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid ""
 "      M = modified\n"
 "      A = added\n"
@@ -8503,43 +7902,11 @@
 "      ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
 "      ? = not tracked\n"
 "      I = ignored\n"
-"        = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"顯示 working directory 中已變更的檔案\n"
-"\n"
-"    Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only\n"
-"    files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or\n"
-"    the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless\n"
-"    -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given.\n"
-"    Unless options described with \"show only ...\" are given, the\n"
-"    options -mardu are used.\n"
-"\n"
-"    Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files\n"
-"    unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored.\n"
-"\n"
-"    NOTE: status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have\n"
-"    changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not\n"
-"    report permission changes and diff only reports changes relative\n"
-"    to one merge parent.\n"
-"\n"
-"    If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision.\n"
-"    If two revisions are given, the differences between them are\n"
-"    shown.\n"
-"\n"
-"    The codes used to show the status of files are:\n"
-"    M = modified\n"
-"    A = added\n"
-"    R = removed\n"
-"    C = clean\n"
-"    ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked)\n"
-"    ? = not tracked\n"
-"    I = ignored\n"
-"      = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)\n"
-"    "
+"        = origin of the previous file listed as A (added)"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "summarize working directory state"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "摘錄工作目錄的狀態"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This generates a brief summary of the working directory state,\n"
@@ -8548,64 +7915,77 @@
 
 msgid ""
 "    With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for\n"
-"    incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
+"    incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "parent: %d:%s "
+msgstr "母系:\t\t%d:%s"
 
 msgid " (empty repository)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(空白的儲存庫)"
 
 msgid " (no revision checked out)"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "parent: %d:%s %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy, python-format
 msgid "branch: %s\n"
-msgstr "找不到 branch %s"
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%d added"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "分支:\t\t %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d modified"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+msgstr "%d 修改"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d added"
+msgstr "%d 新增"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "%d removed"
-msgstr "已移除"
+msgstr "%d 移除"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d renamed"
+msgstr "%d 改名字"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d copied"
+msgstr "%d 複製"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d deleted"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%d 刪除"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d unknown"
+msgstr "%d 不清楚"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d ignored"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy, python-format
-msgid "%d unknown"
-msgstr "未知的 base"
-
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+msgstr "%d 忽略"
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "%d unresolved"
-msgstr "已移除"
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "%d 未解決"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d subrepos"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid " (merge)"
-msgstr "已合併"
+msgstr "(合併)"
 
 msgid " (new branch)"
+msgstr "(新分支)"
+
+msgid " (head closed)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid " (clean)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid " (new branch head)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(新分支標頭)"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "commit: %s\n"
@@ -8629,35 +8009,29 @@
 msgid "%d outgoing"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+#, python-format
 msgid "remote: %s\n"
-msgstr "遠端: "
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr "遠端: %s\n"
+
 msgid "remote: (synced)\n"
-msgstr "遠端: "
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "add one or more tags for the current or given revision"
-msgstr "對目前或是指定的 revision 新增一或多個 tags"
+msgstr "對目前或提供的修定版新增一或多個標記"
 
 msgid "    Name a particular revision using <name>."
-msgstr "    Name a particular revision using <name>."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
 "    very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
 "    earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc."
 msgstr ""
-"    Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are\n"
-"    very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant\n"
-"    earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc."
 
 msgid ""
 "    If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
 "    used, or tip if no revision is checked out."
 msgstr ""
-"    If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is\n"
-"    used, or tip if no revision is checked out."
 
 msgid ""
 "    To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
@@ -8666,17 +8040,16 @@
 "    necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
 "    shared among repositories)."
 msgstr ""
-"    To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags,\n"
-"    they are stored as a file named \".hgtags\" which is managed\n"
-"    similarly to other project files and can be hand-edited if\n"
-"    necessary. The file '.hg/localtags' is used for local tags (not\n"
-"    shared among repositories)."
+
+msgid ""
+"    Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision\n"
+"    lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "tag names must be unique"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "the name '%s' is reserved"
+msgstr "標記名稱必須唯一"
+
+msgid "tag names cannot consist entirely of whitespace"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "--rev and --remove are incompatible"
@@ -8684,159 +8057,128 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "tag '%s' does not exist"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "標記 '%s' 不存在"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "tag '%s' is not a global tag"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "標記'%s' 不是一個全域標記"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "tag '%s' is not a local tag"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "標記'%s' 不是一個本地端標記"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "tag '%s' already exists (use -f to force)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "標記 '%s' 己經有了(使用 -f 去強制)"
 
 msgid "list repository tags"
-msgstr "列出 repository tags"
+msgstr "列出 儲存庫 標記(s)"
 
 msgid ""
 "    This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
-"    switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose\n"
-"    switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags.\n"
-"    "
+"    switch is used, a third column \"local\" is printed for local tags."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "show the tip revision"
-msgstr "顯示 tip revision"
+msgstr "顯示 tip 版本"
 
 msgid ""
 "    The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
 "    most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
 "    recently changed head)."
 msgstr ""
-"    The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset\n"
-"    most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most\n"
-"    recently changed head)."
 
 msgid ""
 "    If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
 "    you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
 "    that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
-"    and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If\n"
-"    you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of\n"
-"    that repository becomes the current tip. The \"tip\" tag is special\n"
-"    and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset.\n"
-"    "
+"    and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "apply one or more changegroup files"
 msgstr "套用一或多個 changegroup 檔案"
 
 msgid ""
 "    Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
-"    bundle command.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the\n"
-"    bundle command.\n"
+"    bundle command."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update has unresolved files.\n"
 "    "
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "update working directory"
-msgstr "更新 working directory"
-
-#, fuzzy
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "update working directory (or switch revisions)"
+msgstr "更新工作目錄(也可以用來切換版本號)"
+
 msgid ""
 "    Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
-"    revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n"
-"    Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n"
-"    clone -U')."
-msgstr ""
-"    Update the repository's working directory to the specified\n"
-"    revision, or the tip of the current branch if none is specified.\n"
-"    Use null as the revision to remove the working copy (like 'hg\n"
-"    clone -U')."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n"
-"    will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n"
-"    repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n"
-"    the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n"
-"    branch."
-msgstr ""
-"    When the working directory contains no uncommitted changes, it\n"
-"    will be replaced by the state of the requested revision from the\n"
-"    repository. When the requested revision is on a different branch,\n"
-"    the working directory will additionally be switched to that\n"
-"    branch."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n"
-"    discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n"
-"    directory with the requested revision. Alternately, use -c/--check\n"
-"    to abort."
-msgstr ""
-"    When there are uncommitted changes, use option -C/--clean to\n"
-"    discard them, forcibly replacing the state of the working\n"
-"    directory with the requested revision."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n"
-"    used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n"
-"    same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n"
-"    new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n"
-"    with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n"
-"    a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead."
-msgstr ""
-"    When there are uncommitted changes and option -C/--clean is not\n"
-"    used, and the parent revision and requested revision are on the\n"
-"    same branch, and one of them is an ancestor of the other, then the\n"
-"    new working directory will contain the requested revision merged\n"
-"    with the uncommitted changes. Otherwise, the update will fail with\n"
-"    a suggestion to use 'merge' or 'update -C' instead."
-
-#, fuzzy
-msgid ""
-"    If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
-"    revert."
-msgstr ""
-"    If you want to update just one file to an older revision, use\n"
-"    revert."
+"    changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the\n"
+"    current named branch."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    If the changeset is not a descendant of the working directory's\n"
+"    parent, the update is aborted. With the -c/--check option, the\n"
+"    working directory is checked for uncommitted changes; if none are\n"
+"    found, the working directory is updated to the specified\n"
+"    changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    The following rules apply when the working directory contains\n"
+"    uncommitted changes:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    1. If neither -c/--check nor -C/--clean is specified, and if\n"
+"       the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of\n"
+"       the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes\n"
+"       are merged into the requested changeset and the merged\n"
+"       result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is\n"
+"       not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another\n"
+"       branch), the update is aborted and the uncommitted changes\n"
+"       are preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    2. With the -c/--check option, the update is aborted and the\n"
+"       uncommitted changes are preserved."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    3. With the -C/--clean option, uncommitted changes are discarded and\n"
+"       the working directory is updated to the requested changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like\n"
+"    :hg:`clone -U`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    If you want to update just one file to an older changeset, use\n"
+"    :hg:`revert`."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "uncommitted local changes"
-msgstr "未同步的變更"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "verify the integrity of the repository"
 msgstr "驗證 repository 的完整性"
 
 msgid "    Verify the integrity of the current repository."
-msgstr "    Verify the integrity of the current repository."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid ""
 "    This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
 "    integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
 "    the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
-"    integrity of their crosslinks and indices.\n"
-"    "
-msgstr ""
-"    This will perform an extensive check of the repository's\n"
-"    integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in\n"
-"    the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the\n"
-"    integrity of their crosslinks and indices.\n"
-"    "
+"    integrity of their crosslinks and indices."
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "output version and copyright information"
 msgstr "輸出版本以及版權資訊"
@@ -8845,9 +8187,12 @@
 msgid "Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n"
 msgstr "mercurial 分散式版本控制系統 (版本 %s)\n"
 
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Matt Mackall <[e-mail]> and others\n"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "(see http://mercurial.selenic.com for more information)"
+msgstr "\tSee 'hg help urls' for more information."
+
+msgid ""
+"Copyright (C) 2005-2010 Matt Mackall and others\n"
 "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO\n"
 "warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8855,6 +8200,9 @@
 msgid "repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "DIR"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "change working directory"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8867,7 +8215,10 @@
 msgid "enable additional output"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "set/override config option"
+msgid "set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "CONFIG"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "enable debugging output"
@@ -8879,10 +8230,16 @@
 msgid "set the charset encoding"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "ENCODE"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "MODE"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "set the charset encoding mode"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "print traceback on exception"
+msgid "always print a traceback on exception"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "time how long the command takes"
@@ -8898,7 +8255,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "do not perform actions, just print output"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不要真的行動,只要顯示輸出"
 
 msgid "specify ssh command to use"
 msgstr ""
@@ -8906,16 +8263,19 @@
 msgid "specify hg command to run on the remote side"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "PATTERN"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "include names matching the given patterns"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "含括符合檔案表示式的檔案"
 
 msgid "exclude names matching the given patterns"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "use <text> as commit message"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "read commit message from <file>"
+msgstr "排除符合檔案表示式的檔案"
+
+msgid "use text as commit message"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "read commit message from file"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "record datecode as commit date"
@@ -8924,6 +8284,9 @@
 msgid "record the specified user as committer"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "STYLE"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "display using template map file"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8933,15 +8296,21 @@
 msgid "do not show merges"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "output diffstat-style summary of changes"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "treat all files as text"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "don't include dates in diff headers"
+msgid "omit dates from diff headers"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "show which function each change is in"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "produce a diff that undoes the changes"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "ignore white space when comparing lines"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8954,21 +8323,33 @@
 msgid "number of lines of context to show"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "SIMILARITY"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "guess renamed files by similarity (0<=s<=100)"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "recurse into subrepositories"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "[OPTION]... [FILE]..."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "annotate the specified revision"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "follow file copies and renames"
+msgstr "追溯描述的版本號"
+
+msgid "follow copies/renames and list the filename (DEPRECATED)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "don't follow copies and renames"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "list the author (long with -v)"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "list the filename"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "list the date (short with -q)"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -8987,6 +8368,9 @@
 msgid "do not pass files through decoders"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "PREFIX"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "directory prefix for files in archive"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9005,6 +8389,9 @@
 msgid "parent to choose when backing out merge"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "specify merge tool"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "revision to backout"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9029,7 +8416,7 @@
 msgid "do not update to target"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "[-gbsr] [-c CMD] [REV]"
+msgid "[-gbsr] [-U] [-c CMD] [REV]"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "set branch name even if it shadows an existing branch"
@@ -9047,16 +8434,19 @@
 msgid "show normal and closed branches"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "[-a]"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "run even when remote repository is unrelated"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "a changeset up to which you would like to bundle"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "a base changeset to specify instead of a destination"
+msgid "[-ac]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "run even when the destination is unrelated"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a changeset intended to be added to the destination"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a specific branch you would like to bundle"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a base changeset assumed to be available at the destination"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "bundle all changesets in the repository"
@@ -9065,7 +8455,7 @@
 msgid "bundle compression type to use"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "[-f] [-a] [-r REV]... [--base REV]... FILE [DEST]"
+msgid "[-f] [-t TYPE] [-a] [-r REV]... [--base REV]... FILE [DEST]"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "print output to file with formatted name"
@@ -9080,10 +8470,16 @@
 msgid "[OPTION]... FILE..."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "the clone will only contain a repository (no working copy)"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "a changeset you would like to have after cloning"
+msgid "the clone will include an empty working copy (only a repository)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "revision, tag or branch to check out"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "include the specified changeset"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "clone only the specified branch"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "[OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]"
@@ -9107,6 +8503,21 @@
 msgid "[INDEX] REV1 REV2"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "add single file mergeable changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add single file all revs append to"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add single file all revs overwrite"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "add new file at each rev"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... TEXT"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "[COMMAND]"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9116,6 +8527,21 @@
 msgid "[-o] CMD"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "use tags as labels"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "annotate with branch names"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "use dots for runs"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "separate elements by spaces"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[OPTION]... [FILE [REV]...]"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "try extended date formats"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9128,7 +8554,10 @@
 msgid "[PATH]"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "FILE"
+msgid "revlog format"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "REPO NAMESPACE [KEY OLD NEW]"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "revision to rebuild to"
@@ -9155,12 +8584,15 @@
 msgid "revision to check"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "[OPTION]... [-r REV1 [-r REV2]] [FILE]..."
+msgid "[OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]..."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "diff against the second parent"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "revisions to export"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "[OPTION]... [-o OUTFILESPEC] REV..."
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9182,22 +8614,28 @@
 msgid "print matching line numbers"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "search in given revision range"
+msgid "only search files changed within revision range"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "[OPTION]... PATTERN [FILE]..."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "show only heads which are descendants of REV"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "show only the active branch heads from open branches"
+msgid "show only heads which are descendants of STARTREV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "STARTREV"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show topological heads only"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show active branchheads only (DEPRECATED)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "show normal and closed branch heads"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "[-r STARTREV] [REV]..."
+msgid "[-ac] [-r STARTREV] [REV]..."
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "[TOPIC]"
@@ -9221,7 +8659,12 @@
 msgid "[-nibt] [-r REV] [SOURCE]"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the corresponding patch option"
+msgid ""
+"directory strip option for patch. This has the same meaning as the "
+"corresponding patch option"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "PATH"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "base path"
@@ -9242,13 +8685,19 @@
 msgid "[OPTION]... PATCH..."
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "run even if remote repository is unrelated"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "show newest record first"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "file to store the bundles into"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "a specific revision up to which you would like to pull"
+msgid "a remote changeset intended to be added"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a specific branch you would like to pull"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "[-p] [-n] [-M] [-f] [-r REV]... [--bundle FILENAME] [SOURCE]"
@@ -9257,7 +8706,7 @@
 msgid "[-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "search the repository as it stood at REV"
+msgid "search the repository as it is in REV"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs"
@@ -9278,7 +8727,7 @@
 msgid "show copied files"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "do case-insensitive search for a keyword"
+msgid "do case-insensitive search for a given text"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "include revisions where files were removed"
@@ -9290,7 +8739,10 @@
 msgid "revisions committed by user"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "show only changesets within the given named branch"
+msgid "show only changesets within the given named branch (DEPRECATED)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "show changesets within the given named branch"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "do not display revision or any of its ancestors"
@@ -9314,16 +8766,19 @@
 msgid "review revisions to merge (no merge is performed)"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "[-f] [[-r] REV]"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "a specific revision up to which you would like to push"
+msgid "[-P] [-f] [[-r] REV]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a changeset intended to be included in the destination"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "a specific branch you would like to push"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "[-M] [-p] [-n] [-f] [-r REV]... [DEST]"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "show parents from the specified revision"
+msgid "show parents of the specified revision"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "[-r REV] [FILE]"
@@ -9332,7 +8787,10 @@
 msgid "[NAME]"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "update to new tip if changesets were pulled"
+msgid "update to new branch head if changesets were pulled"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "run even when remote repository is unrelated"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "[-u] [-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [SOURCE]"
@@ -9341,6 +8799,9 @@
 msgid "force push"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "allow pushing a new branch"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "[-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9356,7 +8817,7 @@
 msgid "[OPTION]... SOURCE... DEST"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "remerge all unresolved files"
+msgid "select all unresolved files"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "list state of files needing merge"
@@ -9365,7 +8826,10 @@
 msgid "mark files as resolved"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "unmark files as resolved"
+msgid "mark files as unresolved"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "hide status prefix"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "revert all changes when no arguments given"
@@ -9374,7 +8838,7 @@
 msgid "tipmost revision matching date"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "revision to revert to"
+msgid "revert to the specified revision"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "do not save backup copies of files"
@@ -9389,9 +8853,15 @@
 msgid "name of error log file to write to"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "PORT"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "port to listen on (default: 8000)"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "ADDR"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "address to listen on (default: all interfaces)"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9401,7 +8871,10 @@
 msgid "name to show in web pages (default: working directory)"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "name of the webdir config file (serve more than one repository)"
+msgid "name of the hgweb config file (see \"hg help hgweb\")"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "name of the hgweb config file (DEPRECATED)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "for remote clients"
@@ -9452,17 +8925,17 @@
 msgid "show only ignored files"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "hide status prefix"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "show source of copied files"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "show difference from revision"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "list the changed files of a revision"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "replace existing tag"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "覆蓋已存在的標記"
 
 msgid "make the tag local"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9471,37 +8944,98 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "remove a tag"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "[-l] [-m TEXT] [-d DATE] [-u USER] [-r REV] NAME..."
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "[-p]"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "update to new tip if changesets were unbundled"
+msgstr "移除一個標記"
+
+msgid "use <text> as commit message"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-f] [-l] [-m TEXT] [-d DATE] [-u USER] [-r REV] NAME..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-p] [-g]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "update to new branch head if changesets were unbundled"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "[-u] FILE..."
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "overwrite locally modified files (no backup)"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "check for uncommitted changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "[-C] [-d DATE] [[-r] REV]"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "config error at %s:%d: '%s'"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "discard uncommitted changes (no backup)"
+msgstr "取消沒有提交的變更(沒有備份)"
+
+msgid "update across branches if no uncommitted changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "[-c] [-C] [-d DATE] [[-r] REV]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "cannot include %s (%s)"
+msgstr "不能引入 %s (%s)"
 
 msgid "not found in manifest"
 msgstr ""
 
+#, python-format
+msgid "no such file in rev %s"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "branch name not in UTF-8!"
+msgstr "分支名稱不是UTF-8編碼!"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s does not exist!\n"
+msgstr "%s 不存在喔!\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%s: up to %d MB of RAM may be required to manage this file\n"
+"(use 'hg revert %s' to cancel the pending addition)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not added: only files and symlinks supported currently\n"
+msgstr "%s 不能新增 : 目前只有支援檔案跟符號連結檔\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s already tracked!\n"
+msgstr "%s 已經追蹤!\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not added!\n"
+msgstr "%s不能新增!\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s still exists!\n"
+msgstr "%s仍然存在!\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not tracked!\n"
+msgstr "%s 不能追蹤!\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s not removed!\n"
+msgstr "%s 不能移除!\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "copy failed: %s is not a file or a symbolic link\n"
+msgstr "複製失敗: %s 不是檔案或符號連結檔\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid character in dag description: %s..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "expected id %i, got %i"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "parent id %i is larger than current id %i"
+msgstr "母系id %i 大於目前的id %i"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid event type in dag: %s"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "working directory state appears damaged!"
@@ -9509,7 +9043,7 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "'\\n' and '\\r' disallowed in filenames: %r"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檔名不准有\\n 跟 \\r: %r"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "directory %r already in dirstate"
@@ -9520,17 +9054,21 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "setting %r to other parent only allowed in merges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "not in dirstate: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "unknown"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不清楚"
 
 msgid "character device"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "字元裝置"
 
 msgid "block device"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "區塊裝置"
 
 msgid "fifo"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9539,18 +9077,70 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "directory"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "目錄"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unsupported file type (type is %s)"
+msgstr "不支援的檔案型態 (型態是 %s)"
+
+msgid "searching for changes\n"
+msgstr "正在搜尋變更\n"
+
+msgid "queries"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "searching"
+msgstr "搜尋中"
+
+msgid "already have changeset "
+msgstr "已經有changeset了"
+
+msgid "warning: repository is unrelated\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "repository is unrelated"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "push creates new remote branches: %s!"
+msgstr "push 建立新的遠端分支 '%s'!"
+
+msgid "use 'hg push --new-branch' to create new remote branches"
+msgstr "使用 'hg push --new-branch' 建立新的遠端分支"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "push creates new remote heads on branch '%s'!"
+msgstr "push 在分支 '%s'建立新的遠端標頭!"
+
+msgid "push creates new remote heads!"
+msgstr "push 建立新的遠端標頭(heads)!"
+
+msgid "you should pull and merge or use push -f to force"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "did you forget to merge? use push -f to force"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "note: unsynced remote changes!\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "abort: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "hg: %s\n"
+msgstr "中止: %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "(%s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "hg: parse error at %s: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "hg: parse error: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "entering debugger - type c to continue starting hg or h for help\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -9569,43 +9159,43 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "abort: %s: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "中止: %s: %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "abort: could not lock %s: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "中止: 我不能鎖住 %s: %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "hg %s: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "hg: %s\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "abort: %s!\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "中止: %s!\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "abort: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "中止: %s"
 
 msgid " empty string\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "空字串\n"
 
 msgid "killed!\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "hg: unknown command '%s'\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "abort: could not import module %s!\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "hg: 不認得'%s'命令\n"
 
 msgid "(did you forget to compile extensions?)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(你忘記編譯額外功能(extensions)?)\n"
 
 msgid "(is your Python install correct?)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(python安裝正確嘛?)\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "abort: error: %s\n"
@@ -9623,15 +9213,16 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "abort: out of memory\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "** unknown exception encountered, details follow\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "** report bug details to http://mercurial.selenic.com/bts/\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "** or [e-mail]\n"
+msgstr "中止: 記憶體沒了\n"
+
+msgid "** unknown exception encountered, please report by visiting\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "**  http://mercurial.selenic.com/wiki/BugTracker\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "** Python %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -9640,13 +9231,19 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "** Extensions loaded: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "** 載入額外套件: %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "no definition for alias '%s'\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid ""
+"error in definition for alias '%s': %s may only be given on the command "
+"line\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "alias '%s' resolves to unknown command '%s'\n"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -9655,20 +9252,26 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "malformed --config option: %s"
+msgid "malformed --config option: %r (use --config section.name=value)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "error getting current working directory: %s"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "extension '%s' overrides commands: %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "Option --config may not be abbreviated!"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Option --cwd may not be abbreviated!"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
+msgid "option --config may not be abbreviated!"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "option --cwd may not be abbreviated!"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Option -R has to be separated from other options (e.g. not -qR) and --"
+"repository may only be abbreviated as --repo!"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -9677,25 +9280,30 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "repository '%s' is not local"
+msgstr "'%s' 儲存庫不在本地端"
+
+msgid "warning: --repository ignored\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "invalid arguments"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "無效的參數"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unrecognized profiling format '%s' - Ignored\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/misc/lsprof/"
+msgid ""
+"lsprof not available - install from http://codespeak.net/svn/user/arigo/hack/"
+"misc/lsprof/"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "*** failed to import extension %s from %s: %s\n"
-msgstr "*** 匯入擴充套件 %s 失敗，路徑為 %s: %s\n"
+msgstr "*** 匯入額外套件 %s 失敗，路徑為 %s: %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "*** failed to import extension %s: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "*** 匯入額外套件 %s 失敗: %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "couldn't find merge tool %s\n"
@@ -9736,35 +9344,39 @@
 msgstr "合併 %s 中\n"
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "%s.premerge not valid ('%s' is neither boolean nor %s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "was merge of '%s' successful (yn)?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid ""
 " output file %s appears unchanged\n"
 "was merge successful (yn)?"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "&No"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "&Yes"
-msgstr ""
-
 #, python-format
 msgid "merging %s failed!\n"
 msgstr "合併 %s 失敗！\n"
 
-#, python-format
-msgid "Inconsistent state, %s:%s is good and bad"
+msgid "starting revisions are not directly related"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "inconsistent state, %s:%s is good and bad"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unknown bisect kind %s"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, fuzzy
 msgid "disabled extensions:"
-msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"已啟用的擴充套件:\n"
-"\n"
+msgstr "不能使用的額外套件:"
+
+msgid "Configuration Files"
+msgstr "設定檔"
 
 msgid "Date Formats"
 msgstr "日期格式"
@@ -9776,31 +9388,1972 @@
 msgstr "環境變數"
 
 msgid "Specifying Single Revisions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "表述一個版本"
 
 msgid "Specifying Multiple Revisions"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "表述多個版本"
+
+msgid "Specifying Revision Sets"
+msgstr "表述版本集合"
 
 msgid "Diff Formats"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "Diff 格式"
+
+msgid "Merge Tools"
+msgstr "合併工具"
 
 msgid "Template Usage"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "樣式的使用"
 
 msgid "URL Paths"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "URL路徑"
 
 msgid "Using additional features"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用額外功能"
+
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Subrepositories"
+msgstr "儲存庫 %s"
+
+msgid "Configuring hgweb"
+msgstr "設定 hgweb"
+
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist.\n"
+"Below we list the most specific file first."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "On Windows, these configuration files are read:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- ``<repo>\\.hg\\hgrc``\n"
+"- ``%USERPROFILE%\\.hgrc``\n"
+"- ``%USERPROFILE%\\mercurial.ini``\n"
+"- ``%HOME%\\.hgrc``\n"
+"- ``%HOME%\\mercurial.ini``\n"
+"- ``C:\\mercurial\\mercurial.ini`` (unless regkey or hgrc.d\\ or mercurial."
+"ini found)\n"
+"- ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\\SOFTWARE\\Mercurial`` (unless hgrc.d\\ or mercurial."
+"ini found)\n"
+"- ``<hg.exe-dir>\\hgrc.d\\*.rc`` (unless mercurial.ini found)\n"
+"- ``<hg.exe-dir>\\mercurial.ini``"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "On Unix, these files are read:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc``\n"
+"- ``$HOME/.hgrc``\n"
+"- ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``\n"
+"- ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``\n"
+"- ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc``\n"
+"- ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc``"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"If there is a per-repository configuration file which is not owned by\n"
+"the active user, Mercurial will warn you that the file is skipped::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  not trusting file <repo>/.hg/hgrc from untrusted user USER, group GROUP"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"If this bothers you, the warning can be silenced (the file would still\n"
+"be ignored) or trust can be established. Use one of the following\n"
+"settings, the syntax is explained below:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- ``ui.report_untrusted = False``\n"
+"- ``trusted.users = USER``\n"
+"- ``trusted.groups = GROUP``"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The configuration files for Mercurial use a simple ini-file format. A\n"
+"configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header\n"
+"and followed by ``name = value`` entries::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [ui]\n"
+"  username = Firstname Lastname <[e-mail]>\n"
+"  verbose = True"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and\n"
+"``ui.verbose``, respectively. Please see the hgrc man page for a full\n"
+"description of the possible configuration values:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- on Unix-like systems: ``man hgrc``\n"
+"- online: http://www.selenic.com/mercurial/hgrc.5.html\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Some commands allow the user to specify a date, e.g.:"
+msgstr "一些命令允許使用者表示時間,e.g.:"
+
+msgid ""
+"- backout, commit, import, tag: Specify the commit date.\n"
+"- log, revert, update: Select revision(s) by date."
+msgstr ""
+"- backout, commit, import, tag: 提交的時間.\n"
+"- log, revert, update: 由時間來選擇修定版(s)"
+
+msgid "Many date formats are valid. Here are some examples:"
+msgstr "支援許多的時間格式,這邊有一些範例::"
+
+msgid ""
+"- ``Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006`` (local timezone assumed)\n"
+"- ``Dec 6 13:18 -0600`` (year assumed, time offset provided)\n"
+"- ``Dec 6 13:18 UTC`` (UTC and GMT are aliases for +0000)\n"
+"- ``Dec 6`` (midnight)\n"
+"- ``13:18`` (today assumed)\n"
+"- ``3:39`` (3:39AM assumed)\n"
+"- ``3:39pm`` (15:39)\n"
+"- ``2006-12-06 13:18:29`` (ISO 8601 format)\n"
+"- ``2006-12-6 13:18``\n"
+"- ``2006-12-6``\n"
+"- ``12-6``\n"
+"- ``12/6``\n"
+"- ``12/6/6`` (Dec 6 2006)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Lastly, there is Mercurial's internal format:"
+msgstr "最後,是Mercurial 的內部格式::"
+
+msgid "- ``1165432709 0`` (Wed Dec 6 13:18:29 2006 UTC)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"This is the internal representation format for dates. unixtime is the\n"
+"number of seconds since the epoch (1970-01-01 00:00 UTC). offset is\n"
+"the offset of the local timezone, in seconds west of UTC (negative if\n"
+"the timezone is east of UTC)."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "The log command also accepts date ranges:"
+msgstr "log 命令也接收 時間區間::"
+
+msgid ""
+"- ``<{datetime}`` - at or before a given date/time\n"
+"- ``>{datetime}`` - on or after a given date/time\n"
+"- ``{datetime} to {datetime}`` - a date range, inclusive\n"
+"- ``-{days}`` - within a given number of days of today\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Mercurial's default format for showing changes between two versions of\n"
+"a file is compatible with the unified format of GNU diff, which can be\n"
+"used by GNU patch and many other standard tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"While this standard format is often enough, it does not encode the\n"
+"following information:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- executable status and other permission bits\n"
+"- copy or rename information\n"
+"- changes in binary files\n"
+"- creation or deletion of empty files"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Mercurial also supports the extended diff format from the git VCS\n"
+"which addresses these limitations. The git diff format is not produced\n"
+"by default because a few widespread tools still do not understand this\n"
+"format."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"This means that when generating diffs from a Mercurial repository\n"
+"(e.g. with :hg:`export`), you should be careful about things like file\n"
+"copies and renames or other things mentioned above, because when\n"
+"applying a standard diff to a different repository, this extra\n"
+"information is lost. Mercurial's internal operations (like push and\n"
+"pull) are not affected by this, because they use an internal binary\n"
+"format for communicating changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"To make Mercurial produce the git extended diff format, use the --git\n"
+"option available for many commands, or set 'git = True' in the [diff]\n"
+"section of your configuration file. You do not need to set this option\n"
+"when importing diffs in this format or using them in the mq extension.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"HG\n"
+"    Path to the 'hg' executable, automatically passed when running\n"
+"    hooks, extensions or external tools. If unset or empty, this is\n"
+"    the hg executable's name if it's frozen, or an executable named\n"
+"    'hg' (with %PATHEXT% [defaulting to COM/EXE/BAT/CMD] extensions on\n"
+"    Windows) is searched."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"HGEDITOR\n"
+"    This is the name of the editor to run when committing. See EDITOR."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    (deprecated, use configuration file)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"HGENCODING\n"
+"    This overrides the default locale setting detected by Mercurial.\n"
+"    This setting is used to convert data including usernames,\n"
+"    changeset descriptions, tag names, and branches. This setting can\n"
+"    be overridden with the --encoding command-line option."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"HGENCODINGMODE\n"
+"    This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling unknown characters\n"
+"    while transcoding user input. The default is \"strict\", which\n"
+"    causes Mercurial to abort if it can't map a character. Other\n"
+"    settings include \"replace\", which replaces unknown characters, and\n"
+"    \"ignore\", which drops them. This setting can be overridden with\n"
+"    the --encodingmode command-line option."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"HGENCODINGAMBIGUOUS\n"
+"    This sets Mercurial's behavior for handling characters with\n"
+"    \"ambiguous\" widths like accented Latin characters with East Asian\n"
+"    fonts. By default, Mercurial assumes ambiguous characters are\n"
+"    narrow, set this variable to \"wide\" if such characters cause\n"
+"    formatting problems."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"HGMERGE\n"
+"    An executable to use for resolving merge conflicts. The program\n"
+"    will be executed with three arguments: local file, remote file,\n"
+"    ancestor file."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"HGRCPATH\n"
+"    A list of files or directories to search for configuration\n"
+"    files. Item separator is \":\" on Unix, \";\" on Windows. If HGRCPATH\n"
+"    is not set, platform default search path is used. If empty, only\n"
+"    the .hg/hgrc from the current repository is read."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    For each element in HGRCPATH:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    - if it's a directory, all files ending with .rc are added\n"
+"    - otherwise, the file itself will be added"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"HGPLAIN\n"
+"    When set, this disables any configuration settings that might\n"
+"    change Mercurial's default output. This includes encoding,\n"
+"    defaults, verbose mode, debug mode, quiet mode, tracebacks, and\n"
+"    localization. This can be useful when scripting against Mercurial\n"
+"    in the face of existing user configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Equivalent options set via command line flags or environment\n"
+"    variables are not overridden."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"HGUSER\n"
+"    This is the string used as the author of a commit. If not set,\n"
+"    available values will be considered in this order:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    - HGUSER (deprecated)\n"
+"    - configuration files from the HGRCPATH\n"
+"    - EMAIL\n"
+"    - interactive prompt\n"
+"    - LOGNAME (with ``@hostname`` appended)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"EMAIL\n"
+"    May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"LOGNAME\n"
+"    May be used as the author of a commit; see HGUSER."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"VISUAL\n"
+"    This is the name of the editor to use when committing. See EDITOR."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"EDITOR\n"
+"    Sometimes Mercurial needs to open a text file in an editor for a\n"
+"    user to modify, for example when writing commit messages. The\n"
+"    editor it uses is determined by looking at the environment\n"
+"    variables HGEDITOR, VISUAL and EDITOR, in that order. The first\n"
+"    non-empty one is chosen. If all of them are empty, the editor\n"
+"    defaults to 'vi'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"PYTHONPATH\n"
+"    This is used by Python to find imported modules and may need to be\n"
+"    set appropriately if this Mercurial is not installed system-wide.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of\n"
+"extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to\n"
+"existing commands, change the default behavior of commands, or\n"
+"implement hooks."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons:\n"
+"they can increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced\n"
+"usage only; they may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such\n"
+"as letting you destroy or modify history); they might not be ready\n"
+"for prime time; or they may alter some usual behaviors of stock\n"
+"Mercurial. It is thus up to the user to activate extensions as\n"
+"needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"To enable the \"foo\" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in the\n"
+"Python search path, create an entry for it in your configuration file,\n"
+"like this::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [extensions]\n"
+"  foo ="
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "You may also specify the full path to an extension::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [extensions]\n"
+"  myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of\n"
+"broader scope, prepend its path with !::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [extensions]\n"
+"  # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
+"  bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py\n"
+"  # ditto, but no path was supplied for extension baz\n"
+"  baz = !\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Ancestor\n"
+"    Any changeset that can be reached by an unbroken chain of parent\n"
+"    changesets from a given changeset. More precisely, the ancestors\n"
+"    of a changeset can be defined by two properties: a parent of a\n"
+"    changeset is an ancestor, and a parent of an ancestor is an\n"
+"    ancestor. See also: 'Descendant'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Branch\n"
+"    (Noun) A child changeset that has been created from a parent that\n"
+"    is not a head. These are known as topological branches, see\n"
+"    'Branch, topological'. If a topological branch is named, it becomes\n"
+"    a named branch. If a topological branch is not named, it becomes\n"
+"    an anonymous branch. See 'Branch, anonymous' and 'Branch, named'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Branches may be created when changes are pulled from or pushed to\n"
+"    a remote repository, since new heads may be created by these\n"
+"    operations. Note that the term branch can also be used informally\n"
+"    to describe a development process in which certain development is\n"
+"    done independently of other development. This is sometimes done\n"
+"    explicitly with a named branch, but it can also be done locally,\n"
+"    using bookmarks or clones and anonymous branches."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"The experimental branch\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    (Verb) The action of creating a child changeset which results in\n"
+"    its parent having more than one child."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"I'm going to branch at X\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Branch, anonymous\n"
+"    Every time a new child changeset is created from a parent that is not\n"
+"    a head and the name of the branch is not changed, a new anonymous\n"
+"    branch is created."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Branch, closed\n"
+"    A named branch whose branch heads have all been closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Branch, default\n"
+"    The branch assigned to a changeset when no name has previously been\n"
+"    assigned."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Branch head\n"
+"    See 'Head, branch'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Branch, inactive\n"
+"    If a named branch has no topological heads, it is considered to be\n"
+"    inactive. As an example, a feature branch becomes inactive when it\n"
+"    is merged into the default branch. The :hg:`branches` command\n"
+"    shows inactive branches by default, though they can be hidden with\n"
+"    :hg:`branches --active`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    NOTE: this concept is deprecated because it is too implicit.\n"
+"    Branches should now be explicitly closed using :hg:`commit\n"
+"    --close-branch` when they are no longer needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Branch, named\n"
+"    A collection of changesets which have the same branch name. By\n"
+"    default, children of a changeset in a named branch belong to the\n"
+"    same named branch. A child can be explicitly assigned to a\n"
+"    different branch. See :hg:`help branch`, :hg:`help branches` and\n"
+"    :hg:`commit --close-branch` for more information on managing\n"
+"    branches."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Named branches can be thought of as a kind of namespace, dividing\n"
+"    the collection of changesets that comprise the repository into a\n"
+"    collection of disjoint subsets. A named branch is not necessarily\n"
+"    a topological branch. If a new named branch is created from the\n"
+"    head of another named branch, or the default branch, but no\n"
+"    further changesets are added to that previous branch, then that\n"
+"    previous branch will be a branch in name only."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Branch tip\n"
+"    See 'Tip, branch'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Branch, topological\n"
+"    Every time a new child changeset is created from a parent that is\n"
+"    not a head, a new topological branch is created. If a topological\n"
+"    branch is named, it becomes a named branch. If a topological\n"
+"    branch is not named, it becomes an anonymous branch of the\n"
+"    current, possibly default, branch."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Changelog\n"
+"    A record of the changesets in the order in which they were added\n"
+"    to the repository. This includes details such as changeset id,\n"
+"    author, commit message, date, and list of changed files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Changeset\n"
+"    A snapshot of the state of the repository used to record a change."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Changeset, child\n"
+"    The converse of parent changeset: if P is a parent of C, then C is\n"
+"    a child of P. There is no limit to the number of children that a\n"
+"    changeset may have."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Changeset id\n"
+"    A SHA-1 hash that uniquely identifies a changeset. It may be\n"
+"    represented as either a \"long\" 40 hexadecimal digit string, or a\n"
+"    \"short\" 12 hexadecimal digit string."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Changeset, merge\n"
+"    A changeset with two parents. This occurs when a merge is\n"
+"    committed."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Changeset, parent\n"
+"    A revision upon which a child changeset is based. Specifically, a\n"
+"    parent changeset of a changeset C is a changeset whose node\n"
+"    immediately precedes C in the DAG. Changesets have at most two\n"
+"    parents."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Checkout\n"
+"    (Noun) The working directory being updated to a specific\n"
+"    revision. This use should probably be avoided where possible, as\n"
+"    changeset is much more appropriate than checkout in this context."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"I'm using checkout X.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    (Verb) Updating the working directory to a specific changeset. See\n"
+"    :hg:`help update`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"I'm going to check out changeset X.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Child changeset\n"
+"    See 'Changeset, child'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Close changeset\n"
+"    See 'Changeset, close'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Closed branch\n"
+"    See 'Branch, closed'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Clone\n"
+"    (Noun) An entire or partial copy of a repository. The partial\n"
+"    clone must be in the form of a revision and its ancestors."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"Is your clone up to date?\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    (Verb) The process of creating a clone, using :hg:`clone`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"I'm going to clone the repository\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Closed branch head\n"
+"    See 'Head, closed branch'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Commit\n"
+"    (Noun) A synonym for changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"Is the bug fixed in your recent commit?\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    (Verb) The act of recording changes to a repository. When files\n"
+"    are committed in a working directory, Mercurial finds the\n"
+"    differences between the committed files and their parent\n"
+"    changeset, creating a new changeset in the repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"You should commit those changes now.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Cset\n"
+"    A common abbreviation of the term changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"DAG\n"
+"    The repository of changesets of a distributed version control\n"
+"    system (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG),\n"
+"    consisting of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to\n"
+"    changesets and edges imply a parent -> child relation. This graph\n"
+"    can be visualized by graphical tools such as :hg:`glog`\n"
+"    (graphlog). In Mercurial, the DAG is limited by the requirement\n"
+"    for children to have at most two parents."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Default branch\n"
+"    See 'Branch, default'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Descendant\n"
+"    Any changeset that can be reached by a chain of child changesets\n"
+"    from a given changeset. More precisely, the descendants of a\n"
+"    changeset can be defined by two properties: the child of a\n"
+"    changeset is a descendant, and the child of a descendant is a\n"
+"    descendant. See also: 'Ancestor'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Diff\n"
+"    (Noun) The difference between the contents and attributes of files\n"
+"    in two changesets or a changeset and the current working\n"
+"    directory. The difference is usually represented in a standard\n"
+"    form called a \"diff\" or \"patch\". The \"git diff\" format is used\n"
+"    when the changes include copies, renames, or changes to file\n"
+"    attributes, none of which can be represented/handled by classic\n"
+"    \"diff\" and \"patch\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"Did you see my correction in the diff?\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    (Verb) Diffing two changesets is the action of creating a diff or\n"
+"    patch."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Example: \"If you diff with changeset X, you will see what I mean.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Directory, working\n"
+"    The working directory represents the state of the files tracked by\n"
+"    Mercurial, that will be recorded in the next commit. The working\n"
+"    directory initially corresponds to the snapshot at an existing\n"
+"    changeset, known as the parent of the working directory. See\n"
+"    'Parent, working directory'. The state may be modified by changes\n"
+"    to the files introduced manually or by a merge. The repository\n"
+"    metadata exists in the .hg directory inside the working directory."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Graph\n"
+"    See DAG and :hg:`help graphlog`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Head\n"
+"    The term 'head' may be used to refer to both a branch head or a\n"
+"    repository head, depending on the context. See 'Head, branch' and\n"
+"    'Head, repository' for specific definitions."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Heads are where development generally takes place and are the\n"
+"    usual targets for update and merge operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Head, branch\n"
+"    A changeset with no descendants on the same named branch."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Head, closed branch\n"
+"    A changeset that marks a head as no longer interesting. The closed\n"
+"    head is no longer listed by :hg:`heads`. A branch is considered\n"
+"    closed when all its heads are closed and consequently is not\n"
+"    listed by :hg:`branches`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Head, repository\n"
+"    A topological head which has not been closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Head, topological\n"
+"    A changeset with no children in the repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"History, immutable\n"
+"    Once committed, changesets cannot be altered.  Extensions which\n"
+"    appear to change history actually create new changesets that\n"
+"    replace existing ones, and then destroy the old changesets. Doing\n"
+"    so in public repositories can result in old changesets being\n"
+"    reintroduced to the repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"History, rewriting\n"
+"    The changesets in a repository are immutable. However, extensions\n"
+"    to Mercurial can be used to alter the repository, usually in such\n"
+"    a way as to preserve changeset contents."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Immutable history\n"
+"    See 'History, immutable'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Merge changeset\n"
+"    See 'Changeset, merge'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Manifest\n"
+"    Each changeset has a manifest, which is the list of files that are\n"
+"    tracked by the changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Merge\n"
+"    Used to bring together divergent branches of work. When you update\n"
+"    to a changeset and then merge another changeset, you bring the\n"
+"    history of the latter changeset into your working directory. Once\n"
+"    conflicts are resolved (and marked), this merge may be committed\n"
+"    as a merge changeset, bringing two branches together in the DAG."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Named branch\n"
+"    See 'Branch, named'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Null changeset\n"
+"    The empty changeset. It is the parent state of newly-initialized\n"
+"    repositories and repositories with no checked out revision. It is\n"
+"    thus the parent of root changesets and the effective ancestor when\n"
+"    merging unrelated changesets. Can be specified by the alias 'null'\n"
+"    or by the changeset ID '000000000000'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Parent\n"
+"    See 'Changeset, parent'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Parent changeset\n"
+"    See 'Changeset, parent'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Parent, working directory\n"
+"    The working directory parent reflects a virtual revision which is\n"
+"    the child of the changeset (or two changesets with an uncommitted\n"
+"    merge) shown by :hg:`parents`. This is changed with\n"
+"    :hg:`update`. Other commands to see the working directory parent\n"
+"    are :hg:`summary` and :hg:`id`. Can be specified by the alias \".\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Patch\n"
+"    (Noun) The product of a diff operation."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"I've sent you my patch.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    (Verb) The process of using a patch file to transform one\n"
+"    changeset into another."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"You will need to patch that revision.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Pull\n"
+"    An operation in which changesets in a remote repository which are\n"
+"    not in the local repository are brought into the local\n"
+"    repository. Note that this operation without special arguments\n"
+"    only updates the repository, it does not update the files in the\n"
+"    working directory. See :hg:`help pull`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Push\n"
+"    An operation in which changesets in a local repository which are\n"
+"    not in a remote repository are sent to the remote repository. Note\n"
+"    that this operation only adds changesets which have been committed\n"
+"    locally to the remote repository. Uncommitted changes are not\n"
+"    sent. See :hg:`help push`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Repository\n"
+"    The metadata describing all recorded states of a collection of\n"
+"    files. Each recorded state is represented by a changeset. A\n"
+"    repository is usually (but not always) found in the ``.hg``\n"
+"    subdirectory of a working directory. Any recorded state can be\n"
+"    recreated by \"updating\" a working directory to a specific\n"
+"    changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Repository head\n"
+"    See 'Head, repository'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Revision\n"
+"    A state of the repository at some point in time. Earlier revisions\n"
+"    can be updated to by using :hg:`update`.  See also 'Revision\n"
+"    number'; See also 'Changeset'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Revision number\n"
+"    This integer uniquely identifies a changeset in a specific\n"
+"    repository. It represents the order in which changesets were added\n"
+"    to a repository, starting with revision number 0. Note that the\n"
+"    revision number may be different in each clone of a repository. To\n"
+"    identify changesets uniquely between different clones, see\n"
+"    'Changeset id'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Revlog\n"
+"    History storage mechanism used by Mercurial. It is a form of delta\n"
+"    encoding, with occasional full revision of data followed by delta\n"
+"    of each successive revision. It includes data and an index\n"
+"    pointing to the data."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Rewriting history\n"
+"    See 'History, rewriting'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Root\n"
+"    A changeset that has only the null changeset as its parent. Most\n"
+"    repositories have only a single root changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Tip\n"
+"    The changeset with the highest revision number. It is the changeset\n"
+"    most recently added in a repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Tip, branch\n"
+"    The head of a given branch with the highest revision number. When\n"
+"    a branch name is used as a revision identifier, it refers to the\n"
+"    branch tip. See also 'Branch, head'. Note that because revision\n"
+"    numbers may be different in different repository clones, the\n"
+"    branch tip may be different in different cloned repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Update\n"
+"    (Noun) Another synonym of changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"I've pushed an update\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    (Verb) This term is usually used to describe updating the state of\n"
+"    the working directory to that of a specific changeset. See\n"
+"    :hg:`help update`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    Example: \"You should update\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Working directory\n"
+"    See 'Directory, working'."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Working directory parent\n"
+"    See 'Parent, working directory'.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Mercurial's internal web server, hgweb, can serve either a single\n"
+"repository, or a collection of them. In the latter case, a special\n"
+"configuration file can be used to specify the repository paths to use\n"
+"and global web configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"This file uses the same syntax as hgrc configuration files, but only\n"
+"the following sections are recognized:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  - web\n"
+"  - paths\n"
+"  - collections"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The ``web`` section can specify all the settings described in the web\n"
+"section of the hgrc documentation."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The ``paths`` section provides mappings of physical repository\n"
+"paths to virtual ones. For instance::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [paths]\n"
+"  projects/a = /foo/bar\n"
+"  projects/b = /baz/quux\n"
+"  web/root = /real/root/*\n"
+"  / = /real/root2/*\n"
+"  virtual/root2 = /real/root2/**"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- The first two entries make two repositories in different directories\n"
+"  appear under the same directory in the web interface\n"
+"- The third entry maps every Mercurial repository found in '/real/root'\n"
+"  into 'web/root'. This format is preferred over the [collections] one,\n"
+"  since using absolute paths as configuration keys is not supported on "
+"every\n"
+"  platform (especially on Windows).\n"
+"- The fourth entry is a special case mapping all repositories in\n"
+"  '/real/root2' in the root of the virtual directory.\n"
+"- The fifth entry recursively finds all repositories under the real\n"
+"  root, and maps their relative paths under the virtual root."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The ``collections`` section provides mappings of trees of physical\n"
+"repositories paths to virtual ones, though the paths syntax is generally\n"
+"preferred. For instance::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [collections]\n"
+"  /foo = /foo"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Here, the left side will be stripped off all repositories found in the\n"
+"right side. Thus ``/foo/bar`` and ``foo/quux/baz`` will be listed as\n"
+"``bar`` and ``quux/baz`` respectively.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "To merge files Mercurial uses merge tools."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"A merge tool combines two different versions of a file into a merged\n"
+"file. Merge tools are given the two files and the greatest common\n"
+"ancestor of the two file versions, so they can determine the changes\n"
+"made on both branches."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Merge tools are used both for :hg:`resolve`, :hg:`merge`, :hg:`update`,\n"
+":hg:`backout` and in several extensions."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by\n"
+"combining all non-overlapping changes that occurred separately in\n"
+"the two different evolutions of the same initial base file. Furthermore, "
+"some\n"
+"interactive merge programs make it easier to manually resolve\n"
+"conflicting merges, either in a graphical way, or by inserting some\n"
+"conflict markers. Mercurial does not include any interactive merge\n"
+"programs but relies on external tools for that."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Available merge tools\n"
+"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"External merge tools and their properties are configured in the\n"
+"merge-tools configuration section - see hgrc(5) - but they can often just\n"
+"be named by their executable."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"A merge tool is generally usable if its executable can be found on the\n"
+"system and if it can handle the merge. The executable is found if it\n"
+"is an absolute or relative executable path or the name of an\n"
+"application in the executable search path. The tool is assumed to be\n"
+"able to handle the merge if it can handle symlinks if the file is a\n"
+"symlink, if it can handle binary files if the file is binary, and if a\n"
+"GUI is available if the tool requires a GUI."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"There are some internal merge tools which can be used. The internal\n"
+"merge tools are:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``internal:merge``\n"
+"   Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging\n"
+"   files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in\n"
+"   the partially merged file."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``internal:fail``\n"
+"   Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both\n"
+"   branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be\n"
+"   used to resolve these conflicts."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``internal:local``\n"
+"   Uses the local version of files as the merged version."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``internal:other``\n"
+"   Uses the other version of files as the merged version."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``internal:prompt``\n"
+"   Asks the user which of the local or the other version to keep as\n"
+"   the merged version."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``internal:dump``\n"
+"   Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the\n"
+"   contents of local, other and base. These files can then be used to\n"
+"   perform a merge manually. If the file to be merged is named\n"
+"   ``a.txt``, these files will accordingly be named ``a.txt.local``,\n"
+"   ``a.txt.other`` and ``a.txt.base`` and they will be placed in the\n"
+"   same directory as ``a.txt``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Internal tools are always available and do not require a GUI but will by "
+"default\n"
+"not handle symlinks or binary files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Choosing a merge tool\n"
+"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\"\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Mercurial uses these rules when deciding which merge tool to use:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"1. If a tool has been specified with the --tool option to merge or resolve, "
+"it\n"
+"   is used.  If it is the name of a tool in the merge-tools configuration, "
+"its\n"
+"   configuration is used. Otherwise the specified tool must be executable "
+"by\n"
+"   the shell."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"2. If the ``HGMERGE`` environment variable is present, its value is used "
+"and\n"
+"   must be executable by the shell."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"3. If the filename of the file to be merged matches any of the patterns in "
+"the\n"
+"   merge-patterns configuration section, the first usable merge tool\n"
+"   corresponding to a matching pattern is used. Here, binary capabilities of "
+"the\n"
+"   merge tool are not considered."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"4. If ui.merge is set it will be considered next. If the value is not the "
+"name\n"
+"   of a configured tool, the specified value is used and must be executable "
+"by\n"
+"   the shell. Otherwise the named tool is used if it is usable."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"5. If any usable merge tools are present in the merge-tools configuration\n"
+"   section, the one with the highest priority is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"6. If a program named ``hgmerge`` can be found on the system, it is used - "
+"but\n"
+"   it will by default not be used for symlinks and binary files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"7. If the file to be merged is not binary and is not a symlink, then\n"
+"   ``internal:merge`` is used."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "8. The merge of the file fails and must be resolved before commit."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+".. note::\n"
+"   After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt\n"
+"   to merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it "
+"doesn't\n"
+"   succeed because of conflicting changes Mercurial will actually execute "
+"the\n"
+"   merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm first can be\n"
+"   controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. Premerge is enabled "
+"by\n"
+"   default unless the file is binary or a symlink."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"See the merge-tools and ui sections of hgrc(5) for details on the\n"
+"configuration of merge tools.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"When Mercurial accepts more than one revision, they may be specified\n"
+"individually, or provided as a topologically continuous range,\n"
+"separated by the \":\" character."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The syntax of range notation is [BEGIN]:[END], where BEGIN and END are\n"
+"revision identifiers. Both BEGIN and END are optional. If BEGIN is not\n"
+"specified, it defaults to revision number 0. If END is not specified,\n"
+"it defaults to the tip. The range \":\" thus means \"all revisions\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "If BEGIN is greater than END, revisions are treated in reverse order."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"A range acts as a closed interval. This means that a range of 3:5\n"
+"gives 3, 4 and 5. Similarly, a range of 9:6 gives 9, 8, 7, and 6.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Mercurial accepts several notations for identifying one or more files\n"
+"at a time."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"By default, Mercurial treats filenames as shell-style extended glob\n"
+"patterns."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Alternate pattern notations must be specified explicitly."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"To use a plain path name without any pattern matching, start it with\n"
+"``path:``. These path names must completely match starting at the\n"
+"current repository root."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"To use an extended glob, start a name with ``glob:``. Globs are rooted\n"
+"at the current directory; a glob such as ``*.c`` will only match files\n"
+"in the current directory ending with ``.c``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The supported glob syntax extensions are ``**`` to match any string\n"
+"across path separators and ``{a,b}`` to mean \"a or b\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"To use a Perl/Python regular expression, start a name with ``re:``.\n"
+"Regexp pattern matching is anchored at the root of the repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Plain examples::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  path:foo/bar   a name bar in a directory named foo in the root\n"
+"                 of the repository\n"
+"  path:path:name a file or directory named \"path:name\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Glob examples::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  glob:*.c       any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
+"  *.c            any name ending in \".c\" in the current directory\n"
+"  **.c           any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of the\n"
+"                 current directory including itself.\n"
+"  foo/*.c        any name ending in \".c\" in the directory foo\n"
+"  foo/**.c       any name ending in \".c\" in any subdirectory of foo\n"
+"                 including itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Regexp examples::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  re:.*\\.c$      any name ending in \".c\", anywhere in the repository\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are\n"
+"treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip,\n"
+"-2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision\n"
+"identifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a\n"
+"unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form\n"
+"identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix\n"
+"of exactly one full-length identifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Any other string is treated as a tag or branch name. A tag name is a\n"
+"symbolic name associated with a revision identifier. A branch name\n"
+"denotes the tipmost revision of that branch. Tag and branch names must\n"
+"not contain the \":\" character."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The reserved name \"tip\" is a special tag that always identifies the\n"
+"most recent revision."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The reserved name \"null\" indicates the null revision. This is the\n"
+"revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The reserved name \".\" indicates the working directory parent. If no\n"
+"working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an\n"
+"uncommitted merge is in progress, \".\" is the revision of the first\n"
+"parent.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Mercurial supports a functional language for selecting a set of\n"
+"revisions."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The language supports a number of predicates which are joined by infix\n"
+"operators. Parenthesis can be used for grouping."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Identifiers such as branch names must be quoted with single or double\n"
+"quotes if they contain characters outside of\n"
+"``[._a-zA-Z0-9\\x80-\\xff]`` or if they match one of the predefined\n"
+"predicates."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Special characters can be used in quoted identifiers by escaping them,\n"
+"e.g., ``\\n`` is interpreted as a newline. To prevent them from being\n"
+"interpreted, strings can be prefixed with ``r``, e.g. ``r'...'``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "There is a single prefix operator:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``not x``\n"
+"  Changesets not in x. Short form is ``! x``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "These are the supported infix operators:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``x::y``\n"
+"  A DAG range, meaning all changesets that are descendants of x and\n"
+"  ancestors of y, including x and y themselves. If the first endpoint\n"
+"  is left out, this is equivalent to ``ancestors(y)``, if the second\n"
+"  is left out it is equivalent to ``descendants(x)``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "  An alternative syntax is ``x..y``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``x:y``\n"
+"  All changesets with revision numbers between x and y, both\n"
+"  inclusive. Either endpoint can be left out, they default to 0 and\n"
+"  tip."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``x and y``\n"
+"  The intersection of changesets in x and y. Short form is ``x & y``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``x or y``\n"
+"  The union of changesets in x and y. There are two alternative short\n"
+"  forms: ``x | y`` and ``x + y``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``x - y``\n"
+"  Changesets in x but not in y."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "The following predicates are supported:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ".. predicatesmarker"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Command line equivalents for :hg:`log`::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  -f    ->  ::.\n"
+"  -d x  ->  date(x)\n"
+"  -k x  ->  keyword(x)\n"
+"  -m    ->  merge()\n"
+"  -u x  ->  user(x)\n"
+"  -b x  ->  branch(x)\n"
+"  -P x  ->  !::x\n"
+"  -l x  ->  limit(expr, x)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Some sample queries:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "- Changesets on the default branch::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    hg log -r \"branch(default)\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "- Changesets on the default branch since tag 1.5 (excluding merges)::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    hg log -r \"branch(default) and 1.5:: and not merge()\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "- Open branch heads::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    hg log -r \"head() and not closed()\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- Changesets between tags 1.3 and 1.5 mentioning \"bug\" that affect\n"
+"  ``hgext/*``::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    hg log -r \"1.3::1.5 and keyword(bug) and file('hgext/*')\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "- Changesets in committed May 2008, sorted by user::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    hg log -r \"sort(date('May 2008'), user)\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- Changesets mentioning \"bug\" or \"issue\" that are not in a tagged\n"
+"  release::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    hg log -r \"(keyword(bug) or keyword(issue)) and not ancestors(tagged"
+"())\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Subrepositories let you nest external repositories or projects into a\n"
+"parent Mercurial repository, and make commands operate on them as a\n"
+"group. External Mercurial and Subversion projects are currently\n"
+"supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Subrepositories are made of three components:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"1. Nested repository checkouts. They can appear anywhere in the\n"
+"   parent working directory, and are Mercurial clones or Subversion\n"
+"   checkouts."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"2. Nested repository references. They are defined in ``.hgsub`` and\n"
+"   tell where the subrepository checkouts come from. Mercurial\n"
+"   subrepositories are referenced like:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "     path/to/nested = https://example.com/nested/repo/path"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"   where ``path/to/nested`` is the checkout location relatively to the\n"
+"   parent Mercurial root, and ``https://example.com/nested/repo/path``\n"
+"   is the source repository path. The source can also reference a\n"
+"   filesystem path. Subversion repositories are defined with:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "     path/to/nested = [svn]https://example.com/nested/trunk/path"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"   Note that ``.hgsub`` does not exist by default in Mercurial\n"
+"   repositories, you have to create and add it to the parent\n"
+"   repository before using subrepositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"3. Nested repository states. They are defined in ``.hgsubstate`` and\n"
+"   capture whatever information is required to restore the\n"
+"   subrepositories to the state they were committed in a parent\n"
+"   repository changeset. Mercurial automatically record the nested\n"
+"   repositories states when committing in the parent repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"   .. note::\n"
+"      The ``.hgsubstate`` file should not be edited manually."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Adding a Subrepository\n"
+"----------------------"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"If ``.hgsub`` does not exist, create it and add it to the parent\n"
+"repository. Clone or checkout the external projects where you want it\n"
+"to live in the parent repository. Edit ``.hgsub`` and add the\n"
+"subrepository entry as described above. At this point, the\n"
+"subrepository is tracked and the next commit will record its state in\n"
+"``.hgsubstate`` and bind it to the committed changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Synchronizing a Subrepository\n"
+"-----------------------------"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Subrepos do not automatically track the latest changeset of their\n"
+"sources. Instead, they are updated to the changeset that corresponds\n"
+"with the changeset checked out in the top-level changeset. This is so\n"
+"developers always get a consistent set of compatible code and\n"
+"libraries when they update."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Thus, updating subrepos is a manual process. Simply check out target\n"
+"subrepo at the desired revision, test in the top-level repo, then\n"
+"commit in the parent repository to record the new combination."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Deleting a Subrepository\n"
+"------------------------"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"To remove a subrepository from the parent repository, delete its\n"
+"reference from ``.hgsub``, then remove its files."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Interaction with Mercurial Commands\n"
+"-----------------------------------"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":add: add does not recurse in subrepos unless -S/--subrepos is\n"
+"    specified. Subversion subrepositories are currently silently\n"
+"    ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":archive: archive does not recurse in subrepositories unless\n"
+"    -S/--subrepos is specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":commit: commit creates a consistent snapshot of the state of the\n"
+"    entire project and its subrepositories. It does this by first\n"
+"    attempting to commit all modified subrepositories, then recording\n"
+"    their state and finally committing it in the parent repository."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":diff: diff does not recurse in subrepos unless -S/--subrepos is\n"
+"    specified. Changes are displayed as usual, on the subrepositories\n"
+"    elements. Subversion subrepositories are currently silently\n"
+"    ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":incoming: incoming does not recurse in subrepos unless -S/--subrepos\n"
+"    is specified. Subversion subrepositories are currently silently\n"
+"    ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":outgoing: outgoing does not recurse in subrepos unless -S/--subrepos\n"
+"    is specified. Subversion subrepositories are currently silently\n"
+"    ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":pull: pull is not recursive since it is not clear what to pull prior\n"
+"    to running :hg:`update`. Listing and retrieving all\n"
+"    subrepositories changes referenced by the parent repository pulled\n"
+"    changesets is expensive at best, impossible in the Subversion\n"
+"    case."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":push: Mercurial will automatically push all subrepositories first\n"
+"    when the parent repository is being pushed. This ensures new\n"
+"    subrepository changes are available when referenced by top-level\n"
+"    repositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":status: status does not recurse into subrepositories unless\n"
+"    -S/--subrepos is specified. Subrepository changes are displayed as\n"
+"    regular Mercurial changes on the subrepository\n"
+"    elements. Subversion subrepositories are currently silently\n"
+"    ignored."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":update: update restores the subrepos in the state they were\n"
+"    originally committed in target changeset. If the recorded\n"
+"    changeset is not available in the current subrepository, Mercurial\n"
+"    will pull it in first before updating.  This means that updating\n"
+"    can require network access when using subrepositories."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Remapping Subrepositories Sources\n"
+"---------------------------------"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"A subrepository source location may change during a project life,\n"
+"invalidating references stored in the parent repository history. To\n"
+"fix this, rewriting rules can be defined in parent repository ``hgrc``\n"
+"file or in Mercurial configuration. See the ``[subpaths]`` section in\n"
+"hgrc(5) for more details."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Mercurial allows you to customize output of commands through\n"
+"templates. You can either pass in a template from the command\n"
+"line, via the --template option, or select an existing\n"
+"template-style (--style)."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"You can customize output for any \"log-like\" command: log,\n"
+"outgoing, incoming, tip, parents, heads and glog."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Four styles are packaged with Mercurial: default (the style used\n"
+"when no explicit preference is passed), compact, changelog,\n"
+"and xml.\n"
+"Usage::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    $ hg log -r1 --style changelog"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"A template is a piece of text, with markup to invoke variable\n"
+"expansion::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    $ hg log -r1 --template \"{node}\\n\"\n"
+"    b56ce7b07c52de7d5fd79fb89701ea538af65746"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Strings in curly braces are called keywords. The availability of\n"
+"keywords depends on the exact context of the templater. These\n"
+"keywords are usually available for templating a log-like command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":author: String. The unmodified author of the changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":branches: String. The name of the branch on which the changeset was\n"
+"    committed. Will be empty if the branch name was default."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":children: List of strings. The children of the changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":date: Date information. The date when the changeset was committed."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":desc: String. The text of the changeset description."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":diffstat: String. Statistics of changes with the following format:\n"
+"    \"modified files: +added/-removed lines\""
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":files: List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by this\n"
+"    changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":file_adds: List of strings. Files added by this changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":file_copies: List of strings. Files copied in this changeset with\n"
+"    their sources."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":file_copies_switch: List of strings. Like \"file_copies\" but displayed\n"
+"    only if the --copied switch is set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":file_mods: List of strings. Files modified by this changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":file_dels: List of strings. Files removed by this changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":node: String. The changeset identification hash, as a 40 hexadecimal\n"
+"    digit string."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":parents: List of strings. The parents of the changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":rev: Integer. The repository-local changeset revision number."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":tags: List of strings. Any tags associated with the changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":latesttag: String. Most recent global tag in the ancestors of this\n"
+"    changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":latesttagdistance: Integer. Longest path to the latest tag."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"The \"date\" keyword does not produce human-readable output. If you\n"
+"want to use a date in your output, you can use a filter to process\n"
+"it. Filters are functions which return a string based on the input\n"
+"variable. Be sure to use the stringify filter first when you're\n"
+"applying a string-input filter to a list-like input variable.\n"
+"You can also use a chain of filters to get the desired output::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"   $ hg tip --template \"{date|isodate}\\n\"\n"
+"   2008-08-21 18:22 +0000"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "List of filters:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":addbreaks: Any text. Add an XHTML \"<br />\" tag before the end of\n"
+"    every line except the last."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":age: Date. Returns a human-readable date/time difference between the\n"
+"    given date/time and the current date/time."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":basename: Any text. Treats the text as a path, and returns the last\n"
+"    component of the path after splitting by the path separator\n"
+"    (ignoring trailing separators). For example, \"foo/bar/baz\" becomes\n"
+"    \"baz\" and \"foo/bar//\" becomes \"bar\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":stripdir: Treat the text as path and strip a directory level, if\n"
+"    possible. For example, \"foo\" and \"foo/bar\" becomes \"foo\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":date: Date. Returns a date in a Unix date format, including the\n"
+"    timezone: \"Mon Sep 04 15:13:13 2006 0700\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":domain: Any text. Finds the first string that looks like an email\n"
+"    address, and extracts just the domain component. Example: ``User\n"
+"    <[e-mail]>`` becomes ``example.com``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":email: Any text. Extracts the first string that looks like an email\n"
+"    address. Example: ``User <[e-mail]>`` becomes\n"
+"    ``[e-mail]``."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":escape: Any text. Replaces the special XML/XHTML characters \"&\", \"<\"\n"
+"    and \">\" with XML entities."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":hex: Any text. Convert a binary Mercurial node identifier into\n"
+"    its long hexadecimal representation."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":fill68: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 68 columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":fill76: Any text. Wraps the text to fit in 76 columns."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":firstline: Any text. Returns the first line of text."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":nonempty: Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":hgdate: Date. Returns the date as a pair of numbers: \"1157407993\n"
+"    25200\" (Unix timestamp, timezone offset)."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":isodate: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format: \"2009-08-18 13:00\n"
+"    +0200\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":isodatesec: Date. Returns the date in ISO 8601 format, including\n"
+"    seconds: \"2009-08-18 13:00:13 +0200\". See also the rfc3339date\n"
+"    filter."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":localdate: Date. Converts a date to local date."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":obfuscate: Any text. Returns the input text rendered as a sequence of\n"
+"    XML entities."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":person: Any text. Returns the text before an email address."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":rfc822date: Date. Returns a date using the same format used in email\n"
+"    headers: \"Tue, 18 Aug 2009 13:00:13 +0200\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":rfc3339date: Date. Returns a date using the Internet date format\n"
+"    specified in RFC 3339: \"2009-08-18T13:00:13+02:00\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":short: Changeset hash. Returns the short form of a changeset hash,\n"
+"    i.e. a 12 hexadecimal digit string."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":shortdate: Date. Returns a date like \"2006-09-18\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":stringify: Any type. Turns the value into text by converting values into\n"
+"    text and concatenating them."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":strip: Any text. Strips all leading and trailing whitespace."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":tabindent: Any text. Returns the text, with every line except the\n"
+"     first starting with a tab character."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+":urlescape: Any text. Escapes all \"special\" characters. For example,\n"
+"    \"foo bar\" becomes \"foo%20bar\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ":user: Any text. Returns the user portion of an email address.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Valid URLs are of the form::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
+"  file://local/filesystem/path[#revision]\n"
+"  http://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
+"  https://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]\n"
+"  ssh://[user[:pass]@]host[:port]/[path][#revision]"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Paths in the local filesystem can either point to Mercurial\n"
+"repositories or to bundle files (as created by :hg:`bundle` or :hg:`\n"
+"incoming --bundle`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"An optional identifier after # indicates a particular branch, tag, or\n"
+"changeset to use from the remote repository. See also :hg:`help\n"
+"revisions`."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Some features, such as pushing to http:// and https:// URLs are only\n"
+"possible if the feature is explicitly enabled on the remote Mercurial\n"
+"server."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Note that the security of HTTPS URLs depends on proper configuration of\n"
+"web.cacerts."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Some notes about using SSH with Mercurial:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- SSH requires an accessible shell account on the destination machine\n"
+"  and a copy of hg in the remote path or specified with as remotecmd.\n"
+"- path is relative to the remote user's home directory by default. Use\n"
+"  an extra slash at the start of a path to specify an absolute path::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    ssh://example.com//tmp/repository"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"- Mercurial doesn't use its own compression via SSH; the right thing\n"
+"  to do is to configure it in your ~/.ssh/config, e.g.::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    Host *.mylocalnetwork.example.com\n"
+"      Compression no\n"
+"    Host *\n"
+"      Compression yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  Alternatively specify \"ssh -C\" as your ssh command in your\n"
+"  configuration file or with the --ssh command line option."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"These URLs can all be stored in your configuration file with path\n"
+"aliases under the [paths] section like so::"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"  [paths]\n"
+"  alias1 = URL1\n"
+"  alias2 = URL2\n"
+"  ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"You can then use the alias for any command that uses a URL (for\n"
+"example :hg:`pull alias1` will be treated as :hg:`pull URL1`)."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"Two path aliases are special because they are used as defaults when\n"
+"you do not provide the URL to a command:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"default:\n"
+"  When you create a repository with hg clone, the clone command saves\n"
+"  the location of the source repository as the new repository's\n"
+"  'default' path. This is then used when you omit path from push- and\n"
+"  pull-like commands (including incoming and outgoing)."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"default-push:\n"
+"  The push command will look for a path named 'default-push', and\n"
+"  prefer it over 'default' if both are defined.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "remote branch lookup not supported"
+msgstr "不支援遠端分支查閱"
+
+msgid "dirstate branch not accessible"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown branch '%s'"
+msgstr "不知道的分支 '%s'"
 
 msgid "can only share local repositories"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "只能分享本地端儲存庫(s)"
 
 msgid "destination already exists"
 msgstr "目的端已存在"
 
 msgid "updating working directory\n"
-msgstr "更新 working directory 中\n"
+msgstr "更新工作目錄中\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "destination directory: %s\n"
@@ -9814,35 +11367,44 @@
 msgid "destination '%s' is not empty"
 msgstr "目的端 '%s' 不是空的"
 
-msgid "src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone by revision"
+msgid ""
+"src repository does not support revision lookup and so doesn't support clone "
+"by revision"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "clone from remote to remote not supported"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, fuzzy, python-format
+msgstr "從一個遠端clone到另一個遠端的功能是不支援的 "
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "updating to branch %s\n"
-msgstr "正在新增 branch\n"
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%d files updated, %d files merged, %d files removed, %d files unresolved\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在更新到%s分支\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%d files updated, %d files merged, %d files removed, %d files unresolved\n"
+msgstr "%d個更新 %d個合併 %d個移除 %d個未解決\n"
 
 msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg update -C' to abandon\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用'hg resolve'重新嘗試合併未解決的檔案\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved file merges or 'hg update -C .' to "
+"abandon\n"
+msgstr "使用'hg resolve'重新嘗試合併未解決的檔案或用 'hg update -C'放棄\n"
 
 msgid "(branch merge, don't forget to commit)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(分支已經合併了,別忘了要commit喔)\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "error reading %s/.hg/hgrc: %s\n"
+msgstr "! %s/.hg/hgrc 讀取錯誤:%s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "error accessing repository at %s\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "SSL support is unavailable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SSL 支援不能用"
 
 msgid "IPv6 is not available on this system"
 msgstr "此作業系統不支援 IPv6"
@@ -9859,6 +11421,12 @@
 msgid "%s hook is invalid (\"%s\" not in a module)"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "exception from first failed import attempt:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "exception from second failed import attempt:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s hook is invalid (import of \"%s\" failed)"
 msgstr ""
@@ -9900,27 +11468,31 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "connection ended unexpectedly"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "連線意外的結束了"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unsupported URL component: \"%s\""
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不支援的URL元件:'%s'"
 
 msgid "operation not supported over http"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "authorization failed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "身份認證失敗"
 
 msgid "http error, possibly caused by proxy setting"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "http 錯誤,可能是由proxy產生的"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "real URL is %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "'%s' does not appear to be an hg repository"
+msgstr "真正的URL是 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"'%s' does not appear to be an hg repository:\n"
+"---%%<--- (%s)\n"
+"%s\n"
+"---%%<---\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -9929,49 +11501,37 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "'%s' uses newer protocol %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "look up remote revision"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "unexpected response:"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "look up remote changes"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "push failed (unexpected response):"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "'%s'使用最新的通訊協定 %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "push failed: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "push 失敗: %s"
 
 msgid "Python support for SSL and HTTPS is not installed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "SSL 和HTTPS 的python support 沒有安裝"
 
 msgid "cannot create new http repository"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不能建立新的 http 儲存庫"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "ignoring invalid syntax '%s'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "忽略無效的語法 '%s'"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "skipping unreadable ignore file '%s': %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "略過不能讀取的忽略檔 '%s' : %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "repository %s not found"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找不到 %s 儲存庫"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "repository %s already exists"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 儲存庫已經在了"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "requirement '%s' not supported"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "要求 '%s' 不被支援"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid ".hg/sharedpath points to nonexistent directory %s"
@@ -9979,20 +11539,24 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%r cannot be used in a tag name"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%r 不能當成標記名稱來用"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "warning: tag %s conflicts with existing branch name\n"
+msgstr "警告: 標記 %s 跟現有的分支名稱衝突。\n"
 
 msgid "working copy of .hgtags is changed (please commit .hgtags manually)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ".hgtags 的工作複本已經被改變了(請手工提交 .hgtags)"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "working directory has unknown parent '%s'!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "工作目錄有未知的母系'%s'!"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unknown revision '%s'"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "journal already exists - run hg recover"
+msgstr "未知的修定版 '%s'"
+
+msgid "abandoned transaction found - run hg recover"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "rolling back interrupted transaction\n"
@@ -10001,15 +11565,23 @@
 msgid "no interrupted transaction available\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "rolling back last transaction\n"
+#, python-format
+msgid "rolling back to revision %s (undo %s: %s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "rolling back to revision %s (undo %s)\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "rolling back unknown transaction\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "Named branch could not be reset, current branch still is: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "指名的分支不能被重置,目前分支依然是: %s\n"
 
 msgid "no rollback information available\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "沒有 rollback 資訊可以用\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "waiting for lock on %s held by %r\n"
@@ -10017,126 +11589,91 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "repository %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "儲存庫 %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "working directory of %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 的工作目錄"
 
 msgid "cannot partially commit a merge (do not specify files or patterns)"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "can't commit subrepos without .hgsub"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "file not found!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找不到檔案!"
 
 msgid "no match under directory!"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "file not tracked!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檔案沒有被追蹤!"
 
 msgid "unresolved merge conflicts (see hg resolve)"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "未解決的合併衝突(詳見 hg resolve)"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "committing subrepository %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在提交子儲存庫 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "note: commit message saved in %s\n"
+msgstr "注意: 提交訊息存放在%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "trouble committing %s!\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s does not exist!\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid ""
-"%s: files over 10MB may cause memory and performance problems\n"
-"(use 'hg revert %s' to unadd the file)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s not added: only files and symlinks supported currently\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s already tracked!\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s not added!\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s still exists!\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s not tracked!\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "%s not removed!\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "copy failed: %s is not a file or a symbolic link\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "searching for changes\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "already have changeset "
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "warning: repository is unrelated\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "repository is unrelated"
-msgstr ""
-
 msgid "requesting all changes\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support changegroupsubset."
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "abort: push creates new remote branch '%s'!\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "abort: push creates new remote heads!\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "(did you forget to merge? use push -f to force)\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "note: unsynced remote changes!\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在重新要求所有的changes\n"
+
+msgid ""
+"partial pull cannot be done because other repository doesn't support "
+"changegroupsubset."
+msgstr "局部pull 不能完成,因為其他儲存庫不支援changegroupsubset."
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d changesets found\n"
+msgstr "找到%d個changesets\n"
+
+msgid "bundling changes"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "chunks"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "bundling manifests"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "empty or missing revlog for %s"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "bundling files"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "adding changesets\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "新增changesets\n"
 
 msgid "received changelog group is empty"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "接收的changelog group是空白的"
 
 msgid "adding manifests\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "新增清單\n"
+
+msgid "manifests"
+msgstr "清單"
 
 msgid "adding file changes\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "新增檔案變更\n"
 
 msgid "received file revlog group is empty"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "接收的file revlog group是空白的"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "missing file data for %s:%s - run hg verify"
+msgstr "遺失檔案資料 for %s:%s - 執行 hg verify"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid " (%+d heads)"
@@ -10144,19 +11681,19 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "added %d changesets with %d changes to %d files%s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "增加%d個changesets with %d個變更到%d個檔案%s\n"
 
 msgid "Unexpected response from remote server:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "遠端伺服器回傳一個意料之外的回應:"
 
 msgid "operation forbidden by server"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "locking the remote repository failed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "鎖住遠端儲存庫失敗了"
 
 msgid "the server sent an unknown error code"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "伺服器傳送了一個未知的錯誤碼"
 
 msgid "streaming all changes\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -10169,56 +11706,65 @@
 msgid "transferred %s in %.1f seconds (%s/sec)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
-msgid "no [smtp]host in hgrc - cannot send mail"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "smtp.host not configured - cannot send mail"
+msgstr "smtp.host 沒有設定 - hg沒有辦法寄信"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "sending mail: smtp host %s, port %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在寄mail: smtp host %s,port %s\n"
 
 msgid "can't use TLS: Python SSL support not installed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不能用 TLS: python 的 SSL 支援沒有安裝(?)"
 
 msgid "(using tls)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(使用 TLS)\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "(authenticating to mail server as %s)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(用 %s 認証到 mail 伺服器)\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "sending mail: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在寄mail: %s\n"
 
 msgid "smtp specified as email transport, but no smtp host configured"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "smtp 被描述成是一個email 傳輸器,但是沒有設定 smtp host"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%r specified as email transport, but not in PATH"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "描述%r是一個email傳輸器,但是他不在PATH裡"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "ignoring invalid sendcharset: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "忽略無效的傳送字元集: %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "invalid email address: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不能用的E mail 位址: %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "invalid local address: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不能用的本地位址: %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "failed to remove %s from manifest"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "從清單移除 %s 失敗了"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid pattern (%s): %s"
+msgstr "無效的表達式(%s): %s"
+
+msgid "invalid pattern"
+msgstr "無效的表達式"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "diff context lines count must be an integer, not %r"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: '%s'"
+msgstr "\"diff context lines count\" 必須是一個整數,不是 %r"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"untracked file in working directory differs from file in requested revision: "
+"'%s'"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -10241,7 +11787,7 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "resolving manifests\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "解決清單中\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid ""
@@ -10264,6 +11810,9 @@
 msgid "&Deleted"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid "updating"
+msgstr "更新中"
+
 #, python-format
 msgid "update failed to remove %s: %s!\n"
 msgstr ""
@@ -10277,15 +11826,15 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "warning: detected divergent renames of %s to:\n"
+msgid "note: possible conflict - %s was renamed multiple times to:\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "branch %s not found"
 msgstr "找不到 branch %s"
 
-msgid "can't merge with ancestor"
-msgstr "不能和 ancestor 合併"
+msgid "merging with a working directory ancestor has no effect"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "nothing to merge (use 'hg update' or check 'hg heads')"
 msgstr "沒有可合併的變更 (請使用 'hg update' 或 'hg heads' 檢查)"
@@ -10293,14 +11842,38 @@
 msgid "outstanding uncommitted changes (use 'hg status' to list changes)"
 msgstr "還有未 commit 的變更 (請使用 'hg status' 來列出變更)"
 
-msgid "crosses branches (use 'hg merge' or 'hg update -C' to discard changes)"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "crosses branches (use 'hg merge' or 'hg update -C')"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "crosses named branches (use 'hg update -C' to discard changes)"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "crosses branches (merge branches or use --clean to discard changes)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "crosses branches (merge branches or use --check to force update)"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Attention:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Caution:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "!Danger!"
+msgstr "!!危險!!"
+
+msgid "Error:"
+msgstr "錯誤:"
+
+msgid "Hint:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "Important:"
+msgstr "重要:"
+
+msgid "Note:"
+msgstr "備注:"
+
+msgid "Tip:"
+msgstr "提示:"
+
+msgid "Warning!"
+msgstr "警報!"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "cannot create %s: destination already exists"
@@ -10331,11 +11904,11 @@
 msgstr "檔案 %s 已存在\n"
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "Hunk #%d succeeded at %d %s(offset %d line).\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "Hunk #%d succeeded at %d %s(offset %d lines).\n"
+msgid "Hunk #%d succeeded at %d with fuzz %d (offset %d lines).\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "Hunk #%d succeeded at %d (offset %d lines).\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
@@ -10358,31 +11931,34 @@
 msgstr "binary patch 是 %d bytes，而不是 %d"
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "unable to strip away %d dirs from %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "unable to strip away %d of %d dirs from %s"
+msgstr "不能去除(strip away) %d of %d個目錄從 %s"
 
 msgid "undefined source and destination files"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "沒有定義來源跟目標檔案"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "malformed patch %s %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "有缺陷的patch %s %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unsupported parser state: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不支援的解析器狀態: %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "patch command failed: %s"
 msgstr "patch 命令失敗: %s"
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "Unsupported line endings type: %s"
+msgid "unsupported line endings type: %s"
 msgstr "不支援的行尾結束類型: %s"
 
+msgid "patch failed to apply"
+msgstr ""
+
 #, python-format
 msgid " %d files changed, %d insertions(+), %d deletions(-)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%d 修改,%d 插入(+),%d 刪除(-)\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "exited with status %d"
@@ -10393,20 +11969,31 @@
 msgstr "已被信號 %d 終止"
 
 #, python-format
-msgid "saving bundle to %s\n"
-msgstr "正在儲存 bundle 至 %s\n"
+msgid "saved backup bundle to %s\n"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "adding branch\n"
 msgstr "正在新增 branch\n"
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "strip failed, full bundle stored in '%s'\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "strip failed, partial bundle stored in '%s'\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "cannot %s; remote repository does not support the %r capability"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不能 %s;遠端儲存庫不支援 %r 功能"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unknown compression type %r"
 msgstr "未知的壓縮類型 %r"
 
+msgid "index entry flags need RevlogNG"
+msgstr ""
+
 #, python-format
 msgid "index %s unknown flags %#04x for format v0"
 msgstr ""
@@ -10430,21 +12017,370 @@
 msgstr "不明確的 identifier"
 
 msgid "no match found"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找不到符合的"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "incompatible revision flag %x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不相容的修定版旗標 %x"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s not found in the transaction"
 msgstr "於 transaction 中找不到 %s"
 
+msgid "consistency error in delta"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "unknown base"
 msgstr "未知的 base"
 
-msgid "consistency error adding group"
-msgstr ""
+msgid "unterminated string"
+msgstr "沒有結束的字串"
+
+msgid "syntax error"
+msgstr "語法錯誤"
+
+msgid "missing argument"
+msgstr "參數遺失"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "can't use %s here"
+msgstr "不能再這裡使用 %s"
+
+msgid "can't use a list in this context"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "not a function: %s"
+msgstr "%s 不是函式(function)"
+
+msgid ""
+"``id(string)``\n"
+"    Revision non-ambiguously specified by the given hex string prefix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "id" is a keyword
+msgid "id requires one argument"
+msgstr "id 需要一個參數"
+
+#. i18n: "id" is a keyword
+msgid "id requires a string"
+msgstr "id 需要一個字串"
+
+msgid ""
+"``rev(number)``\n"
+"    Revision with the given numeric identifier."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "rev" is a keyword
+msgid "rev requires one argument"
+msgstr "rev 需要一個參數"
+
+#. i18n: "rev" is a keyword
+msgid "rev requires a number"
+msgstr "rev 需要一個數字"
+
+#. i18n: "rev" is a keyword
+msgid "rev expects a number"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``p1(set)``\n"
+"    First parent of changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``p2(set)``\n"
+"    Second parent of changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``parents(set)``\n"
+"    The set of all parents for all changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``max(set)``\n"
+"    Changeset with highest revision number in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``min(set)``\n"
+"    Changeset with lowest revision number in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``limit(set, n)``\n"
+"    First n members of set."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "limit" is a keyword
+msgid "limit requires two arguments"
+msgstr "limit 需要兩個參數"
+
+#. i18n: "limit" is a keyword
+msgid "limit requires a number"
+msgstr "limit 需要一個數字"
+
+#. i18n: "limit" is a keyword
+msgid "limit expects a number"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``children(set)``\n"
+"    Child changesets of changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``branch(set)``\n"
+"    All changesets belonging to the branches of changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``ancestor(single, single)``\n"
+"    Greatest common ancestor of the two changesets."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "ancestor" is a keyword
+msgid "ancestor requires two arguments"
+msgstr "ancestor 需要兩個參數"
+
+#. i18n: "ancestor" is a keyword
+msgid "ancestor arguments must be single revisions"
+msgstr "ancestor的參數必須是單個修訂版"
+
+msgid ""
+"``ancestors(set)``\n"
+"    Changesets that are ancestors of a changeset in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``descendants(set)``\n"
+"    Changesets which are descendants of changesets in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``follow()``\n"
+"    An alias for ``::.`` (ancestors of the working copy's first parent)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "follow" is a keyword
+msgid "follow takes no arguments"
+msgstr "follow 不需要參數"
+
+msgid ""
+"``date(interval)``\n"
+"    Changesets within the interval, see :hg:`help dates`."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "date" is a keyword
+msgid "date requires a string"
+msgstr "date 需要一個字串"
+
+msgid ""
+"``keyword(string)``\n"
+"    Search commit message, user name, and names of changed files for\n"
+"    string."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "keyword" is a keyword
+msgid "keyword requires a string"
+msgstr "keyword 需要一個字串"
+
+msgid ""
+"``grep(regex)``\n"
+"    Like ``keyword(string)`` but accepts a regex. Use ``grep(r'...')``\n"
+"    to ensure special escape characters are handled correctly."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "grep" is a keyword
+msgid "grep requires a string"
+msgstr "grep 需要一個字串"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid match pattern: %s"
+msgstr "無效的符合表達式: %s"
+
+msgid ""
+"``author(string)``\n"
+"    Alias for ``user(string)``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "author" is a keyword
+msgid "author requires a string"
+msgstr "author 需要一個字串"
+
+msgid ""
+"``user(string)``\n"
+"    User name is string."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``file(pattern)``\n"
+"    Changesets affecting files matched by pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "file" is a keyword
+msgid "file requires a pattern"
+msgstr "file 需要一個檔名表達式"
+
+msgid ""
+"``contains(pattern)``\n"
+"    Revision contains pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "contains" is a keyword
+msgid "contains requires a pattern"
+msgstr "contains 需要一個表示式"
+
+msgid ""
+"``modifies(pattern)``\n"
+"    Changesets modifying files matched by pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "modifies" is a keyword
+msgid "modifies requires a pattern"
+msgstr "modifies 需要一個檔名表達式"
+
+msgid ""
+"``adds(pattern)``\n"
+"    Changesets that add a file matching pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "adds" is a keyword
+msgid "adds requires a pattern"
+msgstr "adds 需要一個檔名表達式"
+
+msgid ""
+"``removes(pattern)``\n"
+"    Changesets which remove files matching pattern."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "removes" is a keyword
+msgid "removes requires a pattern"
+msgstr "removes 需要一個檔名表達式"
+
+msgid ""
+"``merge()``\n"
+"    Changeset is a merge changeset."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "merge" is a keyword
+msgid "merge takes no arguments"
+msgstr "merge 不需要參數"
+
+msgid ""
+"``closed()``\n"
+"    Changeset is closed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "closed" is a keyword
+msgid "closed takes no arguments"
+msgstr "closed 不需要參數"
+
+msgid ""
+"``head()``\n"
+"    Changeset is a named branch head."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "head" is a keyword
+msgid "head takes no arguments"
+msgstr "head 不需要參數"
+
+msgid ""
+"``reverse(set)``\n"
+"    Reverse order of set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``present(set)``\n"
+"    An empty set, if any revision in set isn't found; otherwise,\n"
+"    all revisions in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``sort(set[, [-]key...])``\n"
+"    Sort set by keys. The default sort order is ascending, specify a key\n"
+"    as ``-key`` to sort in descending order."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "    The keys can be:"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"    - ``rev`` for the revision number,\n"
+"    - ``branch`` for the branch name,\n"
+"    - ``desc`` for the commit message (description),\n"
+"    - ``user`` for user name (``author`` can be used as an alias),\n"
+"    - ``date`` for the commit date"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "sort" is a keyword
+msgid "sort requires one or two arguments"
+msgstr "sort 需要1個或2個參數"
+
+msgid "sort spec must be a string"
+msgstr "排序描述必須是一個字串"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown sort key %r"
+msgstr "未知的排序鍵值 %r"
+
+msgid ""
+"``all()``\n"
+"    All changesets, the same as ``0:tip``."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "all" is a keyword
+msgid "all takes no arguments"
+msgstr "all 不需要參數"
+
+msgid ""
+"``heads(set)``\n"
+"    Members of set with no children in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``roots(set)``\n"
+"    Changesets with no parent changeset in set."
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid ""
+"``outgoing([path])``\n"
+"    Changesets not found in the specified destination repository, or the\n"
+"    default push location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "outgoing" is a keyword
+msgid "outgoing requires a repository path"
+msgstr "outgoing需要一個儲存庫路徑"
+
+msgid ""
+"``tag(name)``\n"
+"    The specified tag by name, or all tagged revisions if no name is given."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. i18n: "tag" is a keyword
+msgid "tag takes one or no arguments"
+msgstr "tag 需要一個參數或不需要參數"
+
+#. i18n: "tag" is a keyword
+msgid "the argument to tag must be a string"
+msgstr "tag的參數必須是一個字串"
+
+msgid "can't negate that"
+msgstr "不能否定那個"
+
+msgid "not a symbol"
+msgstr "不是一個符號"
+
+msgid "empty query"
+msgstr "空白的查詢"
+
+msgid "searching for exact renames"
+msgstr ""
+
+msgid "searching for similar files"
+msgstr "搜尋類似的檔案"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s looks like a binary file."
@@ -10464,17 +12400,21 @@
 msgstr "無法建立遠端 repo"
 
 msgid "no suitable response from remote hg"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "遠端hg沒有適當的回應"
 
 msgid "remote: "
 msgstr "遠端: "
 
+msgid "unexpected response:"
+msgstr "意料之外的回應:"
+
 #, python-format
 msgid "push refused: %s"
 msgstr "push 被拒絕: %s"
 
-msgid "unsynced changes"
-msgstr "未同步的變更"
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' does not appear to be an hg repository"
+msgstr ""
 
 msgid "cannot lock static-http repository"
 msgstr "無法鎖定 static-http repository"
@@ -10487,6 +12427,17 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "subrepo spec file %s not found"
+msgstr "子儲存庫描述檔 %s 找不到"
+
+msgid "missing ] in subrepo source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "bad subrepository pattern in %s: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid ""
 " subrepository sources for %s differ\n"
 "use (l)ocal source (%s) or (r)emote source (%s)?"
@@ -10508,16 +12459,35 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
+msgid "default path for subrepository %s not found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "unknown subrepo type %s"
+msgstr "未知的子儲存庫類型 %s"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "warning: error \"%s\" in subrepository \"%s\"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
 msgid "removing subrepo %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "pulling subrepo %s\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "pushing subrepo %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "移除子儲存庫 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "pulling subrepo %s from %s\n"
+msgstr "拉收子儲存庫 %s 從 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "pushing subrepo %s to %s\n"
+msgstr "推送子儲存庫 %s 到 %s\n"
+
+msgid "cannot commit svn externals"
+msgstr "不能提交 svn externals"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "not removing repo %s because it has changes.\n"
+msgstr "不能移除儲存庫 %s 因為他已經改變了.\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s, line %s: %s\n"
@@ -10530,111 +12500,139 @@
 msgid "node '%s' is not well formed"
 msgstr ""
 
+msgid ".hg/tags.cache is corrupt, rebuilding it\n"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "unmatched quotes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "沒有配對的引號"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "error expanding '%s%%%s'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "'%s%%%s'展開失敗"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unknown filter '%s'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "未知的過濾器 '%s'"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "style not found: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找不到style: %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "template file %s: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "佔存檔 %s: %s"
 
 msgid "cannot use transaction when it is already committed/aborted"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "failed to truncate %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不能清除(truncate) %s\n"
 
 msgid "transaction abort!\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "rollback completed\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "rollback 完成了\n"
 
 msgid "rollback failed - please run hg recover\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "rollback 失敗 - 請執行 hg recover 命令\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "Not trusting file %s from untrusted user %s, group %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不受信任的檔案 %s 從不受信任的使用者 %s,群組 %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "Ignored: %s\n"
+msgstr "忽略: %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "(deprecated '%%' in path %s=%s from %s)\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "ignoring untrusted configuration option %s.%s = %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "忽略未受信任的設定選項 %s.%s=%s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s.%s not a boolean ('%s')"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "enter a commit username:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "請輸入一個提交的使用者名稱:"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "No username found, using '%s' instead\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-msgid "Please specify a username."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "找不到名字,用 '%s'代替\n"
+
+msgid "no username supplied (see \"hg help config\")"
+msgstr "沒有提供使用者名稱(查閱 'hg help config')"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "username %s contains a newline\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用者名稱 '%s' 裏面有換行字元\n"
 
 msgid "response expected"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "預期之中的回應"
 
 msgid "unrecognized response\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "辨認不出來的回應\n"
 
 msgid "password: "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "密碼:"
 
 msgid "edit failed"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "編輯失敗"
 
 msgid "http authorization required"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "http 需要認証"
 
 msgid "http authorization required\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "http 需要認証\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "realm: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "領域: %s\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "user: %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用者: %s\n"
 
 msgid "user:"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用者:"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "http auth: user %s, password %s\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "http 認証: 使用者 %s , 密碼 %s\n"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "ignoring invalid [auth] key '%s'\n"
+msgstr "忽略無效的[認証]鍵碼 '%s' \n"
+
+msgid "certificate checking requires Python 2.6"
+msgstr "憑證檢驗需要Python 2.6版"
+
+msgid "no certificate received"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "certificate is for %s"
+msgstr "憑證是for %s"
+
+msgid "no commonName found in certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s certificate error: %s"
+msgstr "%s 憑證錯誤: %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "command '%s' failed: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "命令 '%s' 失敗了: %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "path contains illegal component: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "path 包含了非法的組成元件: %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "path %r is inside repo %r"
@@ -10645,19 +12643,19 @@
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "Hardlinks not supported"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "硬式連結不被支援"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "could not symlink to %r: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
-#, python-format
-msgid "invalid date: %r "
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不能產生符號連結到 %r: %s"
+
+#, python-format
+msgid "invalid date: %r"
+msgstr "%r 是無效的日期"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "date exceeds 32 bits: %d"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "日期超出 32位元(s) 了 : %d"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "impossible time zone offset: %d"
@@ -10665,7 +12663,7 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "invalid day spec: %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "無效的時間: %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%.0f GB"
@@ -10707,15 +12705,19 @@
 msgid "%.0f bytes"
 msgstr ""
 
+#, python-format
+msgid "no port number associated with service '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+
 msgid "cannot verify bundle or remote repos"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "不能 verify bundle 或 遠端儲存庫"
 
 msgid "interrupted"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "中斷"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "empty or missing %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "空白的或遺失 %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "data length off by %d bytes"
@@ -10723,23 +12725,23 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "index contains %d extra bytes"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "index 包含 %d個額外的位元組"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "warning: `%s' uses revlog format 1"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "警報:`%s' 使用 revlog 格式 1"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "warning: `%s' uses revlog format 0"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "警報:`%s' 使用 revlog 格式 0"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "rev %d points to nonexistent changeset %d"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "rev %d 指到不存在的 changeset %d"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "rev %d points to unexpected changeset %d"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "rev %d 指到意料之外的changeset %d"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid " (expected %s)"
@@ -10747,75 +12749,84 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unknown parent 1 %s of %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "未知的母系 1 %s of %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unknown parent 2 %s of %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "未知的母系 2 %s of %s"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "checking parents of %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在檢查 %s 的 parents"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "duplicate revision %d (%d)"
+msgstr "重複的修定版 %d (%d)"
+
+msgid "abandoned transaction found - run hg recover\n"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "repository uses revlog format %d\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "儲存庫使用 revlog 格式 %d\n"
 
 msgid "checking changesets\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檢查changeset中...\n"
+
+msgid "checking"
+msgstr "檢查中..."
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unpacking changeset %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "解包(unpacking)changeset %s"
 
 msgid "checking manifests\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檢查清單中...\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s not in changesets"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 不在changesets裡"
 
 msgid "file without name in manifest"
 msgstr ""
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "reading manifest delta %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "讀取manifest delta %s"
 
 msgid "crosschecking files in changesets and manifests\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在 changesets 和 manifests裡交叉檢查\n"
+
+msgid "crosschecking"
+msgstr "交叉檢查中"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "changeset refers to unknown manifest %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "changeset 參考到未知的清單 %s"
 
 msgid "in changeset but not in manifest"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在changeset 但不在清單裡"
 
 msgid "in manifest but not in changeset"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "在清單裡但不在changeset"
 
 msgid "checking files\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檢查檔案中...\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "cannot decode filename '%s'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "檔名 '%s' 不能被解碼"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "broken revlog! (%s)"
 msgstr ""
 
 msgid "missing revlog!"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "遺失 revlog!"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s not in manifests"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 不在清單裡面"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unpacked size is %s, %s expected"
@@ -10823,11 +12834,11 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "unpacking %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 拆包中(unpacking)"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "warning: copy source of '%s' not in parents of %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "警報: '%s'的複製來源不在 %s 的母系"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "empty or missing copy source revlog %s:%s"
@@ -10839,31 +12850,81 @@
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "checking rename of %s"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "正在檢查 %s 的更名"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%s in manifests not found"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%s 在清單找不到"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "warning: orphan revlog '%s'"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "警告: '%s' 是單獨的revlog"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d files, %d changesets, %d total revisions\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "%d個檔案,%d個changesets,%d個總修訂版\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d warnings encountered!\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "遇到了 %d 個警告\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "%d integrity errors encountered!\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "遇到了 %d 個完整性錯誤\n"
 
 #, python-format
 msgid "(first damaged changeset appears to be %d)\n"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "(第一個危險的changeset 出現在%d)\n"
 
 msgid "user name not available - set USERNAME environment variable"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "使用者名字(user name)不能用耶,設一下 USERNAME 吧"
+
+msgid "look up remote revision"
+msgstr "查看遠端修訂版"
+
+msgid "look up remote changes"
+msgstr "查看遠端changes"
+
+msgid "push failed:"
+msgstr "push 失敗:"
+
+msgid "push failed (unexpected response):"
+msgstr "push 失敗(意料之外的回應):"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "%s: files over 10MB may cause memory and performance problems\n"
+#~ "(use 'hg revert %s' to unadd the file)\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "%s: 檔案超過10M可能產生記憶體跟效能問題\n"
+#~ "(使用 'hg revert %s'來取消新增)\n"
+
+#~ msgid "journal already exists - run hg recover"
+#~ msgstr "日誌已經存在 - 執行 hg recover"
+
+#~ msgid "abort: could not import module %s!\n"
+#~ msgstr "中止: 不能匯入 %s 模組!\n"
+
+#~ msgid "overwrite locally modified files (no backup)"
+#~ msgstr "蓋過去本地端修改檔案(沒有備份)"
+
+#~ msgid "export the repository via HTTP"
+#~ msgstr "將 repository 經由 HTTP 發佈"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "retry file merges from a merge or update"
+#~ msgstr "重試經由 merge 或 update 命令所造成、卻未完成的合併"
+
+#~ msgid "COMMANDS"
+#~ msgstr "命令"
+
+#~ msgid "certificate not valid before %s"
+#~ msgstr "在%s 之前憑證不是有效的"
+
+#~ msgid "unsynced changes"
+#~ msgstr "未同步的變更"
+
+#~ msgid " files"
+#~ msgstr "檔案"
+
+#~ msgid "    options:"
+#~ msgstr "\t選項:"